Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 9, 2016.

Registration No. 333-209115


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  41-1801204
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.
1331 Tyler Street NE, Suite 200
Minneapolis, MN 55413
(612) 355-5100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Gerald R. Mattys
Chief Executive Officer
Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.
1331 Tyler Street NE, Suite 200
Minneapolis, MN 55413
(612) 355-5100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Jonathan R. Zimmerman
Faegre Baker Daniels LLP
2200 Wells Fargo Center
90 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, MN 55402-1425
(612) 766-7000

 

Jonathan B. Abram
Dorsey & Whitney LLP
50 South Sixth Street
Suite 1500
Minneapolis, MN 55402-1498
(612) 340-2868



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.     o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
To Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)

 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $73,600,000   $7,411.52

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price. The Registrant previously paid a registration fee of $8,685.38.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine .

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated June 9, 2016

4,000,000 Shares

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.  
LOGO

Common Stock

$             per share


Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. is offering 4,000,000 shares.

We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.

This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TCMD."



This investment involves risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14.

We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in this prospectus and in future filings.

             
   

 

 

Per Share

 

Total

 

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

  $     $    

Proceeds to Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., before expenses

  $     $    
   
(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to 600,000 additional shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our common stock to investors on or about                           , 2016.

Piper Jaffray   William Blair   Canaccord Genuity



BTIG

   

The date of this prospectus is                           , 2016.


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    14  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    59  

Use of Proceeds

    61  

Dividend Policy

    62  

Capitalization

    63  

Dilution

    65  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

    68  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    70  

Business

    89  

Management

    123  

Executive Compensation

    131  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    147  

Principal Stockholders

    149  

Description of Capital Stock

    151  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    158  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

    160  

Underwriting

    165  

Legal Matters

    174  

Experts

    174  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

    174  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1  



Until                           , 2016, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotment or subscriptions.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

i


Table of Contents


Investors Outside of the United States

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.


Trademarks

Flexitouch, the Flexitouch and design, ACTitouch, Entré and our logo are our trademarks and are used in this prospectus. We have a pending trademark application for Tactile Medical, which is also used in this prospectus. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and TM symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. Additionally, we do not intend for our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us, by these other companies.


Industry and Market Data

Certain market and industry data and forecasts included in this prospectus were obtained from independent market research, industry publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information. Industry surveys, publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We believe the data from such third-party sources to be reliable. However, we have not independently verified any of such data and cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness. Similarly, internal market research and industry forecasts, which we believe to be reliable based upon our management's knowledge of the market and the industry, have not been verified by any independent sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market or industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors," "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in this prospectus.

ii


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider when making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment in our common stock. As used in this prospectus, the terms "company," "we," "our," and "us" refer to Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., doing business as Tactile Medical, except as otherwise indicated herein or as the context otherwise requires.


Tactile Medical

We are a medical technology company that develops and provides innovative medical devices for the treatment of chronic diseases at home. We focus on advancing the standard of care in treating chronic diseases in the home setting to improve patient outcomes and quality of life and help control rising healthcare expenditures. We possess a unique, scalable platform to deliver at-home healthcare solutions throughout the United States. This evolving care delivery model is recognized by policy-makers and payers as a key for controlling rising healthcare expenditures. Our initial area of therapeutic focus is vascular disease, with a goal of advancing the standard of care in treating lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency. Our proprietary Flexitouch System is an at-home solution for lymphedema patients. Our proprietary ACTitouch System is a home-based solution for chronic venous insufficiency patients that may be worn throughout the day. Our products deliver cost-effective, clinically proven, long-term treatment of chronic diseases. We employ a direct-to-patient and -provider model, through which we obtain patient referrals from clinicians, manage insurance claims on behalf of our patients and their clinicians, deliver our solutions to patients and train them on the proper use of our solutions in their homes. This model allows us to directly approach patients and clinicians, whereby we disintermediate the traditional durable medical equipment channel and capture both the manufacturer and distributor margins. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated revenues of $62.9 million and had net income of $1.4 million. Our revenues increased 32% during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, we generated revenues of $13.7 million and had a net loss of $1.0 million. Our revenues increased 35% during the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015.

A traditional treatment for lymphedema is complete decongestive therapy, consisting of manual lymphatic drainage, which is a specialized application of gentle pressure to the skin applied by a therapist that encourages drainage of lymph fluid, as well as decongestive exercises, skin care and compression with multilayered bandages, compression garments or pumps. Typically, this therapy begins with clinic visits, but eventually patients transition to self-administered home-based therapy. The standard of care treatment for chronic venous insufficiency is compression therapy. As the disease progresses, patients may develop a venous leg ulcer, which is commonly treated using multilayered bandages to minimize swelling and enhance blood flow. A clinician applies these non-removable bandages to patients at a precise pressure and patients wear the bandages between weekly visits to the wound clinic during which the bandages are removed and reapplied.

Our advanced at-home Flexitouch System applies a gentle application of pressure to stimulate the movement of lymphatic fluid and direct it toward properly functioning areas of the body. The Flexitouch System provides an easy-to-use, one-hour daily, self-applied treatment solution. Peer-reviewed, published studies have shown that our Flexitouch System provides improved quality of life and clinical outcomes and delivers significant cost-savings to payers and patients, compared to traditional treatments. The predecessor version of our Flexitouch System received 510(k) clearance in

 

1


Table of Contents

July 2002 and our current Flexitouch System received 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in October 2006. Our Flexitouch System generated $54.7 million, or 87%, of our revenues in 2015. Our ACTitouch System addresses chronic venous insufficiency and provides precise, sustained and wearable compression that a patient may apply, remove and reapply at home. This system was developed to provide maximum convenience for patients by providing them with the freedom to remain active while simultaneously receiving the benefits of both sustained and intermittent pneumatic compression, which we refer to as dual-compression therapy. In a clinical study, our ACTitouch System was shown to have comparable efficacy in healing venous leg ulcers and achieved higher patient quality of life scores as compared to multilayered bandages. Our ACTitouch System received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in June 2013 and generated $3.2 million, or 5%, of our revenues in 2015.

To support the growth of our business, we invest heavily in our commercial infrastructure, consisting of our direct sales force, reimbursement capabilities and clinical expertise. We are a national, accredited provider of home medical equipment services approved for coverage by private payers, Medicare, the Veterans Administration and certain Medicaid programs in the United States. We market our products using a direct-to-patient and -provider model. Our direct sales force is focused on increasing clinician awareness of our solutions, and has grown from three people in March 2005 to over 100 people as of March 31, 2016. We utilize over 300 licensed, independent healthcare practitioners as at-home trainers who educate patients on the proper use of our solutions. Our experienced reimbursement operations group of over 55 people focuses on verifying case-by-case benefits, obtaining prior authorization, billing and collecting payments from payers and providing customer support services. Our payer relationships group of over 20 people is responsible for developing relationships with payer decision-makers to educate them on our product efficacy, develop overall payer coverage policies and reimbursement criteria, manage Medicare patient claims and contracts with payers and serve as an advocacy liaison between patients, clinicians and payers throughout the appeals process. Our clinical team, consisting of a scientific advisory board, in-house therapists and nurses and a medical director, serves as a resource to clinicians and patients and guides our development of clinical evidence in support of our products. We believe these investments are critical to driving patient adoption of our technologies, and together with our commercial infrastructure, represent a significant competitive advantage. Health insurance coverage for our Flexitouch System and our ACTitouch System is in place with private payers, Medicare, the Veterans Administration and certain Medicaid programs. Based on our estimates, we have contracts as an in-network provider covering over 230 million lives in the United States. Over 48,000 patients were treated with our Flexitouch System since 2002, and over 11,000 Flexitouch Systems were shipped in 2015. More than 4,100 patients were treated with our ACTitouch System since its launch in 2013, and over 2,200 ACTitouch Systems were shipped in 2015.

Overview of the Lymphedema and Chronic Venous Insufficiency Markets

Lymphedema

The lymphatic system performs a fundamental role in maintaining health through balancing fluids and regulating immunity by removing harmful bacteria, viruses and waste products. Lymphatic structures are situated throughout the body and are comprised of a series of vessels, lymph nodes and lymphoid organs that act as a drainage system by collecting protein rich lymph fluid and sending it to the venous system. Lymph nodes are located in several areas of the body with superficial and deep lymph nodes under each arm, at the hip, in the groin, above the collar bones in the neck, in the abdomen, tonsils and spleen and in bone marrow.

Lymphedema refers to a type of chronic swelling, or edema, which may occur in the arms, legs, neck, trunk or other body parts and causes severe and debilitating symptoms, including decreased mobility,

 

2


Table of Contents

skin breakdown, pain, increased risk of serious infection and marked psychosocial impairment, resulting in significantly negative implications for a patient's health and quality of life. The disease occurs when the lymphatic vessels are unable to adequately drain protein-rich lymph fluid from the arms, legs or other regions of the body. Any condition or procedure that damages the lymph nodes or lymphatic vessels, such as surgery or treatment for breast and other cancers, obesity, infection, scar tissue formation, trauma or chronic venous insufficiency can cause lymphedema. The disease may also be caused from congenital malformation of the lymphatic system. Lymphedema is progressive in nature, worsens over time, and has no known cure.

Chronic Venous Insufficiency

Chronic venous insufficiency occurs when the venous wall and/or valves in the veins are not working effectively, making it difficult for blood to return to the heart. The disease is prevalent among patients who are obese or pregnant and may also be caused by high blood pressure, trauma, lack of exercise, smoking, deep vein thrombosis and inflammation of the vein walls. As the valves deteriorate, blood leaks or flows backward, leading to increased pressure, stretched and dilated vessels and pooling of blood in the veins. As blood accumulates, swelling occurs, leading to progressive tissue breakdown and venous leg ulcers. Ulcers develop in areas where blood collects as swelling interferes with the movement of oxygen and nutrients through tissues, and if left untreated, these ulcers can quickly become infected or even gangrenous. Prolonged or untreated chronic venous insufficiency may damage the lymphatic system.

Market Opportunity

Lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency are costly and lifelong conditions with debilitating physical and psychological impacts on patients. We estimate the addressable market opportunity for our solutions treating lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency in the United States is approximately $4.7 billion. We believe that between three to five million people in the United States are living with lymphedema. Based on an analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate approximately 700,000 patients were diagnosed with lymphedema during the 12 months ended December 31, 2014. Based on a separate analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate approximately 820,000 patients were diagnosed with lymphedema during the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, representing a 17% growth in the number of patients diagnosed with lymphedema as compared to the immediately preceding 12-month period. We estimate that the addressable market opportunity for our Flexitouch System is approximately $4.1 billion in the United States once clinicians, payers and patients are educated on the benefits of our products. This estimate is based on the number of patients diagnosed with lymphedema and our average selling price per device. We believe that chronic venous insufficiency afflicts approximately 8% of the U.S. population, and this percentage may rise due to the growing prevalence of obesity and cancer, as well as an aging population. Based on an analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate there were over 1.5 million patients diagnosed with venous leg ulcers in the United States during the 12 months ended June 30, 2014. We estimate that our immediately addressable patient population consists of the 30% to 40% of these patients, or approximately 525,000 patients, for whom we believe device reimbursement is available because their venous leg ulcers have not resolved after six months of treatment. We estimate the addressable market opportunity for our ACTitouch System is approximately $580 million in the United States, which is based on the number of patients diagnosed with unresolved venous leg ulcers and our average selling price per device. These estimates of addressable market opportunities are based on a number of internal and third-party estimates, which in turn are based on projections of current trends in the diagnosis and treatment of lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency as well as other estimates of potential patient populations. These projections and estimates involve inherent uncertainties, and the conditions supporting the projections and estimates may change at any time.

 

3


Table of Contents

Current Treatment and Limitations

A traditional treatment for lymphedema is complete decongestive therapy, consisting of manual lymphatic drainage, which is a specialized application of gentle pressure to the skin applied by a therapist that encourages drainage of lymph fluid, as well as decongestive exercises, skin care and compression with multilayered bandages, compression garments or pumps. Typically, this therapy begins with clinic visits three to five times per week for four to eight weeks, which is costly and time consuming. At that point, clinical improvement plateaus or reimbursement for the therapy ends and patients transition to self-administered home-based care. Manual lymphatic drainage is difficult for patients to self-administer due to limited range of motion and treatment techniques that are difficult to replicate, and traditional pump-based compression is uncomfortable and has not demonstrated the benefits of our advanced pneumatic pump.

The standard of care treatment for chronic venous insufficiency is compression therapy. As the disease progresses, patients may develop a venous leg ulcer, which is commonly treated using multilayered bandages to minimize swelling and enhance blood flow. A clinician applies these non-removable bandages to patients at a precise pressure and patients wear the bandages between weekly visits to the wound clinic during which the bandages are removed and reapplied. Treatment typically occurs for several months and impairs patient quality of life by limiting bathing, range of motion and other activities. Treatment efficacy is inconsistent because bandages can lose their precise pressure between treatments.

Our Competitive Strengths

We focus on advancing the standard of care in treating chronic diseases at home to improve patient outcomes and quality of life and help control rising healthcare expenditures. Our executive team collectively has over 100 years of experience in healthcare, developing and commercializing innovative medical technology products and services. We believe that our commercialization platform and experience, combined with the following competitive strengths, should allow us to continue to grow our revenues and increase our presence in the market:

      Established leadership in providing therapies for at-home treatment of chronic disease.   Our strategic focus is developing and providing innovative technologies for the treatment of chronic diseases at home. Our core competency, which is our direct-to-patient and -provider model, comprises a direct sales force, contract at-home trainers, reimbursement capabilities and medical expertise that we use to expand awareness, garner referrals and obtain payment for our products.

      Proprietary technology with unique advantages over other treatments.   Our solutions leverage patented technological advancements that we believe give us a competitive advantage in the marketplace. The unique ability of our Flexitouch System to mimic manual lymphatic drainage therapy provides improved quality of life and efficacy and delivers significant cost savings to payers and patients as compared to traditional treatments. Our ACTitouch System has the unique ability to provide both sustained and intermittent pneumatic compression therapy in one wearable product, demonstrating comparable efficacy in healing venous leg ulcers, while achieving higher patient quality of life scores as compared to the current standard of care.

      Substantial clinical evidence and key opinion leader support for our Flexitouch System.   We have developed a substantial body of peer-reviewed, published clinical evidence that our Flexitouch System reduces swelling and improves quality of life for lymphedema patients while reducing healthcare costs. In clinical studies, while using our Flexitouch

 

4


Table of Contents

        System, patients reported a significant increase in their ability to control their lymphedema along with an increase in activities of daily living, improvement in emotional status and reduction in limb volume, skin hardening, and pain. Our clinical evidence is primarily based on retrospective studies of a limited number of total subjects, which studies do not compare our Flexitouch System with other advanced pneumatic compression devices. In addition, we have established strong relationships with key opinion leaders within vascular and lymphedema specialties who promote market awareness of our solutions and inform our clinical efforts. We have in-house expertise that designs and manages clinical and economic studies in support of the efficacy and cost-effectiveness of our products.

      Significant healthcare system cost savings.   Our solutions offer meaningful cost savings for the healthcare system and patients, as compared to traditional treatments. As demonstrated by a study published by the American Medical Association in JAMA Dermatology , our Flexitouch System reduces hospitalization occurrences and length of stays, costly cellulitis infections, outpatient visits and physical therapy visits. In addition, we believe that our ACTitouch System eliminates costly multilayered bandage system supplies and clinic application time, resulting in cost savings for wound clinics.

      Distinctive national third-party payer core competency.   Our specialized reimbursement team is proficient at obtaining reimbursement from payers across the United States. We work closely with government and private payers to educate them on lymphedema diagnosis and treatment, expand coverage and negotiate competitive rates for our solutions. We also work directly with clinicians and patients to help them understand payer requirements for our products. We advocate for coverage and submit claims on behalf of our patients through patient-by-patient support and claim processing. We also engage in broader payer strategic initiatives to gain general preauthorization for our products.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leader in the at-home treatment of chronic diseases. We intend to leverage our established platform to be a global provider of clinically proven, easy-to-use and cost-effective solutions. The key elements of our strategy include:

      Increase awareness of our solutions and establish them as the standards of care.   We believe that many patients with lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency are undiagnosed or undertreated, and we intend to further educate physicians, wound nurses and lymphedema therapists, patients and payers to raise awareness of these diseases, the associated health burdens of such diseases on patients and society and the clinical and economic benefits of using our products.

      Expand our direct sales and customer support teams.   We plan to expand our direct sales and marketing organization to drive greater product adoption by patients and their clinicians. We intend to strengthen our distribution network by continuing to recruit, train and retain talented sales representatives and increasing the number of licensed home trainers. With an expanded sales force, we believe we could target additional clinical call points.

      Introduce new features and products to grow our technology platform.   We intend to pursue new features for our products, and introduce new solutions to expand the number of patients using our products and allow us to enter new clinical adjacencies. We pursue

 

5


Table of Contents

        internal research, design and development, and work with external collaborators to expand our product offerings. In addition, we evaluate opportunities to license or acquire additional technologies and products to expand our total addressable market opportunity.

      Continue the development of clinical and economic outcome data.   A key part of our success is our ability to demonstrate the effectiveness of our products through clinical and economic outcome data. We intend to invest in additional studies to support peer-reviewed, published studies that evidence the clinical and economic benefits of our solutions as compared to traditional treatments. We intend to use these data to continue to educate clinicians, payers and patients on the proven advantages of our products compared to other therapies and expand our network of key opinion leader advocates.

      Expand third-party reimbursement.   Our products are covered under existing reimbursement codes, and we have secured coverage for our solutions with private payers, Medicare, the Veterans Administration and certain Medicaid programs. Our team has experienced significant success in obtaining positive coverage policies from payers by developing direct relationships with payer decision-makers, leveraging our relationships with physician societies and key opinion leaders, providing clinical data, demonstrating the efficacy of our products and educating payers on the limitations of traditional lymphedema and venous leg ulcer treatments. We believe that reimbursement for our products could be expanded by obtaining preferred contracts with payers.

      Introduce our solutions outside the United States.   We currently sell our products only within the United States. While our plan is to continue to focus our direct sales efforts on penetrating the U.S. market, we plan to pursue future international expansion. We have European CE Mark approval for our Flexitouch System and plan to seek CE Mark approval for our ACTitouch System. We also have a Medical Device License in Canada for our Flexitouch System.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our ability to successfully operate our business is subject to numerous risks, including those that are generally associated with operating in the medical device industry. Some of the principal risks relating to our business and our ability to execute our business strategy include:

      Our revenues are primarily generated from our Flexitouch System and we are therefore highly dependent on only one product.

      Our long-term growth depends on increasing awareness and adoption of our current products and our ability to develop and commercialize additional products.

      If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate levels of coverage or reimbursement for our products, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

      Our U.S. patents for our Flexitouch System will expire in 2017, which may subject us to increased competition and reduce our opportunity to increase or maintain our revenues from our Flexitouch System.

      A recent change to the criteria for Medicare coverage for our products could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

6


Table of Contents

      If we are unable to expand, manage and maintain our direct sales and marketing organizations, we may not be able to generate anticipated revenues.

      Increases in our operating costs could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

      We compete and may compete in the future against other companies, some of which have longer operating histories, more established products or greater resources than we do, which may harm our business.

      Physicians and payers may require additional clinical studies prior to prescribing our products or to providing or maintaining coverage and reimbursement for our products, particularly if the payers and physicians take issue with the design and results of the clinical studies. Any subsequent clinical studies that are conducted and published may not be positive or consistent with our existing data, which would adversely affect the rate of adoption of our products.

      We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation, and if we fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could suffer severe criminal or civil sanctions or be required to make significant changes to our operations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

      If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, or operate our business without infringing on the intellectual property rights of third parties, our business will be negatively affected.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1 billion in revenues during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from specified disclosure and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

      being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" disclosure;

      not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

      not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

      reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

7


Table of Contents

      exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers that are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period at any time, which election is irrevocable.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Minnesota in January 1995 and reincorporated in Delaware as Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., through a merger with a wholly-owned subsidiary in July 2006, but have been doing business as Tactile Medical. Our principal executive offices are located at 1331 Tyler Street NE, Suite 200, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55413. Our telephone number is (612) 355-5100. Our website address is www.tactilemedical.com . Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Issuer   Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

Common stock offered by us

 

4,000,000 shares

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

15,752,290 shares (or 16,352,290 shares, if the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares)

Option to purchase additional shares

 

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to             additional shares from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days of this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily to expand our sales, marketing, reimbursement, clinical, regulatory and product development activities, and the remainder for working capital, general and administrative expenses and other general corporate purposes. We will also use a portion of the net proceeds to pay the approximately $8.1 million of cumulative accrued dividends to our Series A preferred stockholders as described in "Dividend Policy." We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses, although we have no present commitments to complete any such transaction. See "Use of Proceeds" on page 61 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Risk Factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Dividend Policy

 

The terms of our current certificate of incorporation provide that, upon conversion of our preferred stock into our common stock in connection with this offering, the holders of Series A and Series B preferred stock will receive a cumulative accrued dividend calculated at a rate of 6% per annum. As of March 31, 2016, we had $10.1 million of cumulative accrued dividends payable to our Series A and Series B preferred stockholders. Dividends payable to our Series A and Series B preferred stockholders have continued to accrue subsequent to March 31, 2016. Based on an assumed closing date of June 27, 2016, we expect to pay approximately $8.1 million of cumulative accrued dividends in cash to our Series A preferred stockholders and issue 844,782 shares of our common stock for cumulative accrued dividends to our Series B preferred stockholders. The cash dividends will be paid from the net proceeds of this offering and neither the cash nor the stock dividends will be paid on any shares of our common stock purchased in this offering. We do not pay dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable

 

9


Table of Contents

    future. Any future determinations relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors. See "Dividend Policy."

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

"TCMD."

Shares Outstanding

The information in this prospectus reflects a 1-for-2.82 reverse stock split of our common stock, which became effective on June 8, 2016. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 11,752,920 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 8, 2016, including preferred stock on an as-converted basis and additional shares that our Series A and Series B preferred stockholders are entitled to receive in connection with the initial public offering, and excludes the following:

      1,631,280 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.18 per share;

      5,800 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.23 per share;

      1,600,000 shares of our common stock reserved under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, as well as shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our Employee Stock Purchase Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan on January 1 of each calendar year as described in "Executive Compensation — Stock Option and Other Equity Compensation Plans;"

      4,800,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensative plans, consisting of:

      no shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2003 Stock Option Plan;

      no shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan; and

      4,800,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, as well as shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan that automatically increase the share reserve under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan on January 1 of each calendar year as described in "Executive Compensation — Stock Option and Other Equity Compensation Plans."

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering does not include shares subject to equity-based awards that we expect to grant in connection with this offering. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we expect to grant (i) stock options to our employees to purchase an aggregate of 173,630 shares of our common stock, which options will have an exercise price per share equal to the price to the public of our common stock in connection with this offering; (ii) restricted stock units ("RSUs") to our employees with a value of $3,186,012 in the aggregate,

 

10


Table of Contents

(iii) non-statutory stock options to our non-employee directors to purchase the number of shares equal to an aggregate $350,000; (iv) restricted stock units to our non-employee directors with a value of $350,000 in the aggregate; and (v) additional restricted stock units with a value of $25,000 to one of our non-employee directors who joined our board of directors in 2015. See "Management — Non-Employee Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation — IPO Equity Grants" for a more complete description of the terms of such equity grants.

Pro Forma Adjustments

Except as otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

      the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws upon completion of this offering;

      the conversion of all shares of our preferred stock outstanding into an aggregate of 5,924,452 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

      the issuance of 1,569,549 additional shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering that our Series A and B preferred stockholders are entitled to receive in connection with this initial public offering, assuming an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with this initial public offering by 112,111 shares. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with this initial public offering by 98,097 shares;

      the issuance of 844,782 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering to pay accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock, assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016 and an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with paying the accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock by 12,209 shares. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would decrease the number of additional shares of our common stock issuable in connection with paying the accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock by 10,683 shares;

      the cash payment of a portion of the proceeds from this offering to pay the approximately $8.1 million of cumulative accrued dividends to our Series A preferred stockholders as described in "Dividend Policy;"

      no exercise of our outstanding options or warrants subsequent to March 31, 2016; and

      no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

11


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016, have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of financial statements set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ended December 31, 2016, or any other period. The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (In thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenues, net

  $ 47,736   $ 62,872   $ 10,121   $ 13,700  

Cost of goods sold

    12,715     16,908     2,972     3,811  

Gross profit

    35,021     45,964     7,149     9,889  

Operating expenses:

                         

Sales and marketing

    18,154     24,485     5,169     7,281  

Research and development             

    2,843     4,312     817     980  

Reimbursement, general and administrative

    10,225     13,716     2,647     3,414  

Total operating expenses

    31,222     42,513     8,633     11,675  

Income (loss) from operations

   
3,799
   
3,451
   
(1,484

)
 
(1,786

)

Other income (expense)

   
(4

)
 
(194

)
 
12
   
5
 

Income (loss)  before income taxes             

    3,795     3,257     (1,472 )   (1,781 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

   
1,725
   
1,864
   
(592

)
 
(801

)

Net income (loss)

   
2,070
   
1,393
   
(880

)
 
(980

)

Convertible preferred stock dividends

    1,761     1,845     460     514  

Allocation of undistributed earnings to preferred stockholders

    216              

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 93   $ (452 ) $ (1,340 ) $ (1,494 )

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders (1)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic

  $ 0.04   $ (0.15 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.45 )

Diluted

  $ 0.02   $ (0.15 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.45 )

Weighted-average common shares outstanding used to compute net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic

    2,491,108     2,929,438     2,640,807     3,293,326  

Diluted

    3,797,688     2,929,438     2,640,807     3,293,326  

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2)

                         

Basic

        $ 0.12         $ (0.08 )

Diluted

        $ 0.10         $ (0.08 )

Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2)

                         

Basic

          11,807,560           12,171,448  

Diluted

          13,507,390           12,171,448  

 

12


Table of Contents

 
  As of March 31, 2016  
 
  Actual   Pro forma (3)   Pro forma as
adjusted (4)(5)
 
 
  (In thousands; unaudited)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,787   $ 5,787   $ 52,827  

Working capital

    19,209     11,414     66,249  

Total assets

    33,268     33,268     78,773  

Total debt

             

Convertible preferred stock

    33,441          

Accumulated deficit

    (6,949 )   (6,949 )   (6,949 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (6,940 )   18,706     72,006  

(1)
Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders is calculated under the two-class method, as our convertible preferred stock participates in the undistributed earnings of the company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. No adjustment is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the convertible preferred stock have no obligation to fund losses.

(2)
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders and the number of weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders reflect the adjustments set forth in "Summary — The Offering — Pro Forma Adjustments," except in lieu of the cash payment of a portion of the proceeds to pay cumulative accrued dividends to our Series A preferred stockholders, reflects the additional 519,671 shares of common stock that would have been required to be issued to generate sufficient proceeds to fund the cash payment of the Series A convertible preferred stock dividends that are payable from the net proceeds of this offering.

(3)
Reflects the adjustments set forth in "Summary — The Offering — Pro Forma Adjustments," except in lieu of the cash payment of approximately $7.8 million of cumulative accrued dividends to our Series A preferred stockholders, reflects a pro forma adjustment to accrued dividends payable for this amount. Dividends payable to our Series A and Series B preferred stockholders have continued to accrue subsequent to March 31, 2016. Assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016 and an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to pay an additional approximately aggregate $0.3 million of cumulative accrued dividends to our Series A preferred stockholders and issue an additional 59,041 aggregate shares of common stock to our Series B preferred stockholders, in payment of approximately $179,000 of cumulative accrued dividends to our Series B preferred stockholders.

(4)
Reflects (a) the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (3) above; (b) the cash payment of accrued dividends as of March 31, 2016 to our Series A preferred stockholders described in footnote (3) above; and (c) our sale and issuance of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(5)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity (deficit), by approximately $3.7 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity (deficit) by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

13


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all the other information in this prospectus before you decide to buy our common stock. If any of the following risks and uncertainties described below, together with all the other information related to our business, actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects would be adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our revenues are primarily generated from our Flexitouch System and we are therefore highly dependent on only one product.

Our Flexitouch System accounted for 87% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015, and 85% of our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2016. We expect that sales of this product will continue to account for the substantial majority of our revenues going forward. Therefore, our ability to execute our growth strategy will depend not only upon increasing awareness of lymphedema, but also on the adoption of our Flexitouch System to treat this condition. Many physicians and clinicians may have experience with, and/or invested substantial resources in, developing expertise in traditional treatments for lymphedema, which may make them less willing to adopt our Flexitouch System. If our Flexitouch System fails to achieve wide market acceptance for any reason, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our long-term growth depends on awareness and adoption of our products.

A primary growth strategy is to establish our products as the standard of care for the treatment of lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency. In order to achieve this growth strategy, we must:

Clinicians may not adopt our solutions as the standard of care for lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency or may not prescribe our products for a number of reasons, including:

We believe recommendations and support of our products by key opinion leaders can influence market acceptance and adoption. If these key opinion leaders choose to not support our products, our ability to achieve broad market acceptance for our products may be impaired.

14


Table of Contents

If we are unable to achieve and maintain adequate levels of coverage or reimbursement for our products, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

Any decline in the amount payers are willing to reimburse patients for our products could cause difficulty for patients to purchase our products and could create pricing pressure for us. If we are forced to lower the price we charge for our products, our gross margins will decrease, which will adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Third-party payers, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for our products exists among third-party payers. Therefore, reimbursement for our products can differ significantly from payer to payer and our products are not universally covered by third-party commercial payers. In addition, payers, including Medicare, continually review existing technologies for continued coverage and can, without notice, deny or reverse coverage for existing products. We believe a reduction or elimination of coverage or reimbursement of our products by Medicare would likely cause commercial third-party payers to implement similar reductions in their coverage or reimbursement of our products. If we are unable to expand coverage of our products by additional commercial payers, or if third-party payers that currently cover or reimburse for our products reverse or limit their coverage in the future, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Further, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement may be subject to increased restrictions, such as additional preauthorization requirements, both in the United States and in international markets. If we are unable to satisfy any new preauthorization requirements or adjust to any future new restrictions on our products, third-party coverage and reimbursement may be limited in the future, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

A recent change to the criteria for Medicare coverage for our products could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs, responsible for processing Medicare claims for durable medical equipment recently approved a Local Coverage Determination, or LCD, document that may limit Medicare coverage of our products for certain patients. This LCD, released by the MACs on December 17, 2015, is retroactively effective, beginning December 1, 2015. The LCD increases the severity of lymphedema symptoms that a patient must exhibit before such patient is eligible for Medicare reimbursement for a pneumatic compression device. The LCD also inserts more restrictive criteria that require a patient to potentially endure a longer period of conservative therapy to prove that it fails to control their lymphedema, instead of requiring completion of just one 4-week round of conservative therapy as stated in the National Coverage Determination, or NCD. The LCD requires four consecutive weeks of conservative therapy with no significant improvement in symptoms during any of those four weeks. Further, the LCD does not cover use of an advanced pneumatic compression device, such as our Flexitouch System, unless the patient's lymphedema is present in the chest, trunk or abdomen. Although many patients with lymphedema likely do have some level of chest, trunk or abdominal involvement, this criteria in the LCD means that patients with lymphedema that is confined to the limb will not have access to advanced pneumatic compression devices until the lymphedema progresses to impact the trunk, chest or abdomen. There is no similar requirement in the NCD that the lymphedema is present in the chest, trunk or abdomen. We are working through a coalition of device manufacturers and healthcare providers to have the LCD revised to mirror the NCD. If our efforts and the efforts of other stakeholders to overturn the LCD are unsuccessful, it may have a negative impact on certain Medicare patients' access to our Flexitouch System and our Entré System, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The LCD pneumatic compression device coverage criteria for chronic venous insufficiency with venous stasis ulcers largely track existing NCD criteria, while defining the elements of a required conservative

15


Table of Contents

therapy trial. Under the new LCD, advanced pneumatic compression devices like our Flexitouch System are no longer covered at all for the treatment of venous stasis ulcers. Private payers often follow Medicare's lead in setting reimbursement criteria and, if the LCD is not overturned, private payers may adopt the same or similar coverage standards as set forth in the LCD.

The U.S. patent protection for our Flexitouch System will expire in 2017, which may subject us to increased competition and reduce or eliminate our opportunity to generate product revenues.

The four U.S. patents for our Flexitouch System will expire in 2017. Upon expiration of such patents, our Flexitouch System could be subject to increased competition for products attempting to replicate our technology and our opportunity to increase or maintain revenues from our Flexitouch System could be substantially reduced.

If we are unable to expand, manage and maintain our direct sales and marketing organizations, we may not be able to generate anticipated revenues.

Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our employees. If our direct sales force fails to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales may suffer. Our direct sales force has grown from three people in March 2005 to over 100 people as of March 31, 2016.

In order to generate future sales growth, we will need to expand the size and geographic scope of our direct sales organization. Accordingly, our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled sales personnel with significant technical knowledge of lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency. Because the competition for their services is high, we cannot assure you we will be able to hire and retain additional personnel on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Failure to hire or retain qualified sales personnel would prevent us from building awareness of our solutions, expanding our business and generating additional sales. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities, we may not be able to effectively commercialize our products, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

Increases in our operating costs could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Reimbursement rates are established by fee schedules mandated by private payers, Medicare, the Veterans Administration and certain Medicaid programs and are likely to remain constant or decrease due, in part, to federal and state government budgetary constraints. As a result, with respect to Medicare and Medicaid related revenues, we may not be able to offset the effects of general inflation on our operating costs through increases in prices for our products. In particular, labor and related costs account for a significant portion of our operating costs and we compete with other healthcare providers to attract and retain qualified or skilled personnel and with various industries for administrative and service employees. This competitive environment could result in increased labor costs. As such, we must control our operating costs, particularly labor and related costs, and failing to do so could adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

Our operating costs may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. These factors include:

16


Table of Contents

Our failure to anticipate and minimize the impact of these costs could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We compete and may compete in the future against other companies, some of which have longer operating histories, more established products or greater resources than we do, which may harm our business.

The medical device industry is highly competitive. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of technologies and solutions for the at-home treatment of lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency or for market adjacencies. Any product we develop will have to compete for market acceptance and market share. We face significant competition in the United States, and we expect the intensity of competition will increase over time. Our primary competitors include Bio Compression Systems, Inc., Lympha Press USA and Wright Therapy Products (which was recently acquired by BSN Medical GmbH). If we expand internationally, we expect that ArjoHuntleigh, an affiliate of the Getinge Group, would become a competitor. Many of the companies developing or marketing competing products enjoy several competitive advantages, including:

Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products earlier than us, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing devices more rapidly than us or develop more effective or less expensive products or technologies that render our technology or products obsolete or less competitive. We also face fierce competition in recruiting and retaining qualified sales, scientific, reimbursement and

17


Table of Contents

management personnel, particularly those with direct-to-patient and -provider experience. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, our business may be harmed.

Physicians and payers may require additional clinical studies prior to prescribing our products or to providing or maintaining coverage and reimbursement for our products. Any subsequent clinical studies that are conducted and published may not be positive or consistent with our existing data, which would adversely affect the rate of adoption of our products.

Our success depends in large part on the medical and third-party payer community's acceptance of our products as being useful in treating patients with lymphedema or chronic venous insufficiency. We have sponsored 13 clinical studies in which a total of 682 patients were treated with our products to track outcomes of treatment with our products. While the results of our studies collectively indicate a favorable safety and efficacy profile, the study designs and results may not be viewed as compelling to physicians and insurers. In particular, payers and physicians may see limitations in the design and results of the studies because certain studies were not specifically based on our products, involved a limited number of total subjects or subjects outside the control group and made "quality of life" conclusions based upon criteria contained in patient questionnaires that required subjective conclusions. Certain physicians and insurers may also prefer to see longer-term efficacy data than we have produced. If physicians or insurers do not find our data compelling or wish to wait for additional or independently-performed studies, they may choose not to prescribe or to provide coverage and reimbursement for our products.

We cannot assure you that any data that we or others generate will be consistent with that observed in the existing studies or that results will be maintained beyond the time points studied. We also cannot assure you that any data that may be collected will be compelling to the medical community because the data may not be scientifically meaningful or may not demonstrate that our products are attractive alternatives to traditional treatments. If subsequent studies are not positive or consistent with our existing data, adoption of our products may suffer and, accordingly, our business could be adversely impacted.

Our long-term growth depends on our ability to develop and commercialize additional products.

The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid change and technological advancements. Therefore, it is important to our business that we continue to enhance our product offerings and introduce new products. Developing products is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management's attention away from our business. We may not be successful in developing new products or enhancements to existing products. Our ability to develop and commercialize additional products or enhancements to existing products will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

18


Table of Contents

If we are unsuccessful in developing and commercializing new products, our ability to increase our revenues may be impaired.

It is difficult to forecast future performance and our financial results may vary from forecasts and may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

Our limited operating history and commercial experience make it difficult for us to predict future performance. A number of factors over which we have limited control, such as seasonal variations in revenues, may contribute to fluctuations in our financial results. In the first and second quarters, our results of operations have been negatively impacted by resetting of annual patient healthcare insurance plan deductibles, which may cause patients to delay purchase of elective products. In the third and fourth quarters, our revenues have been higher because patients often spend the remaining balances in their flexible-spending accounts or because of lower out-of-pocket costs to patients who have met their annual deductibles under their health insurance plans. To the extent that the prevalence of high deductible insurance plans and higher copay and coinsurance plans continue to grow in the private payer market, the seasonal variations in our revenues could become even more pronounced.

Other factors that may cause fluctuation in our quarterly results or variations from our forecasts include:

In the event our actual revenues and operating results do not meet our forecasts or the forecasts or estimates of the research analysts that cover us for a particular period, the market price of our common stock may decline substantially.

We utilize third-party, single-source suppliers for some components and materials used in our products, and the loss of any of these suppliers could have an adverse impact on our business.

We rely on third-party manufacturers and suppliers to supply all components and materials used in our Flexitouch, ACTitouch and Entré Systems. We rely on a single-source supplier for the controller in our

19


Table of Contents

ACTitouch System. Our ability to supply our products commercially depends, in part, on our ability to obtain components and materials in accordance with our specifications and with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities to meet demand for our products. Our ability to obtain components and materials may be affected by matters outside our control, including that our suppliers may cancel our arrangements on short notice, we may be relatively less important as a customer to certain suppliers and our suppliers may have disruptions to their operations.

If we are required to establish additional or replacement suppliers for any of our components or materials, it may not be accomplished quickly and our operations could be disrupted. Even if we are able to find replacement suppliers, the replacement suppliers would need to be qualified and may require additional regulatory authority approval, which could result in further delay. In the event of a supply disruption, our product inventories may be insufficient to supply our patients.

If our third-party suppliers fail to deliver the required commercial quantities of materials on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices, and we are unable to find one or more replacement suppliers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost in substantially equivalent volumes and quality on a timely basis, the continued commercialization of our products, the supply of our products to customers and the development of any future products would be delayed, limited or prevented, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions, which may impact our ability to sell our products at prices necessary to support our current business strategies.

Healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, which has resulted in or led to numerous cost reform initiatives by legislators, regulators and third-party payers. Cost reform has triggered a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to aggregate purchasing power, which may create more requests for pricing concessions in the future. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party coverage and reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the healthcare industry worldwide, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our payers, which may exert downward pressure on the prices of our products in the future.

We may be unable to collect all of our Medicare accounts receivable.

At March 31, 2016, we had approximately $4.4 million of accounts receivable for shipments of products to patients covered by Medicare. A portion of our submitted claims to Medicare are initially denied and enter the appeals process, where many are ultimately reviewed by an Administrative Law Judge. The appeal process can be lengthy, lasting more than a year in most cases. At March 31, 2016, we have classified $1.8 million as Medicare accounts receivable — long term due to the estimated amount of receivables that will be paid more than one year from March 31, 2016, as a result of delays with the Administrative Law Judge appeal process. A significant increase in Medicare denial of submitted claims or an increase in the proportion of Medicare denials that are upheld by an Administrative Law Judge would adversely affect our results of operations or cause us to recognize a write off of Medicare accounts receivables.

As an alternative to individual appeals, Medicare may seek to settle a number of outstanding appeals at one time through a settlement conference. On September 3, 2015, we entered into a settlement agreement with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, for 247 claims, representing approximately $1.46 million of original claims based on the Medicare allowable rates, in which we had submitted a request for an Administrative Law Judge hearing in 2013. The settlement entitled us to receive a payment of approximately $0.85 million. We received this full amount during the fourth quarter of 2015. The settlement resulted in a reduction in the fourth quarter of 2015 of $0.82 million in our accounts receivable for shipment of products to patients covered by Medicare. The settlement was part of a pilot program, facilitated by the Office of Medicare Hearings and Appeals, to address a

20


Table of Contents

backlog of overdue claims awaiting Administrative Law Judge adjudication. Because the settlement is part of a pilot program, we cannot predict whether we will be able to conclude future settlements with Medicare or achieve settlements on similar terms. Any future settlement of claims for amounts less than the corresponding amounts receivable would result in a write off.

Changes to the level of Medicare coverage for our products could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Determinations of which products or services will be reimbursed under Medicare can be developed at the national level through an NCD, by CMS, or at the local level through an LCD, by one or all of the four regional Medicare Administrative Contractors, which are private contractors that process and pay claims on behalf of CMS for different regions. These NCDs and LCDs may be subject to review and revision from time to time, which revisions may not be favorable for coverage of our products, and the NCDs and LCDs may not always be consistent. We have in the past been required to respond to potential changes in LCDs for our products, which, if enacted, would have had adverse effects on our business. Further, we believe that a reduction in coverage by Medicare would likely cause some commercial third-party payers to implement similar reductions in their coverage or reimbursement of our products. Given the evolving nature of the healthcare industry and on-going healthcare cost reforms, we are and will continue to be subject to changes in the level of Medicare coverage for our products, and unfavorable coverage determinations at the national or local level could adversely affect our business and results of operations. See also " A recent change to the criteria for Medicare coverage for our products could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations."

The size of the market for our products is an estimate, and may be smaller than we believe.

Our estimate of the annual total addressable market for our products is based on a number of internal and third-party estimates. In addition, our internal estimates are based in large part on current trends in diagnosing lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency. While we believe these factors have historically provided and may continue to provide us with effective tools in estimating the total market for lymphedema, chronic venous insufficiency and our products, these estimates may not be correct and the conditions supporting our estimates may change at any time, thereby reducing the predictive accuracy of these underlying factors. As a result, our estimates of the annual total addressable market for our products may prove to be incorrect. If the actual number of patients who would benefit from our products and the annual total addressable market for our products is smaller than we have estimated, our future growth could be adversely impacted.

We may be unable to manage our growth effectively.

Our past growth has provided, and our future growth may create, challenges to our organization. For instance, from March 2005 to March 31, 2016, the number of our employees increased from 10 to over 270. We intend to continue to grow and may experience periods of rapid growth and expansion. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on management, including the need to identify, recruit, train, integrate, retain and motivate additional employees. In addition, rapid and significant growth will place a strain on our administrative personnel, information technology systems and other operational infrastructure. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

Successful growth is also dependent upon our ability to implement appropriate financial and management controls, systems and procedures. In order to manage our operations and growth, we will need to continue to improve our operational and management controls, reporting and information technology systems and financial internal control procedures. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, it may be difficult for us to execute our business strategy and there could be an adverse impact on our business.

21


Table of Contents

Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends on our ability to attract, integrate and retain key executives and highly qualified personnel.

We believe that our continued success depends to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of our executive officers and other key personnel. Our executive officers and other key personnel are critical to the strategic direction and overall management of our company as well as our research and development process. Some key personnel have only joined us in the last year as part of our investment in the expansion of our business, including a new Chief Financial Officer who joined us in late April 2016.

Our future success also depends on our ability to continue to attract and retain additional executive officers and other key employees. We invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. Many of our competitors have greater resources than we have that allows them to offer more competitive remuneration, which could adversely impact our ability to attract and retain experienced executives and other key employees. We carry a "key person" insurance policy on only our Chief Executive Officer. The replacement of any of our key personnel likely would involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and would harm our business. Our productivity may be adversely affected if we do not integrate and train our new employees quickly and effectively

Many of our employees have become or will soon become vested in a substantial amount of our common stock or a number of common stock options. Our employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly below the market price of our common stock, particularly after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described herein.

We face the risk of product liability claims that could be expensive, divert management's attention and harm our reputation and business. We may not be able to maintain adequate product liability insurance.

Our business exposes us to the risk of product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacturing and marketing of medical devices. This risk exists even if a device is cleared or approved for commercial sale by the FDA and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Our products are designed to affect, and any future products will be designed to affect, important bodily functions and processes. Any side effects, manufacturing defects, misuse or abuse associated with our products or our products in development could result in patient injury or death. The medical device industry has historically been subject to extensive litigation over product liability claims, and we cannot offer any assurance that we will not face product liability suits. We may be subject to product liability claims if our products cause, or merely appear to have caused, patient injury or death. In addition, an injury that is caused by the activities of our suppliers, such as those who provide us with components and materials, may be the basis for a claim against us. Product liability claims may be brought against us by patients, clinicians or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our products, among others. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we will incur substantial liabilities and reputational harm. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

22


Table of Contents

While we may attempt to manage our product liability exposure by proactively recalling or withdrawing from the market any defective products, any recall or market withdrawal of our products would delay the supply of those products to our clinicians and patients and may impact our reputation. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in initiating appropriate market recall or market withdrawal efforts that may be required in the future or that these efforts will have the intended effect of preventing product malfunctions and the accompanying product liability that may result. Such recalls and withdrawals may also be used by our competitors to harm our reputation for safety or be perceived by patients as a safety risk when considering the use of our products, either of which could have an adverse impact on our business.

In addition, our product liability insurance is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. Our current product liability insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and, if available, coverage may not be adequate to protect us against any future product liability claims. If we are unable to obtain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms or otherwise protect against potential product liability claims, we could be exposed to significant liabilities. A product liability claim, recall or other claim with respect to uninsured liabilities or for amounts in excess of insured liabilities could have an adverse impact on our business.

Changes in reimbursement coding could impair our ability to receive reimbursement for our products.

The International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems 9th Revision, or ICD-9, is a coding of diseases, signs and symptoms, abnormal findings, complaints, social circumstances and external causes of injury or diseases, as classified by the World Health Organization that permits the tracking of many diagnoses. Current health plan systems and health care providers are required by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, to use a standard code set to indicate diagnoses and procedures on transactions. For diagnoses, CMS created a derivation of the ICD-9 code for use. For other types of procedures, health plans and providers use Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, or Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System, or HCPCS, codes. The International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems 10th Revision, or ICD-10, was recently released and a modified version of ICD-10 was adopted by CMS and use of the updated diagnosis codes is now required.

23


Table of Contents

The ICD-10 codes are markedly different from their predecessors and because ICD-9 codes are used in almost every clinical and administrative process in a healthcare setting, substantial system and procedural changes will be necessary to implement and correctly use the new codes. The updated code sets will require significant changes in the way health plans reimburse services, and in the way coverage of services is determined.

Our Flexitouch System is reimbursed under HCPCS code E0652, our ACTitouch System is reimbursed under HCPCS code E0651, and our Entré System is reimbursed under HCPCS code E0651. Garments that cover various parts of the body are used with these systems and billed using HCPCS codes E0651, E0652, E0667, E0668 and E0669. These are tied to specific existing ICD-9 diagnoses. Many private payers have paid for our products using these codes as well. These contracts allow us to be an in-network provider for these payers, and eases our administrative burden in processing at both prior authorization and billing levels. With the change to ICD-10, it is possible the we or our patients may have difficulty properly submitting claims for reimbursement and, even if the claims are properly submitted, private payers, Medicare and Medicaid may have problems processing the claims. This could have an adverse impact on our reimbursement rates, results of operations and cash flows.

If the quality of our products does not meet the expectations of physicians or patients, then our brand and reputation could suffer and our business could be adversely impacted.

In the course of conducting our business, we must adequately address quality issues that may arise with our products, as well as defects in third-party components included in our products. There can be no assurance that our internal procedures to minimize risks that may arise from quality issues will be able to eliminate or mitigate occurrences of these issues and associated liabilities. If the quality of our products does not meet the expectations of physicians or patients, then our brand and reputation could suffer with those physicians or patients and our business could be adversely impacted.

If our facilities are damaged or become inoperable, we will be unable to continue to research, develop, manufacture and commercialize our products and, as a result, there will be an adverse impact on our business until we are able to secure a new facility.

We do not have redundant facilities. We perform substantially all of our research and development, assembly and back office activity and maintain all our finished goods inventory in a single location in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Our facility and equipment would be costly to replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace. The facility may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including, but not limited to, tornadoes, flooding, fire and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform our research, development, manufacturing and commercialization activities for some period of time. The inability to perform those activities, combined with our limited inventory of reserve raw materials and finished product, may result in the inability to continue manufacturing our products during such periods and the loss of customers or harm to our reputation. Our insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses, and this insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

If we choose to acquire new and complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may be unable to complete these acquisitions or to successfully integrate them in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner.

Our success depends on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures and advances in technologies. Accordingly, although we have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment, we may in the future pursue the acquisition of, or joint ventures relating to, complementary businesses,

24


Table of Contents

products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves. We do not know if we will be able to successfully complete any future acquisitions or joint ventures, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology or retain any key employees related thereto. Integrating any business, product or technology we acquire could be expensive and time-consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and distract our management. If we are unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business will suffer. In addition, any amortization or charges resulting from the costs of acquisitions could increase our expenses.

Failure to protect our information technology infrastructure against cyber-based attacks, network security breaches, service interruptions or data corruption could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We rely extensively on information technology systems and telephone networks and systems, including the Internet, to process and transmit sensitive electronic information and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including sales, billing, customer service, procurement and supply chain, manufacturing, and distribution. We use enterprise information technology systems to record, process, and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory financial reporting, legal, and tax requirements. Our information technology systems, some of which are managed by third-parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to computer viruses, attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or components thereof, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent breakdowns in our information technology and telephone systems, if our systems suffer severe damage or disruption or shutdown and we are unable to effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our business and operating results may suffer.

In addition, we accept payments for many of our sales through credit and debit card transactions, which are handled through a third-party payment processor. As a result, we are subject to a number of risks related to credit and debit card payments, including that we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and could require us to either increase the prices we charge for our products or experience an increase in our costs and expenses. In addition, as part of the payment processing process, we transmit our patients' and clinicians' credit and debit card information to our third-party payment processor. We may in the future become subject to lawsuits or other proceedings for purportedly fraudulent transactions arising out of the actual or alleged theft of our patients' credit or debit card information if the security of our third-party credit card payment processor is breached. We and our third-party credit card payment processor are also subject to payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we or our third-party credit card payment processor fail to comply with these rules or requirements, we may be subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and debit card payments from our patients, and there may be an adverse impact on our business.

We have no experience selling our products outside of the United States and cannot predict if we will be successful in achieving adoption of our products and revenue growth outside of the United States in a timely manner or at all. If we commercialize any products outside of the United States, a variety of risks associated with international operations could impact our strategy and adversely affect our future growth.

We expect that we would be subject to additional risks related to entering into international markets, including:

25


Table of Contents

If we experience any of these risks, our strategy to expand internationally could be impacted and our future growth could be adversely affected.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, collaborators and suppliers may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees and other third parties may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by employees and other third parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate FDA regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, manufacturing standards, federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, or laws that require the reporting of financial information or data accurately. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always

26


Table of Contents

possible to identify and deter employee and other third-party misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate.

A reclassification of our independent contractor home trainers by tax authorities could require us to pay retroactive taxes and penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We contract with over 300 licensed healthcare practitioners as home trainers, who educate our patients on the proper use of our solutions. Because we consider these licensed practitioners to be independent contractors, as opposed to employees, we do not withhold federal or state income or other employment related taxes or make federal or state unemployment tax or Federal Insurance Contributions Act payments. Our contracts with these independent contractors obligate them to pay these taxes. The classification of healthcare practitioners as independent contractors depends on the facts and circumstances of the relationship. In the event federal or state taxing authorities determine that the healthcare practitioners are employees, our business may be adversely affected and subject to retroactive taxes and penalties. Under current federal tax law, a safe harbor from reclassification, and consequently retroactive taxes and penalties, is available if our current treatment is consistent with a long-standing practice of a significant segment of our industry and if we meet certain other requirements. If challenged, we may not prevail in demonstrating the applicability of the safe harbor to our operations. Further, interested persons have recently proposed to eliminate the safe harbor and may do so again in the future. If such proposals are reintroduced and passed by Congress, they could impact our classification of healthcare practitioners as independent contractors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Government Regulation

We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation, and if we fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could suffer severe criminal or civil sanctions or be required to make significant changes to our operations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

The federal government and all states in which we currently operate regulate various aspects of our business. Our operations also are subject to state laws governing, among other things, distribution of medical equipment and certain types of home health activities, and we are required to obtain and maintain licenses in each state to act as a durable medical equipment supplier.

As a healthcare provider participating in governmental healthcare programs, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our marketing, billing, documentation and other practices to government scrutiny. To ensure compliance with Medicare, Medicaid and other regulations, government agencies or their contractors often conduct routine audits and request customer records and other documents to support our claims submitted for payment of services rendered. Government agencies or their contractors also periodically open investigations and obtain information from healthcare providers. Violations of federal and state regulations can result in severe criminal, civil and administrative penalties and sanctions, including debarment, suspension or exclusion

27


Table of Contents

from Medicare, Medicaid and other government reimbursement programs, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Changes in healthcare laws and regulations and new interpretations of existing laws and regulations may affect permissible activities, the relative costs associated with doing business, and reimbursement amounts paid by federal, state and other third-party payers. There have been and will continue to be regulatory initiatives affecting our business and we cannot predict the extent to which future legislation and regulatory changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to significant regulation by numerous government agencies, including the FDA. We cannot market or commercially distribute our products without obtaining and maintaining necessary regulatory clearances or approvals.

Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation in the United States. The FDA and other U.S. and foreign governmental agencies regulate, among other things, with respect to medical devices:

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we seek to distribute commercially in the United States requires marketing authorization from the FDA prior to distribution. The two primary types of FDA marketing authorization applicable to a device are premarket notification, also called 510(k) clearance, and premarket approval. The type of marketing authorization is generally linked to the classification of the device. When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that our proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a

28


Table of Contents

previously cleared and legally marketed 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a premarket approval application, which is commonly known as the "predicate device." The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. A premarket approval application must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. The premarket approval application process is much more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process and requires the payment of significant user fees. A premarket approval application must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data to demonstrate the reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness of the device. The approval process involves FDA review of information, including but not limited to, technical, preclinical (bench and/or animal), clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling. The FDA clearance and approval process frequently takes longer than anticipated due to increasing FDA demands for clarification of data or new data requirements.

If there is no predicate device that would permit the device to be cleared through the 510(k) path, then the FDA will automatically classify the device as a Class III high risk premarket approval device. In the event of this possibility, the sponsor can request a risk-based classification determination for the device in accordance with the de novo process, which is a route to market for novel medical devices that are low to moderate risk and are not substantially equivalent to a predicate device. A company files a de novo request when it does not have a predicate to which it can claim substantial equivalence. The FDA reviews the request for a de novo decision and grants or denies the request. If the request is granted, the FDA issues an order indicating that the device may legally be marketed and the device is classified as a Class I or II device, depending on risk. Once a device is classified through the de novo process, future devices from the company or a competitor may use that device as a 510(k) predicate. The advantage of the de novo process is that it generally requires less data than a premarket approval. The disadvantage is that it may require more data than a 510(k) and most often will include human clinical data. The FDA is increasingly moving devices with slightly different proposed indication statements or different technological features off the 510(k) path and on to the de novo path resulting in more time and expense for the company.

Both the 510(k) and premarket approval processes can be expensive and lengthy and require the payment of significant fees, unless an exemption applies. The FDA's 510(k) clearance process usually takes from approximately three to 12 months, but may take longer. The process of obtaining a premarket approval is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from approximately one to five years, or longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

In the United States, our currently commercialized products are marketed pursuant to premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. In addition, the FDA may determine that future products will require the more costly, lengthy and uncertain premarket approval process. Although we do not currently market any devices under a premarket approval, the FDA may demand that we obtain a premarket approval prior to marketing certain of our future products. In addition, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that a product we currently market is subject to an exemption from premarket review, the FDA may require us to submit a 510(k) or premarket approval application in order to continue marketing the product. Further, even with respect to those future

29


Table of Contents

products where a premarket approval is not required, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances required with respect to those products.

The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearances or approvals for our products could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability. Additionally, the FDA and other governmental authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could lead governmental authorities or a court to take action against us, including, but not limited to:

If we fail to obtain and maintain regulatory clearances or approvals, our ability to sell our products and generate revenue will be materially harmed.

In addition, the FDA may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of

30


Table of Contents

our products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products on a timely basis. For example, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA published new guidance on the 510(k) regulatory pathway in 2014, which alters the manner in which the 510(k) regulatory pathway is administered and interpreted. The FDA intends these reform actions to improve the efficiency and transparency of the clearance process, as well as bolster patient safety. This new guidance could impose additional regulatory requirements upon us which could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances. In addition, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several "Medical Device Regulatory Improvements" and miscellaneous reforms which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-market.

Medical devices may only be promoted and sold for the indications for which they are approved or cleared. In addition, even if the FDA has approved or cleared a product, it can take action affecting such product approvals or clearances if serious safety or other problems develop in the marketplace. Delays in obtaining clearances or approvals could adversely affect our ability to introduce new products or modifications to our existing products in a timely manner, which would delay or prevent commercial sales of our products. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could affect the perceived safety and efficacy of our products and dissuade patients and clinicians from using our products.

If we modify our FDA cleared devices, we may need to seek additional clearances or approvals, which, if not granted, would prevent us from selling our modified products.

The FDA regulations require the submission and clearance of a new 510(k) premarket notification, or possibly, premarket approval, for significant changes or modifications made in the design, components, method of manufacturer and intended use of a device including changes or modifications to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect the device's safety or effectiveness, or would constitute a major change or modification in the device's intended use. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination, but the FDA may review any manufacturer's decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary. We have modified some of our 510(k) cleared products, and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that in certain instances new 510(k) clearances or premarket approval are not required. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or premarket approval for modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

Furthermore, the FDA's ongoing review of the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to our previously cleared products, either by imposing more strict requirements on when a manufacturer must submit a new 510(k) for a modification to a previously cleared product, or by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. If the FDA requires us to cease marketing a modified device until we obtain a new 510(k) clearance or premarket approval, our business, financial condition, operating results and future growth prospects could be materially adversely affected. Further in this situation, our products could be subject to recall. Any recall or FDA requirement that we seek additional approvals or clearances could result in significant delays, fines,

31


Table of Contents

increased costs associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and potential operating restrictions imposed by the FDA.

The misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our image in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.

The products we currently market have been cleared by the FDA for specific treatments. We train our marketing and direct sales force to not promote our products for uses outside of the FDA-cleared indications for use, known as "off-label uses." We cannot, however, prevent a physician from using our products off-label, when in the physician's independent professional medical judgment he or she deems it appropriate. The FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment. There may be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians use our products off-label. Furthermore, the use of our products for indications other than those cleared by the governing regulatory body may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients.

If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our business activities to constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including, but not limited to, criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations.

In addition, physicians may misuse our products or use improper techniques, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. If our products are misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by our clinicians or their patients. As noted above, we can be subject to lawsuits, whether or not our product is proven to be defective and whether or not our employees have adequately trained the physicians. Similarly, in an effort to decrease costs, physicians may also reuse those of our products that are intended for a single use or may purchase reprocessed products from third-party reprocessors in lieu of purchasing new products from us, which could result in product failure and liability. As described immediately above, product liability claims could divert management's attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and result in sizeable damage awards against us that may not be covered by insurance.

Our products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that would materially harm our business.

Our marketed products are subject to Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, obligations, which require that we report to the FDA any incident in which our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury, or in which our products malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, it could likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report under the MDR regulations is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of our products. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action including warning letters, untitled letters,

32


Table of Contents

administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearances, seizure of our products, or delay in clearance of future products.

Our products may in the future be subject to product recalls. A recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in their design or manufacture. The FDA's authority to require a recall must be based on a finding that there is reasonable probability that the device would cause serious, adverse health consequences or death. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if any material deficiency is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation and business, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our patients' demands. We may also be subject to liability claims, be required to bear other costs, or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.

Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls and corrections, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary recalls or corrections for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, they could require us to report those actions as recalls and we may be subject to enforcement action.

If we or our component manufacturers fail to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, our manufacturing operations could be interrupted, and our product sales and operating results could suffer.

We and many of our component manufacturers are required to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our devices. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. We and our component manufacturers have been, and anticipate in the future being, subject to such inspections. We cannot provide assurance that any future inspection will not result in adverse findings with respect to our QSR compliance. If our manufacturing facilities or those of any of our component manufacturers or suppliers are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, or we or our manufacturers or suppliers fail to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, the FDA could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions:

33


Table of Contents

Any of these sanctions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we begin selling our products outside the United States, our products and operations would also be required to comply with standards set by industrial standards bodies, such as the International Organization for Standardization, or ISO. Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our products or the testing that our products undergo against these standards. The specific standards, types of evaluation and scope of review differ among foreign regulatory bodies. If we fail to adequately comply with any of these standards, a foreign regulatory body may take adverse actions similar to those within the power of the FDA.

Any of these actions could prevent us from marketing, distributing or selling our products and would likely harm our business.

If clinical studies of our future products do not produce results necessary to support regulatory clearance or approval in the United States or, with respect to our current or future products, elsewhere, we will be unable to expand the indications for or commercialize these products.

We will likely need to conduct additional clinical studies in the future to support new indications for our products or for clearances of new product lines, or for the approval of the use of our products in some foreign countries. Clinical testing can take many years, can be expensive and carries uncertain outcomes. The initiation and completion of any of these studies may be prevented, delayed, or halted for numerous reasons.

Clinical failure can occur at any stage of testing. Our clinical studies may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical and non-clinical testing in addition to those we have planned. Our failure to adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of any of our devices would prevent receipt of regulatory clearance or approval and, ultimately, the commercialization of that device or indication for use. Even if our future products are cleared in the United States, commercialization of our products in foreign countries would require approval by regulatory authorities in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials. Any of these occurrences could have an adverse impact on our business.

If the third parties on which we rely to conduct our clinical trials and to assist us with pre-clinical development do not perform as contractually required or expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for or commercialize our products.

We often must rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, if these third parties need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our pre-clinical development activities or clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected. Furthermore, our third-party clinical trial investigators may be delayed in conducting our clinical trials for reasons outside of their control.

34


Table of Contents

Future regulatory actions may adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the clearance or approval, manufacture and marketing of a medical device. In addition, FDA and other regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted or regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

Healthcare regulatory reform may affect our ability to sell our products profitably .

In the United States, the legislative landscape, particularly as it relates to healthcare regulation and reimbursement coverage, continues to evolve. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, which we refer to as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, was passed, which has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the U.S. medical device industry. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, among other things, imposes a new excise tax, which began in 2013, on entities that manufacture, produce or import medical devices in an amount equal to 2.3% of the price for which such devices are sold in the United States. While we believe that our current products are exempt from this tax under an exemption for retail products, if our belief is determined to be incorrect, we could be subject to significant tax liabilities and penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash position. Moreover, products that we introduce in the future could be subject to this tax.

In addition, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act also expands the round two of competitive bidding to a total of 91 competitive bidding areas, and by 2016, the process must be nationalized or prices in non-competitive bidding areas must be adjusted to match competitive bidding prices. Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to certain providers, including physicians, hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressures.

While our products are not currently subject to the competitive bidding process under Medicare, if our products were to become subject to such process in the future, it could negatively affect our business and financial condition.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 required the Secretary of Health and Human Services to establish and implement programs under which competitive acquisition areas are established throughout the United States for purposes of awarding contracts for the furnishing of competitively priced items of durable medical equipment.

35


Table of Contents

CMS, the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, conducts a competition for each competitive acquisition area under which providers submit bids to supply certain covered items of durable medical equipment. Successful bidders must meet certain program quality standards in order to be awarded a contract and only successful bidders can supply the covered items to Medicare beneficiaries in the acquisition area. There are, however, regulations in place that allow non-contracted providers to continue to provide products and services to their existing customers at the new competitive bidding payment amounts. The contracts are expected to be re-bid every three years. CMS is required to award contracts to multiple entities submitting bids in each area for an item or service, but has the authority to limit the number of contractors in a competitive acquisition area to the number it determines to be necessary to meet projected demand.

Although CMS concluded the bidding process for the first round of Metropolitan Statistical Areas in September 2007, in July 2008, Congress enacted Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008, which retroactively delayed the implementation of competitive bidding. Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 also reduced Medicare prices nationwide by 9.5% beginning in 2009 for the product categories that were initially included in competitive bidding.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act legislation requires CMS to expand competitive bidding further to additional geographic markets or to use competitive bid pricing information to adjust the payment amounts otherwise in effect for areas that are not competitive acquisition areas by January 1, 2016.

Although we continue to monitor developments regarding the implementation of the competitive bidding program, we cannot predict the outcome of the competitive bidding program on our business when fully implemented, nor the Medicare payment rates that will be in effect in future years for the items subjected to competitive bidding, including our products. We expect that payment rates will continue to fluctuate, and a large negative payment adjustment could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

We are subject to additional federal, state and foreign laws and regulations relating to our healthcare business; our failure to comply with those laws could have an adverse impact on our business.

We are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal and state governments, which could adversely impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

36


Table of Contents

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. We are unable to predict what additional federal or state legislation or regulatory initiatives may be enacted in the future regarding our business or the healthcare industry in general, or what effect such legislation or regulations may have on us. Federal or state governments may impose additional restrictions or adopt interpretations of existing laws that could have a material adverse effect on us.

37


Table of Contents

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including certain sales and marketing practices and financial arrangements, including the provision of stock options as partial compensation for consulting services, with physicians, some of whom use or purchase our products, and other customers, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from governmental healthcare programs, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely impact our business.

Failure to comply with regulations affecting the transmission, security and privacy of health information could result in significant penalties.

Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including HIPAA and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or the HITECH Act, govern the collection, dissemination, security, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information. HIPAA and the HITECH Act require us to comply with standards for the use and disclosure of health information within our company and with third parties. The Privacy Standards and Security Standards under HIPAA establish a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of individually identifiable health information by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services. Notably, whereas HIPAA previously directly regulated only these covered entities, the HITECH Act, which was signed into law as part of the stimulus package in February 2009, makes certain of HIPAA's privacy and security standards also directly applicable to covered entities' business associates. As a result, both covered entities and business associates are now subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with Privacy Standards and Security Standards.

HIPAA and the HITECH Act also include standards for common healthcare electronic transactions and code sets, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures, and privacy and electronic security of individually identifiable health information. Covered entities, such as healthcare providers, are required to conform to such transaction set standards pursuant to HIPAA.

HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to protected health information that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. The HITECH Act expands the notification requirement for breaches of patient-identifiable health information, restricts certain disclosures and sales of patient-identifiable health information and provides a tiered system for civil monetary penalties for HIPAA violations. The HITECH Act also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA.

If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions. New health information standards, whether

38


Table of Contents

implemented pursuant to HIPAA, the HITECH Act, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle healthcare related data and communicate with payors, and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant.

The 2013 final HITECH omnibus rule modifies the breach reporting standard in a manner that will likely make more data security incidents qualify as reportable breaches. Any liability from a failure to comply with the requirements of HIPAA or the HITECH Act could adversely affect our financial condition. The costs of complying with privacy and security related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. These new provisions, as modified, will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us, as well as our clients and strategic partners. In addition, we are unable to predict what changes to the HIPAA Privacy Standards and Security Standards might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business. Any new legislation or regulation in the area of privacy and security of personal information, including personal health information, could also adversely affect our business operations.

Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission has issued and several states have issued or are considering new regulations to require holders of certain types of personally identifiable information to implement formal policies and programs to prevent, detect and mitigate the risk of identity theft and other unauthorized access to or use of such information. Further, the U.S. Congress and a number of states have considered or are considering prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of medical or other information to individuals or entities located outside of the United States. If we begin selling our products outside the United States, we will need to comply with applicable laws in those jurisdictions that regulate the use and disclosure of individually identifiable information.

If we fail to comply with state and federal fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback, false claims and anti-inducement laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration, whether directly or indirectly and overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any healthcare item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid, or other federal financed healthcare programs. The statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution are drawn narrowly, and any remuneration to or from a prescriber or purchaser of healthcare products or services may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for safe harbor protection from anti-kickback liability.

Federal false claims laws prohibit, in part, any person from knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making or causing to be made a false statement to get a false claim paid. The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and false claims laws, which apply to items or services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of payer. These false claims statutes allow any person to bring suit in the name of the government alleging false and fraudulent claims presented to or paid by the government (or other violations of the statutes) and to share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. Such suits, known as qui tam actions, have increased significantly in the healthcare industry in recent years. Sanctions under these federal and state laws may include civil monetary penalties, exclusion of a manufacturer's products from reimbursement under government programs, criminal fines and imprisonment. In addition, the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, among

39


Table of Contents

other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim, including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the safe harbors and exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Such a challenge, regardless of the outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business, business relationships, reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements on device and drug manufacturers for any "transfer of value" made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare providers. Device and drug manufacturers will also be required to report and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1.0 million per year for "knowing failures to report"), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission. As of August 1, 2013, manufacturers are required to collect data and are required to submit their data reports to CMS by the 90th day of each calendar year.

Certain states mandate implementation of compliance programs and/or the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company many violate one or more of the requirements.

The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law prohibits, in part, the offering or giving of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary's selection of a particular supplier of items or services reimbursable by a Federal or state governmental program. We sometimes offer customers various discounts and other financial incentives in connection with the sales of our products. While it is our intent to comply with all applicable laws, the government may find that our marketing activities violate the Civil Monetary Penalties Law. If we are found to be in noncompliance, we could be subject to civil money penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act, assessment of three times the amount claimed for each item or service and exclusion from the Federal healthcare programs.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment, restructuring, or restricting of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring or our operations could harm our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from operation of our business. Moreover, achieving and sustaining compliance with applicable federal and state fraud laws may prove costly.

40


Table of Contents

Failure to maintain the licenses and accreditations necessary to operate under our direct-to-patient and -provider model would adversely affect our business.

To continue operating our business under our direct-to-patient and -provider model, we must maintain our Durable Medical Equipment license and certification from the Accreditation Commission for Health Care. In May 2008, we became a Durable, Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Supplies accredited Medicare supplier by the Accreditation Commission for Health Care for our solutions and our Medicare accreditation must be renewed every three years through passage of an on-site inspection. Our current accreditation with Medicare is due to expire in May 2017. In addition to maintaining our Durable Medical Equipment license and certification from the Accreditation Commission for Health Care, we also must maintain certain state-required licenses. If we were found to be noncompliant, we could lose our licensure in that state. Losing our licensure could prohibit us from selling our current or future products to patients in such state and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected as a result of any such prohibition.

Our products are currently made available to authorized users of the Department of Veterans Affairs Federal Supply Schedule and if we were no longer eligible to sell our products through such channel, our business may be adversely affected.

For our products to be eligible for reimbursement by the Veterans Administration, we must participate in the Department of Veterans Affairs Federal Supply Schedule pricing program, established by Section 603 of the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992. To be eligible for this program, we must comply with additional laws and requirements applicable to our operations and manufacturing processes. If we were to lose eligibility for reimbursement by the Veterans Administration, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may be unable to obtain or maintain international regulatory registrations or approvals for our current or future products and indications, which could adversely impact our business.

Any future sales of our devices outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. In addition, the FDA regulates exports of medical devices from the United States. Complying with international regulatory requirements can be an expensive and time-consuming process and approval is not certain. The time required to obtain registration or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA clearance, and requirements for such registrations or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. In certain countries we intend to rely upon third-party distributors to obtain all required regulatory registrations and approvals, and these distributors may be unable to obtain or maintain such registrations or approvals. Our distributors in these countries may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and in maintaining foreign regulatory approvals or registrations, which could increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining qualified distributors. If these distributors experience delays in receiving necessary registrations or approvals to market our products outside the United States, or if they fail to receive those registrations or approvals, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements in certain international markets effectively, or at all.

Our operations involve the use of hazardous and toxic materials, and we must comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which can be expensive, and could have an adverse impact on our business.

Our operations use or generate small volumes of hazardous or toxic materials. We are therefore subject to a variety of federal, state and local regulations relating to the use, handling, storage, disposal and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault, and environmental laws could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties

41


Table of Contents

associated with violations, which could have an adverse impact on our business. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental, health and safety laws will not occur in the future as a result of human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes. The failure to comply with past, present or future laws could result in the imposition of fines, third-party property damage and personal injury claims, investigation and remediation costs, the suspension of production or a cessation of operations. We also expect that our operations will be affected by other new environmental and health and safety laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in additional costs, and may require us to change how we manufacture our products, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

Risks Related to Our Financial Condition

We may need substantial additional funding beyond the proceeds of this offering and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which could force us to delay or reduce our commercialization efforts or product development programs.

We believe the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and revenues, will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements and fund our operations indefinitely. However, we have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be incorrect, and we could spend our available financial resources much faster than we currently expect. Any future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our

42


Table of Contents

common stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Furthermore, we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations. Any of these factors could harm our operating results.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States may be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws, under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products, and further, competitors may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement rights are not as strong as those in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents, and our patent claims or other intellectual rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

The patent protection for our products may expire before we are able to maximize their commercial value, which may subject us to increased competition and reduce or eliminate our opportunity to generate product revenues.

The patents for our products have varying expiration dates and, if these patents expire, we may be subject to increased competition and we may not be able to recover our development costs or market any of our approved products profitably. For instance, our patents for our Flexitouch System will expire in 2017. Upon expiration of our patents, we may be subject to increased competition and our

43


Table of Contents

opportunity to establish or maintain product revenues could be substantially reduced or eliminated. Further, we may not have sufficient time to recover our development costs prior to the expiration of our U.S. and foreign patents.

We may not identify relevant patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a patent, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and market our products.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including but not limited to the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our products in any jurisdiction.

The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent family's prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by a third-party patent.

Many patents may cover a marketed product, including but not limited to patents covering the product or portions thereof, methods of use or methods relating to the product, and production processes of or for the product. The identification of all patents and their expiration dates relevant to the production and sale of a therapeutic product is extraordinarily complex and requires sophisticated legal knowledge in the relevant jurisdiction. It may be impossible to identify all patents in all jurisdictions relevant to a marketed product. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, documentary, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent prosecution process. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on any issued patent and/or pending patent applications are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of a patent or patent application. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees. While an inadvertent lapse may sometimes be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are many situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications directed to our products, our competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than should otherwise have been the case, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect our patents or other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming and ultimately unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or other intellectual property rights. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on

44


Table of Contents

the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

Various proceedings brought before the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents and patent applications or those of our current or future collaborators. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if a prevailing party does not offer us a license on terms that are acceptable to us. Litigation or other proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distraction of our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential and proprietary information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement or misappropriation may adversely affect our business and could prevent us from developing or commercializing our products.

Our commercial success depends in part on us not infringing the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the medical device industry, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions, ex-parte review and inter partes reexamination and post-grant review proceedings before the USPTO and corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing and may develop our products. As the medical device industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our products may be subject to claims of infringement of the patent rights of third parties. If a third party claims that we infringe on their products or technology, we could face a number of issues, including:

45


Table of Contents

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to products, materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our products, that we failed to identify. For example, applications filed before November 29, 2000 and certain applications filed after that date that will not be filed outside the United States remain confidential until issued as patents. Except for the preceding exceptions, patent applications in the United States and elsewhere are generally published only after a waiting period of approximately 18 months after the earliest filing. Therefore, patent applications covering our technology or our products could have been filed by others without our knowledge. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our technologies, our products or the use or manufacture of our products. We may also face a claim of misappropriation, if a third party believes that we inappropriately obtained and used trade secrets of such third parties. If we are found to have misappropriated a third party's trade secrets, we may be prevented from further using such trade secrets, limiting our ability to develop our products, and we may be required to pay damages.

If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our products, materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment, the holders of any such patents would be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the applicable product candidate until such patent expired or unless we obtain a license. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights may be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms. In addition, during the course of any patent or other intellectual property litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, rulings on motions, and other interim proceedings in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors regard these announcements as negative, the perceived value of our products, programs, or intellectual property could be diminished. Accordingly, the market price of our common stock may decline.

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize one or more of our products. Defending against claims of patent infringement or misappropriation of trade secrets could be costly and time-consuming, regardless of the outcome. Thus, even if we were to ultimately prevail, or to settle at an early stage, such litigation could burden us with substantial unanticipated costs. In addition, litigation or threatened litigation could result in significant demands on the time and attention of our management team, distracting them from the pursuit of other company business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing products or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties, or enter into development collaborations that would help us bring our products to market.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other medical device companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly on obtaining and enforcing patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the medical device industry involves both technological and legal complexity, and therefore is costly,

46


Table of Contents

time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, the United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Further, several recent judicial rulings have either narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained.

For our U.S. patent applications containing a claim not entitled to priority before March 16, 2013, there is a greater level of uncertainty in the patent law. In September 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the American Invents Act, or AIA, was signed into law. The AIA includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted, reviewed after issuance, and may also affect patent litigation. The USPTO is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the AIA and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the AIA. It is not clear what other, if any, impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business. Moreover, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a "first-inventor-to-file" system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours, even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant, going forward, of the time from invention to filing of a patent application, but early filing of patent applications may not always be possible. Furthermore, our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (a) file any patent application related to our products or (b) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications.

Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and provide opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal court necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid as unpatentable, even though the same evidence may be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

47


Table of Contents

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.

We have become aware from time to time that third parties may be infringing on our patents or other intellectual property rights. Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we have concluded in the past and may conclude in the future that even if a third party is infringing our patents or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our stockholders. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution.

Intellectual property rights do not address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain, because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and protect other proprietary information.

We consider proprietary trade secrets and/or confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We may rely on trade secrets and/or confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where patent protection is believed by us to be of limited value. However, trade secrets and/or confidential know-how can be difficult to maintain as confidential.

48


Table of Contents

To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees, consultants, contractors and advisors to enter into confidentiality agreements with us. However, current or former employees, consultants, contractors and advisers may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a third party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets and/or confidential know-how is expensive, time consuming and unpredictable. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

Failure to obtain or maintain trade secrets and/or confidential know-how trade protection could adversely affect our competitive position. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and may even apply for patent protection in respect of the same. If successful in obtaining such patent protection, our competitors could limit our use of our trade secrets and/or confidential know-how.

We may need to license certain intellectual property from third parties, and such licenses may not be available or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms.

A third party may hold intellectual property, including patent rights that are important or necessary to the development or commercialization of any future products. It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our products, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could materially harm our business.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

We have received confidential and proprietary information from third parties. In addition, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other medical device companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise improperly used or disclosed confidential information of these third parties or our employees' former employers. Further, we may be subject to ownership disputes in the future, arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our products. We may also be subject to claims that former employees, consultants, independent contractors, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging our right to and use of confidential and proprietary information. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose our rights therein. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. We may be subject to ownership disputes in the future, arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our products. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material

49


Table of Contents

adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we rely on third parties to assist with research and development and to manufacture our products, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants, prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor's discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. For example, any academic institution that we may collaborate with in the future will usually expect to be granted rights to publish data arising out of such collaboration, provided that we are notified in advance and given the opportunity to delay publication for a limited time period in order for us to secure patent protection of intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration, in addition to the opportunity to remove confidential or trade secret information from any such publication. In the future, we may also conduct joint research and development programs that may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development or similar agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor's discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest, and our business may be adversely affected. We currently have registered and unregistered trademarks in the United States. Our trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential collaborators or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. Further, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other trademarks or trade names that incorporate variations of our trademarks or trade names. In addition, we have not registered our trademarks internationally, and the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Over the long term, if we are unable to successfully register our trademarks and trade names and/or establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be

50


Table of Contents

adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we expect our common stock to be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If the market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock at a price that is attractive to you or at all. In addition, an inactive market may impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock could be highly volatile, and purchasers of our common stock may not be able to resell the shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price and could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

51


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock market has recently experienced significant volatility with respect to medical device and other life sciences company stocks. The volatility of medical device and other medical technology company stocks often does not relate to the operating performance of the companies represented by the stock. As we operate in a single industry, we are especially vulnerable to these factors to the extent that they affect our industry or our products, or to a lesser extent our markets.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers that are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a

52


Table of Contents

result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise adequate capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

Assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options and warrants and based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and the adjustments set forth in "Summary — The Offering — Pro Forma Adjustments," upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 15,752,920 shares of common stock.

Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market immediately following this offering, unless they are purchased by one of our affiliates.

We, our directors and officers and other holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock, preferred stock, options and warrants have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to engage in sales or dispositions of, or other transactions relating to, our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or warrants or other rights to acquire shares of our common stock. These "lock-up" restrictions end 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, Piper Jaffray & Co. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C., in their sole discretion, may permit persons who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional 11,195,133 shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, of which 7,042,232 shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, shares of our common stock that are subject to outstanding options, outstanding warrants or reserved for future issuance under our employee benefit plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of our common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Following completion of this offering, the holders of 8,440,399 shares of our outstanding common stock, or approximately 54% of our total outstanding common stock, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights." Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

53


Table of Contents

We may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled "Use of Proceeds," and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily to expand our sales, marketing, reimbursement, clinical, regulatory and product development activities, and the remainder for working capital, general and administrative expenses and other general corporate purposes, as well as to pay the approximately $8.1 million of cumulative accrued dividends to our Series A preferred stockholders as described in "Dividend Policy." We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses, although we have no present commitments to complete any such transaction. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the rate of adoption of our devices, the expenses we incur in sales and marketing our devices, the scope of research and development efforts, the timing and success of any clinical trials we may commence in the future, and the timing of regulatory submissions. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The failure by our management to apply the net proceeds from this offering effectively could harm our business. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or governmental securities. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $10.57 per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In the past, we issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options and warrants are ultimately exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see "Dilution."

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation, if any, in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business. In addition, any future debt financing arrangement may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to any appreciation of their stock. Therefore, the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders purchased their shares.

54


Table of Contents

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, which will require, among other things, that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and the stock market to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, imposes significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory "say on pay" voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and may impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired, which could harm our operating results, investors' views of us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our management will be required to report upon the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the annual report for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2015. When and if we are a "large accelerated filer" or an "accelerated filer" and are no longer an "emerging growth company," each as defined in the Exchange Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. However, for so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of an exemption available to emerging growth companies from these auditor attestation requirements. We could be an "emerging growth company" for up to five years. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing, and possible remediation. To comply with the requirements of being a reporting company under the

55


Table of Contents

Exchange Act, we will need to upgrade our systems, including information technology; implement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems, and procedures; and hire additional accounting and finance staff.

Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in implementing any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, once we are no longer an emerging growth company, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation in connection with the attestation provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. If we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in our financial information and the trading price of our common stock could decline.

In connection with our future evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, we may need to upgrade our systems or create new systems, implement additional financial and management controls, update our reporting systems and procedures, create or outsource an internal audit function or hire additional accounting and finance staff. If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with the financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies could be impaired. Any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and the trading price of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering, as well as provisions of Delaware law, may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. These provisions include:

56


Table of Contents

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, who are responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. These provisions would apply even if an offer rejected by our board were considered beneficial by some stockholders. Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will maintain the ability to control all matters submitted to stockholders for approval and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

Assuming the sale of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering (or 4,600,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately 48.4% of our capital stock (or 44.9% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As a result, if these stockholders were to act together, they would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they act together, would control the election of directors and decisions on any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire or result in management of our company that our public stockholders disagree with. See "Principal Stockholders" for further information regarding the stock ownership of our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our common stock and our trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no or too few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively affected. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause the price of our shares and trading volume to decline.

57


Table of Contents

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third-party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements that we intend to enter into with our directors and officers provide that:

58


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business, operations and financial performance and condition, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "target," "ongoing," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "will," "would," or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements relating to:

59


Table of Contents

You should read the matters described in "Risk Factors" and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate and therefore prospective investors are encouraged not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. You should read this prospectus, the documents that we reference in this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely. Other than as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements, even though our situation may change in the future. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments that we may make.

60


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds that we will receive from the sale of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock in this initial public offering will be approximately $53.3 million, or approximately $61.7 million if the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares from us. This estimate is based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $3.7 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily as follows:

We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses, although we have no present commitments to complete any such transaction. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the rate of adoption of our devices, the expenses we incur in sales and marketing our devices, the scope of research and development efforts, the timing and success of any clinical trials we may commence in the future, and the timing of regulatory submissions.

Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities, certificates of deposit or governmental securities.

61


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. Following the completion of this offering, we intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business. We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, outstanding indebtedness and plans for expansion and restrictions imposed by lenders, if any.

Holders of our Series A and Series B preferred stock are entitled to dividends upon the conversion of such shares of preferred stock to our common stock in connection with this initial public offering, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Each Series A and Series B preferred stockholder is entitled to a cumulative accrued dividend calculated at a rate of 6% per annum of the original issue price of such series of preferred stock. Series B preferred stockholders may elect to receive payment of such dividend in additional shares of Series B preferred stock.

As of March 31, 2016, we had $10.1 million of cumulative accrued dividends payable to our Series A and Series B preferred stockholders. These dividends have continued to accrue subsequent to March 31, 2016. As such, we anticipate that the Series B preferred stockholders will elect to receive payment of such cumulative accrued dividends in additional shares of Series B preferred stock rather than cash. Assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016, we expect to pay approximately $8.1 million of cumulative accrued dividends in cash to our Series A preferred stockholders and issue 844,782 shares of our common stock in payment of approximately $2.6 million of cumulative accrued dividends to our Series B preferred stockholders. The cash dividend will be paid from the net proceeds of this offering and neither cash nor stock dividends will be paid on any shares purchased in this offering.

62


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2016:

You should read this information in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

63


Table of Contents

 
  As of March 31, 2016  
 
  Actual   Pro
Forma
  Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (In thousands, except for share and
per share data; unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,787   $ 5,787   $ 52,827  

Convertible preferred stock

                   

Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, 5,319,066 shares authorized, 2,733,468 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    12,796          

Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, 3,112,152 shares authorized, 3,108,589 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    20,645          

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Preferred stock $0.001 par value per share, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock $0.001 par value per share, 14,184,172 shares authorized, 3,341,285 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 11,621,028 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 15,621,028 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    9     12     16  

Additional paid-in capital

        25,643     78,939  

Accumulated deficit

    (6,949 )   (6,949 )   (6,949 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (6,940 )   18,706     72,006  

Total capitalization

  $ 26,501   $ 18,706   $ 72,006  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $3.7 million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $14.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table and calculations above are based on the adjustments set forth in "Summary — The Offering — Pro Forma Adjustments."

64


Table of Contents


DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

As of March 31, 2016, our net tangible book value was approximately $24.1 million, or approximately $7.21 per share. Our net tangible book value represents total tangible assets less total liabilities. Our net tangible book value per share is our net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016.

As of March 31, 2016, our pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock was approximately $16.3 million, or approximately $1.40 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value represents total tangible assets less total liabilities. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share is our pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, after giving effect to (a) the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,924,452 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (b) the issuance of 1,569,549 additional shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering that our Series A and B preferred stockholders are entitled to receive in connection with this initial public offering, assuming an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; (c) the accrual for the payment of $7.8 million in cumulative accrued dividends to our Series A preferred stockholders as of March 31, 2016; (d) the issuance of 785,742 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering to pay accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock (assuming a closing date of March 31, 2016 and an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and (e) the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adoption of our amended and restated bylaws.

After giving effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments described above; (b) the payment of accrued dividends as of March 31, 2016 to our Series A preferred stockholders described above; and (c) our issuance and sale of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, as of March 31, 2016, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of our common stock would have been approximately $69.6 million, or approximately $4.43 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $3.03 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of $10.57 per share. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of

65


Table of Contents

cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 15.00  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2016

  $ 7.21        

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share

    (5.81 )      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2016

  $ 1.40        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

    3.03        

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering

          4.43  

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering

        $ 10.57  

A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.24, and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.76, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.24, and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.76, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, there will be an increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $0.35 per share and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to new investors of $10.22 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the

66


Table of Contents

same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares
Purchased
   
   
   
 
 
  Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    11,693,880     74.5 % $ 31,372,634     34.3 % $ 2.68  

Investors purchasing shares in this offering

    4,000,000     25.5     60,000,000     65.7     15.00  

Total

    15,693,880     100 % $ 91,372,634     100 % $ 5.82  

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $4.0 million, and increase (decrease) the percentage of total consideration paid by investors purchasing shares in this offering by approximately 1.4%, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors purchasing shares in this offering by $15.0 million, and increase (decrease) the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by approximately 4.8%, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full:

The table and calculations above are based on 11,693,880 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and the adjustments set forth in "Summary — The Offering — Pro Forma Adjustments."

To the extent any of the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. To the extent all of such outstanding options and warrants had been exercised as of March 31, 2016, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $71.5 million, and total dilution per share to new investors would be $3.08.

67


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth our selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016, have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of financial statements set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ended December 31, 2016, or any other period. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (In thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenues, net

  $ 47,736   $ 62,872   $ 10,121   $ 13,700  

Cost of goods sold

    12,715     16,908     2,972     3,811  

Gross profit

    35,021     45,964     7,149     9,889  

Operating expenses:

                         

Sales and marketing

    18,154     24,485     5,169     7,281  

Research and development

    2,843     4,312     817     980  

Reimbursement, general and administrative

    10,225     13,716     2,647     3,414  

Total operating expenses

    31,222     42,513     8,633     11,675  

Income (loss) from operations

   
3,799
   
3,451
   
(1,484

)
 
(1,786

)

Other income (expense)

   
(4

)
 
(194

)
 
12
   
5
 

Income (loss) before income taxes                                              

    3,795     3,257     (1,472 )   (1,781 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

   
1,725
   
1,864
   
(592

)
 
(801

)

Net income (loss)

   
2,070
   
1,393
   
(880

)
 
(980

)

Convertible preferred stock dividends

    1,761     1,845     460     514  

Allocation of undistributed earnings to preferred stockholders

    216              

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 93   $ (452 ) $ (1,340 ) $ (1,494 )

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders (1)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic

  $ 0.04   $ (0.15 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.45 )

Diluted

  $ 0.02   $ (0.15 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.45 )

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic

    2,491,108     2,929,438     2,640,807     3,293,326  

Diluted

    3,797,688     2,929,438     2,640,807     3,293,326  

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2)

                         

Basic

        $ 0.12         $ (0.08 )

Diluted

        $ 0.10         $ (0.08 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2)

                         

Basic

          11,807,560           12,171,448  

Diluted

          13,507,390           12,171,448  

68


Table of Contents

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (In thousands)
   
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,416   $ 7,060   $ 5,787  

Working capital

    18,927     19,858     19,209  

Total assets

    31,494     36,973     33,268  

Total debt

    13          

Convertible preferred stock

    31,082     32,927     33,441  

Accumulated deficit

    (6,872 )   (5,658 )   (6,949 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (6,427 )   (5,649 )   (6,940 )

(1)
Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders is calculated under the two-class method, as our convertible preferred stock participates in the undistributed earnings of the company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. No adjustment is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the convertible preferred stock have no obligation to fund losses.

(2)
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders and the number of weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders reflect the adjustments set forth in "Summary — The Offering — Pro Forma Adjustments," except in lieu of the cash payment of a portion of the proceeds to pay cumulative accrued dividends to our Series A preferred stockholders, reflects the additional 539,338 shares of common stock that would have been required to be issued to generate sufficient proceeds to fund the cash payment of the Series A convertible preferred stock dividends that are payable from the net proceeds of this offering.

69


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Selected Consolidated Financial Data and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements included in this discussion as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a medical technology company that develops and provides innovative medical devices for the treatment of chronic diseases at home. We focus on advancing the standard of care in treating chronic diseases in the home setting to improve patient outcomes and quality of life and help control rising healthcare expenditures. We possess a unique, scalable platform to deliver at-home healthcare solutions throughout the United States. This evolving care delivery model is recognized by policy-makers and payers as a key for controlling rising healthcare expenditures. Our initial area of therapeutic focus is vascular disease, with a goal of advancing the standard of care in treating lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency. Our solutions deliver cost-effective, clinically proven, long-term treatment for these chronic diseases.

Our two proprietary products are the Flexitouch System and the ACTitouch System. A predecessor to our Flexitouch System received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in July 2002, and we introduced the system to address the many limitations of self-administered home-based manual lymphatic drainage therapy. We began selling our more-advanced Flexitouch System after receiving 510(k) clearance from the FDA in October 2006. Historically, we derived substantially all of our revenues from our Flexitouch System. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and for the three months ended March 31, 2016, our Flexitouch System represented 92%, 87% and 85% of our revenues, respectively. In September 2012, we acquired our second proprietary product, the ACTitouch System. The system received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in June 2013, and we began selling the product in September 2013 to address the many limitations of non-removable multilayered bandages that are worn by patients suffering from venous leg ulcers. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and for the three months ended March 31, 2016, our ACTitouch System represented 5%, 5% and 4% of our revenues, respectively. We also began selling our Entré System, a 510(k) cleared basic pneumatic compression device, in February 2013.

To support the growth of our business, we invest heavily in our commercial infrastructure, consisting of our direct sales force, home training resources, reimbursement capabilities and clinical expertise. We market our products in the United States using a direct-to-patient and -provider model. Our direct sales force has grown from three representatives in March 2005 to a team of over 100 people as of March 31, 2016. This model allows us to directly approach patients and clinicians, whereby we disintermediate the traditional durable medical equipment channel, allowing us to capture both the manufacturer and distributor margins. We also utilize over 300 licensed, independent healthcare practitioners as home trainers who educate patients on the proper use of our solutions. We invest substantial resources in our reimbursement operations group of over 55 people that focuses on verifying case-by-case benefits, obtaining prior authorization, billing and collecting payments from payers and providing customer support services. Our payer relationships group of over 20 people is responsible for developing relationships with payer decision-makers to educate them on our product efficacy, develop overall payer coverage policies and reimbursement criteria, manage Medicare patient claims and contracts with payers and serve as an advocacy liaison between patients, clinicians and payers throughout the appeals process. We also have a clinical team, consisting of a scientific advisory

70


Table of Contents

board, in-house therapists and nurses, and a medical director, that serves as a resource to clinicians and patients and guides our development of clinical evidence in support of our products.

Our patients are reimbursed by government and private payers for the purchase of our products pursuant to established rates with each payer. We rely on third-party contract manufacturers for the sourcing of parts, the assembly of our controllers and the manufacturing of the garments used with our systems. We conduct final assembly of the garments used with our Flexitouch System at, and perform quality assurance and ship our products from, our facility in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated revenues of $62.9 million and had net income of $1.4 million, compared to revenues of $47.7 million and net income of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, we generated revenues of $13.7 million and had a net loss of $1.0 million, compared to revenues of $10.1 million and a net loss of $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Due to seasonality of our product sales, during the first quarter of each year, we typically experience reduced revenues compared to our other quarters and a net loss. As of March 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $6.9 million. Our primary sources of capital to date have been from operating income and private placements of our capital stock. We operate in one segment.

Components of our Results of Operations

Revenues

We derive our revenues from the sale of our Flexitouch, ACTitouch and Entré systems to patients in the United States. Revenue growth has been driven by increased clinician, patient and payer awareness of lymphedema and the clinical efficacy of our Flexitouch System, and launch of our ACTitouch and Entré systems in 2013. We have expanded our direct sales force that helps us drive and support our revenue growth and intend to continue this expansion. However, any reversal in these recent trends could have a negative impact on our future revenues.

Our revenues have fluctuated, and we expect our revenues to continue to fluctuate, from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors. For instance, our fourth quarter tends to be our strongest quarter of the year. See "— Seasonality" for a further discussion of factors contributing to seasonality. Further, our revenues are impacted by fluctuations in the mix of products being sold during each period and changes in the mix of our payers.

We sell our products directly to patients, who are referred to us by physicians, therapists or nurses. We bill payers, such as private insurers, Medicare, the Veterans Administration or Medicaid, on behalf of our patients and bill patients directly for their cost-sharing amounts, including any portion of an unsatisfied deductible and any copayments or co-insurance. Approximately 15% of our revenues in 2015 and 12% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2016, came from Medicare patients. A recent change to the level of Medicare coverage for our products could reduce the number of Medicare patients who have access to our products, and we are seeking to have the coverage determination overturned. Our products currently are not subject to the competitive bidding process for supplying covered items to Medicare recipients.

We expect our revenues to continue to increase in the future as a result of increased awareness of our solutions, expansion of our direct sales force, marketing and customer support efforts, continued focus on developing clinical and economic outcome data, expanded third-party reimbursement and introduction of our solutions outside the United States.

71


Table of Contents

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold consists primarily of component costs, direct labor, overhead costs, product warranties, provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory and delivery costs for items sold. A significant portion of our cost of goods sold consists of manufacturing overhead costs. These overhead costs include the cost of quality assurance, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment and operations supervision and management. We expect overhead costs as a percentage of revenues to decrease as a result of expected increases in production volume and yields. Cost of goods sold also includes depreciation expense for product tooling, production equipment and shipping costs. See Note 5 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of our royalty payments. We expect cost of goods sold to increase in absolute dollars primarily if, and to the extent, our revenues grow.

We provide a warranty on our devices ranging from one to two years for the controller, and one year for the garment. We establish a reserve for warranty repairs based on historical warranty repair costs incurred. Provisions for warranty obligations, which are included in cost of goods sold, are recorded at the time of shipment.

We calculate gross margin as gross profit divided by revenues. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including product and payer mix, production volumes, manufacturing costs and cost-reduction strategies. We expect our gross margin to decrease slightly over the near term as we increase the percentage of total revenues from our ACTitouch and Entré systems. However, our gross margin will likely fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses support our direct-to-patient and -provider model. These expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, bonuses, commissions and benefits for employees. They also include expenses for patient home training, social media and advertising, informational kits, public relations and other promotional and marketing activities, field sales travel and entertainment expenses, trade shows and conferences, stock-based compensation, as well as customer service. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our commercial infrastructure to drive and support our planned revenue growth. To the extent our revenues grow, we expect sales and marketing expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenues over time.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development, or R&D, expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, third-party product development costs, laboratory supplies, consulting fees and related costs, clinical research expenses, expenses related to clinical and regulatory affairs, patent amortization costs, stock-based compensation and patent legal fees, including defense costs and testing costs for new product launches. Clinical research expenses include clinical trial management and monitoring, payment to clinical investigators, consulting fees, data management, stock-based compensation, travel expenses and the cost of manufacturing products for clinical trials. We have made substantial investments in R&D since our inception. Our R&D efforts have focused primarily on activities designed to enhance our technologies and to support development and commercialization of new and existing products. We expect R&D expenses to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we continue to develop, enhance and commercialize new products and expand clinical trial efforts. We expect R&D expenses as a percentage of our revenues to vary over time depending on the level and timing of initiating new product development efforts, as well as our clinical trial activities.

72


Table of Contents

Reimbursement, General and Administrative Expenses

Reimbursement, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation, including salaries, bonuses and benefits for employees in our patient services and advocacy, billing and collections, case management, payer relations and governmental affairs and reimbursement authorization departments, as well as finance, human resources and administration, information technology, business development and general management functions, and facilities costs. Our experienced reimbursement authorization department of over 55 people focuses on verifying case-by-case benefits, obtaining prior authorization, billing and collecting payments from payers and providing customer support services. Reimbursement authorization department expenses also include consulting, travel to payer case manager seminars, professional development and training and certification expenses. General and administrative expenses also include professional services, such as legal, consulting and accounting services, stock-based compensation, travel expenses and insurance costs. We expect to incur additional legal, accounting, insurance and other professional service fees associated with being a public company, which may increase further when we are no longer able to rely on the "emerging growth company" exemption we are afforded under the JOBS Act. We expect our reimbursement, general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but decrease as a percentage of our revenues, to the extent our revenues grow.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest expense related to our notes payable and interest income driven by the interest accruing on cash and past due insurance balances. We do not accrue interest on a majority of past due customer accounts receivable balances.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Our income tax expense (benefit) consists primarily of deferred income taxes resulting from temporary differences between the reporting of amounts for financial statement purposes and income tax purposes.

73


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
   
 
 
  2015   2016   % Change  
 
  (In thousands, except percentages)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenues

  $ 10,121   $ 13,700     35  

Cost of goods sold

    2,972     3,811     28  

Gross profit

    7,149     9,889     38  

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing

    5,169     7,281     41  

Research and development

    817     980     20  

Reimbursement, general and administrative

    2,647     3,414     29  

Total operating expenses

    8,633     11,675     35  

Loss from operations

    (1,484 )   (1,786 )   20  

Other income:

    12     5     *  

Loss before income taxes

    (1,472 )   (1,781 )   21  

Income tax benefit

    (592 )   (801 )   35  

Net loss

  $ (880 ) $ (980 )   11  

*Not meaningful.

Revenues

Revenues increased $3.6 million, or 35%, to $13.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $10.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The growth in revenues was primarily attributable to an increase of approximately $2.8 million, or 32%, in sales of our Flexitouch System, a decrease of approximately $0.1 million, or 24%, in sales of our ACTitouch System, and an increase of approximately $0.9 million, or 156%, in sales of our Entré System. The increase in unit sales of our Flexitouch and Entré Systems was driven by expansion of our sales force and increased physician and patient awareness. The decrease in unit sales of our ACTitouch System was due to product mix, particularly within the Veterans Administration hospitals in favor of the Flexitouch System.

74


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our revenues by product for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 both in dollars and percentage of total revenues:

 
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
   
 
 
  2015   2016   % Change  
 
  (In thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenues

                   

Flexitouch System

  $ 8,885   $ 11,709     32  

ACTitouch System

    651     496     (24 )

Entré System

    585     1,495     156  

Total

  $ 10,121   $ 13,700     35  

Percentage of total revenues

                   

Flexitouch System

    88 %   85 %      

ACTitouch System

    6 %   4 %      

Entré System

    6 %   11 %      

Total

    100 %   100 %      

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold increased $0.8 million, or 28%, to $3.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $3.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold.

Gross margin for the three months ended March 31, 2016 increased slightly to 72.2% compared to 70.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in gross margin was primarily due to the growth in sales of our Flexitouch and Entré Systems, which have higher gross margins than our ACTitouch System.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.1 million, or 41%, to $7.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $5.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to a $1.2 million increase in compensation expenses as a result of increased sales and marketing headcount. In addition, other sales and marketing expenses increased $0.9 million due to increased field sales meeting, travel and entertainment, consulting and field sales training expenses.

Research and Development Expenses

R&D expenses increased $0.2 million, or 20%, to $1.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $0.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily attributable to increases in product development and clinical study costs. In addition, compensation and other personnel-related expenses increased.

Reimbursement, General and Administrative Expenses

Reimbursement, general and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or 29%, to $3.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $2.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The increase in reimbursement, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount on our patient services, contracting, case management, billing and collections, advocacy, reimbursement and administrative teams, as well as higher facility costs for rent, utilities, property taxes and maintenance.

75


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net, was less than $20,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
 
  2014   2015   % Change  
 
  (In thousands, except percentages)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenues

  $ 47,736   $ 62,872     32  

Cost of goods sold

    12,715     16,908     33  

Gross profit

    35,021     45,964     31  

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing

    18,154     24,485     35  

Research and development

    2,843     4,312     52  

Reimbursement, general and administrative

    10,225     13,716     34  

Total operating expenses

    31,222     42,513     36  

Income from operations

    3,799     3,451     (9 )

Other expense

    (4 )   (194 )   *  

Income before income taxes

    3,795     3,257     (14 )

Income tax expense

    1,725     1,864     8  

Net income

  $ 2,070   $ 1,393     (33 )

*Not meaningful.

Revenues

Revenues increased $15.1 million, or 32%, to $62.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $47.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The growth in revenues was primarily attributable to an increase of approximately $11.0 million, or 25%, in sales of our Flexitouch System, an increase of approximately $0.9 million, or 37%, in sales of our ACTitouch System, and an increase of approximately $3.2 million, or 198%, in sales of our Entré System. The increase in unit sales of our Flexitouch System was driven by expansion of our sales force and increased physician and patient awareness. The increase in unit sales of our ACTitouch System was due to continued penetration of wound clinics, particularly within Veterans Administration hospitals.

76


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our revenues by product for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 both in dollars and percentage of total revenues:

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
 
  2014   2015   % Change  
 
  (In thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenues

                   

Flexitouch System

  $ 43,738   $ 54,748     25  

ACTitouch System

    2,357     3,234     37  

Entré System

    1,641     4,890     198  

Total

  $ 47,736   $ 62,872     32  

Percentage of total revenues

                   

Flexitouch System

    92 %   87 %      

ACTitouch System

    5 %   5 %      

Entré System

    3 %   8 %      

Total

    100 %   100 %      

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Margin

Cost of goods sold increased $4.2 million, or 33%, to $16.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $12.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of systems sold, partially offset by reduced material and labor costs for our products associated with better sourcing and increased volumes.

Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2015 of 73.1% was essentially flat compared to gross margin of 73.4% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.3 million, or 35%, to $24.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $18.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to a $4.7 million increase in personnel-related compensation expenses as a result of increased sales and marketing headcount. In addition, other sales and marketing expenses increased $1.6 million due to increased field sales travel expenses, trade show and conference expenses and patient training costs.

Research and Development Expenses

R&D expenses increased $1.5 million, or 52%, to $4.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $2.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily attributable to increases in product development and consulting costs of $1.2 million and clinical study costs of $0.2 million.

Reimbursement, General and Administrative Expenses

Reimbursement, general and administrative expenses increased $3.5 million, or 34%, to $13.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $10.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in reimbursement, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to a $1.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of increased headcount on our patient services, contracting, case management, billing and collections, advocacy, reimbursement

77


Table of Contents

and administrative teams, an increase of $1.0 million in professional, legal, accounting and information technology costs, and higher facility costs of $0.2 million for new office space, utilities, property taxes and maintenance.

Other Expense

Other expense increased to $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to interest expense recognized on minimum royalty payments. Other expense was less than $5,000 during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly statements of consolidated operations data and other data for each of the eight most recent quarters in the period ended March 31, 2016. We have prepared the quarterly results of operations data on a consistent basis with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the quarterly results of operations data reflect all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of this data. The statements of consolidated operations data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year or for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2014
  March 31,
2015
  June 30,
2015
  September 30,
2015
  December 31,
2015
  March 31,
2016
 
 
  (In thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenues

  $ 10,965   $ 11,898   $ 18,110   $ 10,121   $ 14,771   $ 16,820   $ 21,160   $ 13,700  

Cost of goods sold

    2,963     3,310     4,431     2,972     4,401     4,466     5,069     3,811  

Gross profit

    8,002     8,588     13,679     7,149     10,370     12,354     16,091     9,889  

Gross margin

    73.0 %   72.2 %   75.5 %   70.6 %   70.2 %   73.4 %   76.0 %   72.2 %

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Sales and marketing

    4,134     4,499     5,697     5,169     5,929     6,199     7,188     7,281  

Research and development

    686     700     912     817     1,011     1,094     1,390     980  

Reimbursement, general and administrative

    2,504     2,783     2,806     2,647     3,202     3,599     4,268     3,414  

Total operating expenses

    7,324     7,982     9,415     8,633     10,142     10,892     12,846     11,675  

Income (loss) from operations

    678     606     4,264     (1,484 )   228     1,462     3,245     (1,786 )

Other income (expense)

    5     4     (16 )   12     3     3     (212 )   5  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    683     610     4,248     (1,472 )   231     1,465     3,033     (1,781 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    260     232     1,896     (592 )   93     589     1,774     (801 )

Net income (loss)

  $ 423   $ 378   $ 2,352   $ (880 ) $ 138   $ 876   $ 1,259   $ (980 )

78


Table of Contents

Seasonality

Our business may be affected by seasonality. In the first quarter of each year, when most patients have started a new insurance year and have not paid their annual insurance deductibles, we experience substantially reduced demand for our products. We typically experience higher sales in the third and fourth quarters as a result of patients having paid their annual insurance deductibles in full, thereby reducing their out-of-pocket costs for our products, or because patients often spend the remaining balances in their flexible-spending accounts.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

As of March 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $5.8 million and an accumulated deficit of $6.9 million, compared to cash and cash equivalents of $7.1 million and an accumulated deficit of $5.7 million as of December 31, 2015. Our primary sources of capital have been from operating income and private placements of our capital stock. As of March 31, 2016, we had raised net proceeds of $31.2 million from private placements of our capital stock.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

                         

Operating activities

  $ (991 ) $ 1,358   $ (438 ) $ (1,236 )

Investing activities

    (353 )   (615 )   (150 )   (165 )

Financing activities

    221     901     4     128  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (1,123 ) $ 1,644   $ (584 ) $ (1,273 )

Net Cash Provided By (Used in) Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $1.2 million, consisting primarily of our net loss of $1.0 million and an increase of $0.8 million in deferred income taxes asset, offset by a non-cash expense of $0.3 million. The cash used in operations was primarily due to the ongoing commercialization of our products. The non-cash expense items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization of equipment and leasehold improvements and patents and stock-based compensation. Our net operating assets and liabilities decreased $0.3 million. The decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to decreases in inventory, increased collections on accounts receivable and decreases in accrued compensation and expenses and increases accounts payable.

Net cash used in operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $0.4 million, consisting primarily of our net loss of $0.9 million and an increase of $0.6 million in deferred income taxes asset, offset by a non-cash expense of $0.3 million. The cash used in operations was primarily due to the ongoing commercialization of our products. The non-cash expense items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization of equipment and leasehold improvements and patents and stock-based compensation. Our net operating assets and liabilities decreased $0.8 million. The decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to increased collections on accounts

79


Table of Contents

receivable and an increase in accrued payroll offset by increased inventory and a decrease in accrued expenses.

Net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1.4 million, consisting primarily of our net income of $1.4 million, a decrease of $0.9 million in deferred income tax assets, a $0.1 million provision for doubtful accounts and a non-cash expense of $1.1 million. The cash provided by operations was primarily due to the ongoing commercialization of our products, as well as increased accounts receivable, inventory, prepaid expenses and other non-current assets, offset by increased accounts payable, accrued compensation and accrued expenses. The non-cash expense items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization of equipment and leasehold improvements and patents and stock-based compensation. Our net operating assets and liabilities increased $2.1 million. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to increased accounts receivable, inventory, and other non-current assets.

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $1.0 million, consisting primarily of our net income of $2.1 million, a decrease of $1.6 million in deferred income tax assets, a $0.5 million provision for doubtful accounts and a non-cash expense of $0.8 million. The cash used in operations was primarily due to the ongoing commercialization of our products, as well as increased accounts receivable and inventory and decreased accrued compensation, offset by increased accounts payable. The non-cash expense items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization of equipment and leasehold improvements and patents and stock-based compensation. Our net operating assets and liabilities increased $6.0 million. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to increased accounts receivable and inventory.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2016, was $0.2 million, consisting of product tooling and computer and manufacturing equipment. Net cash used in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $0.2 million, consisting of product tooling and computer and manufacturing equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2015, was $0.6 million, consisting of product tooling and computer and manufacturing equipment. Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.4 million, consisting of product tooling and computer and manufacturing equipment.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Historically, we have funded our operations through the issuance of capital stock. Net cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2016, was $0.1 million, consisting of proceeds from exercise of stock options. Net cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was minimal, consisting of proceeds from exercise of stock options, partially offset by minimal repayments of borrowings.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2015, was $0.9 million, consisting of proceeds from exercise of common stock options and warrants partially offset by minimal repayments of borrowings. Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.2 million, consisting of proceeds from exercise of stock options, partially offset by minimal repayments of borrowings.

80


Table of Contents

Credit Line

As of March 31, 2016, we had a credit line with Venture Bank with borrowing availability of $2.0 million, which we refer to as our credit line. As of March 31, 2016, we did not have any outstanding borrowings under our credit line.

Our credit line bears interest based on the prime rate, which was 3.50% as of March 31, 2016. On May 11, 2016, we extended our credit line until May 11, 2017. Our credit line is secured by substantially all our assets, including property and equipment, accounts receivable and inventory. Our credit line contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness and encumbrances. In addition, we complied with certain financial covenants relating to liquidity and leverage ratios until the renewal in May 2015 that released us from our covenant obligations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under the applicable regulations.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015.

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Less Than
1 Year
  2-3
Years
  4-5
Years
  More Than
5 Years
  Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations (1)

  $ 507   $ 1,002   $ 1,035   $ 308   $ 2,852  

Future product royalties (2)

    991                 991  

Purchase commitments (3)

    8,937     4,811             13,748  

Total

  $ 10,435   $ 5,813   $ 1,035   $ 308   $ 17,591  

(1)
We currently lease approximately 52,000 square feet of office and assembly space at our corporate headquarters in Minneapolis, Minnesota under a lease that expires in July 2021.

(2)
We are required to make royalty payments to a third-party for our ACTitouch System through 2023. We are required to make quarterly payments through 2023, with guaranteed payments through the third quarter of 2016, and for the remaining period equal to 6% of our quarterly revenues attributable to our ACTitouch System. In any year that these revenues exceed $40 million, we are required to pay 7% on revenues over $40 million and 6% on revenues $40 million and under.

(3)
Represents purchase orders issued in March 2015 to vendors for inventory expected to be received in 2016 and purchase orders issued in February 2016 to vendors for inventory expected to be received in 2016 and 2017.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, primarily related to our investment activities. The principal objectives of our investment activities are to preserve principal, provide liquidity and maximize income consistent with minimizing risk of material loss. The recorded carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates in the United States, particularly since our investments are generally short-term in nature. Due to the nature of our short-term investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio.

81


Table of Contents

Additionally, the interest rates for our credit line have both fixed and variable components. If overall interest rates had increased by 100 basis points during the periods presented, our interest expense would not have been materially affected.

Inflation

Inflationary factors, such as increases in our cost of goods sold, sales and marketing expenses and reimbursement expenses, may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain and increase our gross margin, and on our sales and marketing and reimbursement expenses as a percentage of our revenues if the selling prices of our products do not increase as much or more than these increased costs.

Credit Risk

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016, our cash and cash equivalents were maintained with one financial institution in the United states and our current deposits are likely in excess of insured limits. We have reviewed the financial statements of this institution and believe it has sufficient assets and liquidity to conduct its operations in the ordinary course of business with little or no credit risk to us.

Our accounts receivable primarily relate to revenues from the sale of our products to patients in the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2016, our accounts receivable were $15.0 million, $16.2 million and $13.5 million, respectively. We had accounts receivable from three insurance companies representing approximately 21%, 16% and 4% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2016 and we had accounts receivable from two insurance companies representing approximately 25% and 20% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2015. We had accounts receivable from three insurance companies representing approximately 26%, 18% and 7% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015 and we had accounts receivable from three insurance companies representing approximately 25%, 24% and 5% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2014.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our business is conducted in U.S. dollars and foreign transactions have been minimal. As we begin building relationships to commercialize our products internationally, our results of operations and cash flows may become increasingly subject to changes in foreign exchange rates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses at the date of the financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions in accordance with GAAP that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates and such differences could be material to our financial position and results of operations.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to the

82


Table of Contents

portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of a sale arrangement exists, delivery of product has occurred through the transfer of title and risks of reward of ownership, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assessed.

We distribute our products directly to patients. For any of our products sold to patients covered by private payers, such as commercial insurance companies, we recognize revenues from such sales upon shipment of our products. A product is not shipped until we have received a prescription from a physician for our products and, as applicable, receipt of prior authorization from payers. At shipment, we invoice the payer for their portion of the total product cost and we recognize revenue as a percentage of the payer's invoice based on the polices and payment history of the applicable payer. The payment history of the applicable payer is drawn from our actual payment experience over the last three years. Any differences in payments received as compared to our estimates are recognized in the period for which we actually receive payment for the product. Over time, we adjust the applicable estimates used for each payer to reflect any such differences. We separately invoice the patient for their payment obligation with respect to the shipped product, such as copayments and deductibles, and recognize revenue upon sending such invoice.

For any of our products sold to Medicare patients, we recognize revenues from such sales upon shipment of our products, which can occur only after we have received a prescription from a physician and all applicable Medicare documentation. We estimate the revenue on each shipment to a Medicare patient as a percentage of the total invoice based on the payment history of each regional administrative contractor. While we have contracted rates with Medicare, to the extent any claims for reimbursement are denied, we will recognize any necessary adjustments in the period for which the adjustment is made.

Accounts Receivable

The majority of our accounts receivable and revenues are from commercial insurance payers and government payers, such as Medicare, Veterans Administration and Medicaid.

Accounts receivable are carried net of allowances for estimated non-receipt of patient co-payment and deductible obligations and allowances for uncollectible accounts. We believe all accounts receivable in excess of the allowance are fully collectible. We do not accrue interest on a majority of the past due accounts receivable. We determine when accounts become past due on a customer by customer basis. If accounts receivables in excess of the provided allowance are determined uncollectible, they are charged to expense in the quarter that determination is made and accounts receivable are written off after all collection efforts have failed. A portion of our claims to Medicare are initially denied, and enter the appeals process, where many are ultimately reviewed by an Administrative Law Judge. After final adjudication of all claims, approximately 90% of the claims submitted are approved (this is on a number of claims, not a dollars claimed, basis). Historically, we successfully appealed 90% of our initial Medicare claims denials. The appeal process can be lengthy, lasting more than a year in most cases. Accordingly, we classify a portion of our Medicare accounts receivable as non-current based on our experience with Medicare.

As an alternative to individual appeals, Medicare may seek to settle a number of outstanding appeals at one time through a settlement conference. On September 3, 2015, we entered into a settlement agreement with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, for 247 claims, representing approximately $1.46 million of original claims based on the Medicare allowable rates, in which we

83


Table of Contents

had submitted a request for an Administrative Law Judge hearing in 2013. The settlement entitled us to receive a payment of approximately $0.85 million. We received this full amount during the fourth quarter of 2015. The settlement resulted in a reduction in the fourth quarter of 2015 of $0.82 million in our accounts receivable for shipment of products to patients covered by Medicare. The settlement was part of a pilot program, facilitated by the Office of Medicare Hearings and Appeals, to address a backlog of overdue claims awaiting Administrative Law Judge adjudication. Because the settlement is part of a pilot program, we cannot predict whether we will be able to conclude future settlements with Medicare or achieve settlements on similar terms. Any future settlement of claims for amounts less than the corresponding amounts receivable would result in a write off.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation awards at the fair value on the date of grant expensed over the applicable vesting period. The fair value of options on the grant date is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. We recognize the fair value of each award as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the equity grant.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, the risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend yield. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the significant application of management's judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. We determined weighted-average valuation assumptions as follows:

      Expected term.   We use the "simplified method" to determine the expected term of the stock option.

      Expected volatility.   Our expected volatility is derived using the historical volatility of a public company of similar size and industry because we believe the expected volatility will approximate historical volatility, due to the fact that we have no trading history.

      Risk-free interest rate.   The risk free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options for each option group.

      Expected dividend yield.   We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we use an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions relating to our stock options for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016

Expected term

  6 years   6 years   6 years   *

Expected volatility

  60%   60%   60%   *

Risk-free interest rate

  2%   2%   2%   *

Expected dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   *

*
No stock options were granted in the three month period ended March 31, 2016.

84


Table of Contents

If in the future we determine that another method is more reasonable, or if another method for calculating these input assumptions is prescribed by authoritative guidance, and, therefore, should be used to estimate volatility or expected life, the fair value calculated for our stock options could change significantly. Higher volatility and longer expected lives result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined at the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense affects our reimbursement, general and administrative expenses.

We estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant effect on reported stock-based compensation expense, as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate for all expense amortization is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The effect of forfeiture adjustments was insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. We will continue to use significant judgment in evaluating the expected term, volatility and forfeiture rate related to our stock-based compensation.

The fair value of the common stock underlying our equity compensation awards was historically determined by our board of directors, with input from management and third-party valuations on an annual basis. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. However, the fair value of our common stock may vary significantly in the future and from the estimates previously made. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , known as the AICPA Accounting and Valuation Guide. The following factors, among others, were considered:

      our results of operations, history of losses and other financial metrics;

      our capital resources and financial condition;

      the contemporaneous valuations of our common stock by an unrelated third-party valuation firm;

      the prices of our convertible redeemable preferred stock sold to outside investors in arms-length transactions;

      the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

      the rights of freestanding warrants and other similar instruments related to our securities that are redeemable;

      the hiring of key personnel;

      the introduction of new products;

85


Table of Contents

      the fact that the common stock underlying the option grants involves illiquid securities in a private company;

      the risks inherent in the development and expansion of our products and services; and

      the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company given prevailing market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, since January 1, 2014, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using the market approach valuation method and the income approach valuation method to determine the enterprise value. For 2014, our board of directors exclusively used the market approach valuation method. For 2015, these two approaches were initially weighted equally. During 2015, we received a summary valuation from the lead underwriters for this offering. In the second half of 2015 we reviewed our fair value determinations for 2015, effectively modifying our valuation approach for 2015 to include this summary valuation as a third factor in determining fair value, along with the other approaches previously considered. Our board of directors then considered the factors set forth above in reaching its determination of the fair value.

The market approach consists of both a comparable publicly traded company methodology and an M&A transaction methodology to determine our enterprise value. The comparable publicly traded company methodology analyzes publicly traded companies similar in industry and/or business model to our company. This methodology uses these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios, using metrics such as revenue, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), net income and/or tangible book value. These multiples and values are then applied to our corresponding financial metrics. Since no two companies are perfectly comparable, premiums or discounts may be applied to the subject company's metrics if its position in its industry is significantly different from the position of the guideline companies, or if its intangible attributes are significantly different. Our peer group of publicly traded companies used for determination of the market trading multiples consists of six companies for 2015 and five companies for 2014 that focus primarily on providing lymphedema or wound care treatment solutions or that are comparable based on our business model. There are, however, significant size and risk differences between our selected peer group of guideline public companies and us. The M&A transaction methodology uses actual prices paid in merger and acquisition transactions for companies similar to our company. Exit multiples of total purchase price paid to revenues, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), net income and/or book value may be developed for each comparable transaction, if the data is available. These multiples are then applied to our corresponding latest 12-month and projected financial metrics. The transactions used for determination of the multiples consisted of seven transactions for 2015 and seven transactions for 2014. The transactions consisted of acquired companies that were similar to our company in terms of industry, size and/or developmental stage and further refined that search to transactions in which the target company competed in an industry or supplied a service that was similar to that of our company.

The income approach determines our enterprise value on the basis of the estimated present value of our projected future cash flows and a residual value based on an exit or steady state terminal multiple, which represents the future cash flows of our company beyond the discrete projection period. The estimates for future cash flows and the residual value are considered highly complex and subjective. These future cash flows and residual are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and this discount rate is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows. The cost of capital is calculated based on venture capital rates of return for our company's stage of development and risk profile. A venture capital rate of return of 25.0% is consistent with required returns identified in the AICPA Accounting and Valuation Guide for companies at a similar stage. Once calculated, the results of the income approach were relied upon to determine an estimated enterprise value.

86


Table of Contents

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of our common stock based on the closing market price on The NASDAQ Global Market on the date of grant.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an "emerging growth company" can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period at any time, which election is irrevocable.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . The new section will replace Section 605, Revenue Recognition , and creates modifications to various other revenue accounting standards for specialized transactions and industries. The section is intended to conform revenue accounting principles with a concurrently issued International Financial Reporting Standards to reconcile previously differing treatment between U.S. practices and those of the rest of the world and to enhance disclosures related to disaggregated revenue information. The updated guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. We will adopt the new provisions of this accounting standard at the beginning of fiscal year 2018, because early adoption is not allowed. We will further study the implications of this statement to evaluate the expected impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-l7, Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires entities to present deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December l5, 20l7, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the existing guidance for lease accounting, Leases (Topic 840), ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases. Lessor accounting remains largely unchanged. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. ASU 2016-02 requires a modified retrospective approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after the date of initial adoption, with an option to elect to use certain transition relief. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on our consolidated financial statements.

JOBS Act

As an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act, we can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable

87


Table of Contents

to public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period at any time, which election is irrevocable.

We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an emerging growth company, we intend to rely on certain of these exemptions, including without limitation (i) reduced financial statement reporting periods, (ii) providing an auditor's attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and (iii) complying with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (a) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (b) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

88


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

We are a medical technology company that develops and provides innovative medical devices for the treatment of chronic diseases at home. We focus on advancing the standard of care in treating chronic diseases in the home setting to improve patient outcomes and quality of life and help control rising healthcare expenditures. We possess a unique, scalable platform to deliver at-home healthcare solutions throughout the United States. This evolving care delivery model is recognized by policy-makers and payers as a key for controlling rising healthcare expenditures. Our initial area of therapeutic focus is vascular disease, with a goal of advancing the standard of care in treating lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency. Our proprietary Flexitouch System is an at-home solution for lymphedema patients. Our proprietary ACTitouch System is a home-based solution for chronic venous insufficiency patients that may be worn throughout the day. Our products deliver cost-effective, clinically proven, long-term treatment of chronic diseases. We employ a direct-to-patient and -provider model, through which we obtain patient referrals from clinicians, manage insurance claims on behalf of our patients and their clinicians, deliver our solutions to patients and train them on the proper use of our solutions in their homes. This model allows us to directly approach patients and clinicians, whereby we disintermediate the traditional durable medical equipment channel and capture both the manufacturer and distributor margins. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated revenues of $62.9 million and had net income of $1.4 million. Our revenues increased 32% during the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, we generated revenues of $13.7 million and had a net loss of $1.0 million. Our revenues increased 35% during the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Lymphedema is a type of chronic swelling, or edema, which occurs in the arms, legs, neck, trunk or other body parts when the lymphatic vessels are unable to adequately drain protein-rich lymph fluid from these regions. Lymphedema is progressive in nature, worsens over time, and has no known cure. Chronic venous insufficiency is a condition that occurs when the venous wall and/or valves in the veins are not working effectively, making it difficult for blood to return to the heart from the affected region. This pooling or collecting of blood in the veins can result in painful, slow-healing wounds on the lower leg, called venous leg ulcers. Patients with lymphedema or chronic venous insufficiency are typically treated by vascular surgeons, vascular medicine physicians, wound physicians, wound nurses and lymphedema therapists.

Lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency are costly and lifelong conditions with debilitating physical and psychological impacts on patients. We estimate the addressable market opportunity for our solutions treating lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency in the United States is approximately $4.7 billion. We believe that between three to five million people in the United States are living with lymphedema. Based on an analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate approximately 700,000 patients were diagnosed with lymphedema during the 12 months ended December 31, 2014. Based on a separate analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate approximately 820,000 patients were diagnosed with lymphedema during the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, representing a 17% growth in the number of patients diagnosed with lymphedema as compared to the immediately preceding 12-month period. We estimate that the addressable market opportunity for our Flexitouch System is approximately $4.1 billion in the United States, which is based on the number of patients diagnosed with lymphedema and our average selling price per device. We believe that chronic venous insufficiency afflicts approximately 8% of the U.S. population, and this percentage may rise due to the growing prevalence of obesity and cancer, as well as an aging population. Based on an analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate there were over 1.5 million patients diagnosed with venous leg ulcers in the United States during the

89


Table of Contents

12 months ended June 30, 2014. We estimate that our immediately addressable patient population consists of the 30% to 40% of these patients, or approximately 525,000 patients, for whom we believe reimbursement is available because their venous leg ulcers have not resolved after six months of treatment. We estimate the addressable market opportunity for our ACTitouch System is approximately $580 million in the United States, which is based on the number of patients diagnosed with unresolved venous leg ulcers and our average selling price per device.

A traditional treatment for lymphedema is complete decongestive therapy, consisting of manual lymphatic drainage, which is a specialized application of gentle pressure to the skin applied by a therapist that encourages drainage of lymph fluid, as well as decongestive exercises, skin care and compression with multilayered bandages, compression garments or pumps. Typically, this therapy begins with clinic visits three to five times per week for four to eight weeks, which is costly, inconvenient and time consuming. At that point, clinical improvement plateaus or reimbursement for the therapy ends and patients transition to self-administered home-based therapy. Manual lymphatic drainage is difficult for patients to self-administer due to limited range of motion and treatment techniques that are difficult to replicate, and basic pump-based compression is uncomfortable and has not demonstrated the benefits of our advanced pneumatic pump. To address these limitations, our advanced at-home Flexitouch System mimics the clinic-based manual lymphatic drainage therapy through an easy-to-use, one-hour daily, self-applied system. Peer-reviewed, published studies have shown that our Flexitouch System provides improved quality of life and clinical outcomes and delivers significant cost-savings to payers and patients. The predecessor version to our Flexitouch System received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in July 2002 and our current Flexitouch System received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in October 2006. Our Flexitouch System generated $54.7 million, or 87%, of our revenues in 2015.

The standard of care treatment for chronic venous insufficiency is compression therapy. As the disease progresses, patients may develop a venous leg ulcer, which is commonly treated using multilayered bandages to minimize swelling and enhance blood flow. A clinician applies these non-removable bandages to patients at a precise pressure and patients wear the bandages between weekly visits to the wound clinic during which the bandages are removed and reapplied. Treatment typically occurs for several months and impairs patient quality of life by limiting bathing, range of motion and other activities. Treatment efficacy is inconsistent because bandages can lose their precise pressure between treatments. Our ACTitouch System provides precise, consistent and wearable compression that a patient may apply, remove and reapply at home. This system was developed to provide maximum convenience for patients by providing them with the freedom to remain active while simultaneously receiving the benefits of sustained and intermittent pneumatic compression, which we refer to as dual-compression. In a clinical study, our ACTitouch System was shown to have comparable efficacy in healing venous leg ulcers and achieved higher patient quality of life scores, as compared to multilayered bandages. Our ACTitouch System received 510(k) clearance from the FDA in June 2013 and generated $3.2 million, or 5%, of our revenues in 2015.

To support the growth of our business, we invest heavily in our commercial infrastructure, consisting of our direct sales force, reimbursement capabilities and clinical expertise. We are a national, accredited provider of home medical equipment services approved for coverage by private payers, Medicare, the Veterans Administration and certain Medicaid programs in the United States. We market our products using a direct-to-patient and -provider model. Our direct sales force is focused on increasing clinician awareness of our solutions, and has grown from three representatives in March 2005 to over 100 people as of March 31, 2016. We also utilize over 300 licensed, independent healthcare practitioners as home trainers who educate patients on the proper use of our solutions. Our experienced reimbursement operations group of over 55 people focuses on verifying case-by-case benefits, obtaining prior authorization, billing and collecting payments from payers and providing

90


Table of Contents

customer support services. Our payer relationships group of over 20 people is responsible for developing relationships with payer decision-makers to educate them on our product efficacy, develop overall payer coverage policies and reimbursement criteria, manage Medicare patient claims and contracts with payers and serve as an advocacy liaison between patients, clinicians and payers throughout the appeals process. Our clinical team, consisting of a scientific advisory board, in-house therapists and nurses, and a medical director, serves as a resource to clinicians and patients and guides our development of clinical evidence in support of our products. We believe these investments are critical to driving patient adoption of our technologies, and together with our commercial infrastructure represents a significant competitive advantage. Health insurance coverage for our Flexitouch System and our ACTitouch System is in place with private payers, Medicare, the Veterans Administration and certain Medicaid programs. Based on our estimates, we have contracts as an in-network provider covering over 230 million lives in the United States. Over 48,000 patients have been treated with our Flexitouch System since its launch in 2002, and over 11,000 Flexitouch Systems were shipped in 2015. More than 4,100 patients were treated with our ACTitouch System since its launch in 2013, and over 2,200 ACTitouch Systems were shipped in 2015.

Overview of the Lymphedema and Chronic Venous Insufficiency Markets

Lymphedema

The lymphatic system performs a fundamental role in maintaining health through balancing fluids and regulating immunity by removing harmful bacteria, viruses and waste products. Lymphatic structures are situated throughout the body and are comprised of a series of vessels, lymph nodes and lymphoid organs that act as a drainage system by collecting protein rich lymph fluid and sending it to the venous system. Lymph nodes are located in several areas of the body with superficial and deep lymph nodes under each arm, at the hip, in the groin, above the collar bones in the neck, in the abdomen, tonsils and spleen, and in bone marrow.

GRAPHIC

91


Table of Contents

Lymphedema refers to a type of chronic swelling, or edema, which may occur in the arms, legs, neck, trunk or other body parts and causes severe and debilitating symptoms, including decreased mobility, skin breakdown, pain, increased risk of serious infection and marked psychosocial impairment, resulting in significantly negative implications for a patient's health and quality of life. The disease occurs when the lymphatic vessels are unable to adequately drain protein-rich lymph fluid from the arms, legs or other regions of the body. Any condition or procedure that damages the lymph nodes or lymphatic vessels, such as surgery or treatment for breast and other cancers, obesity, infection, scar tissue formation, trauma or chronic venous insufficiency can cause lymphedema. The disease may also be caused from congenital malformation of the lymphatic system. Lymphedema is progressive in nature, worsens over time, and has no known cure.

Misdiagnosis of lymphedema is fairly common, as many conditions that cause swelling are not related to lymphedema. Correct diagnosis of lymphedema may require evaluation by a physician or other healthcare provider with knowledge of lymphedema who may choose to perform diagnostic testing. Diagnostic tests for lymphedema include history and physical examination, soft tissue and vascular imaging, lymph node imaging, volume measurements, changes in electrical conductance, changes in biomechanical properties, genetic testing, and blood tests for other conditions that have similar symptoms to lymphedema. The International Society of Lymphology categorizes the progression of lymphedema from Stage 0, the least severe stage, to Stage 3, the most severe stage.

Chronic Venous Insufficiency

Chronic venous insufficiency occurs when the venous wall and/or valves in the veins are not working effectively, making it difficult for blood to return to the heart. The disease is prevalent among patients who are obese or pregnant and may also be caused by high blood pressure, trauma, lack of exercise, smoking, deep vein thrombosis and inflammation of the vein walls. As the valves deteriorate, blood leaks or flows backward, leading to increased pressure in veins, stretched and dilated vessels and pooling of blood in the veins. As blood accumulates, swelling occurs, leading to progressive tissue breakdown and venous leg ulcers. Ulcers develop in areas where blood collects as swelling interferes with the movement of oxygen and nutrients through tissues, and if left untreated, these ulcers can quickly become infected or even gangrenous. Prolonged or untreated chronic venous insufficiency may damage the lymphatic system. Physicians diagnose chronic venous insufficiency based on appearance, symptoms and imaging techniques and classify it based upon a scale endorsed by the Society for Vascular Surgery.

Market Opportunity

Lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency are costly and lifelong conditions with debilitating physical and psychological impacts on patients. We estimate the addressable market opportunity for our solutions treating lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency in the United States is approximately $4.7 billion. We believe that between three to five million people in the United States are living with lymphedema. Based on an analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate approximately 700,000 patients were diagnosed with lymphedema during the 12 months ended December 31, 2014. Based on a separate analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate approximately 820,000 patients were diagnosed with lymphedema during the 12 months ended December 31, 2015, representing a 17% growth in the number of patients diagnosed with lymphedema as compared to the immediately preceding 12-month period. We estimate that the addressable market opportunity for our Flexitouch System is approximately $4.1 billion in the United States, which is based on the number of patients diagnosed with lymphedema and our average selling price per device. We believe that chronic venous insufficiency afflicts approximately 8% of the U.S. population, and this percentage may rise due to the growing prevalence of obesity and cancer, as well as an aging population. Based on an analysis of claims data commissioned by us, we estimate there

92


Table of Contents

were over 1.5 million patients diagnosed with venous leg ulcers in the United States during the 12 months ended June 30, 2014. We estimate that our immediately addressable patient population consists of the 30% to 40% of these patients, or approximately 525,000 patients, for whom we believe device reimbursement is available because their venous leg ulcers have not resolved after six months of treatment. We estimate the addressable market opportunity for our ACTitouch System is approximately $580 million in the United States, which is based on the number of patients diagnosed with unresolved leg venous ulcers and our average selling price per device.

Current Treatment and Limitations

A traditional treatment for lymphedema is complete decongestive therapy consisting of manual lymphatic drainage, which is a specialized application of gentle pressure to the skin applied by a therapist that encourages drainage of lymph fluid, as well as decongestive exercises, skin care and compression with multilayered bandages, compression garments or pumps. Typically, this therapy begins with clinic visits three to five times per week for four to eight weeks, which is costly and time consuming. At that point, clinical improvement plateaus or reimbursement for the therapy ends and patients transition to self-administered home-based care. Manual lymphatic drainage is difficult for patients to self-administer due to limited range of motion and treatment techniques that are difficult to replicate, and basic pump-based compression is uncomfortable and has not demonstrated the benefits of our advanced pneumatic pump. To address these limitations, our at-home Flexitouch System mimics the clinic-based manual lymphatic drainage therapy through an advanced, easy-to-use, self-applied system. Peer-reviewed, published studies have shown that our Flexitouch System provides improved quality of life and clinical outcomes and delivers significant cost-savings to payers and patients.

The standard of care treatment for chronic venous insufficiency is compression therapy. As the disease progresses, patients may develop a venous leg ulcer, which is commonly treated using multilayered bandages to minimize swelling and enhance blood flow. A clinician applies these non-removable bandages to patients at a precise pressure and patients wear the bandages between weekly visits to the wound clinic during which they are then removed and reapplied. Treatment typically occurs for several months and impairs patient quality of life by limiting bathing, range of motion and other activities. Treatment efficacy is inconsistent because bandages can lose their precise pressure between treatments. Patients also use our ACTitouch System to administer intermittent pneumatic compression therapy to assist with the circulation of blood through affected veins. Our ACTitouch System provides precise, sustained and wearable compression that a patient may apply, remove and reapply at home, allowing patients to bathe, improve sleep and increase mobility. In a clinical study, our ACTitouch System was shown to have comparable efficacy in healing venous leg ulcers and achieved higher patient quality of life scores as compared to multilayered bandages.

Our Competitive Strengths

We focus on advancing the standard of care in treating chronic diseases at home to improve patient outcomes and quality of life and help control rising healthcare expenditures. Our executive team collectively has over 100 years of experience in healthcare, developing and commercializing innovative medical technology products. We believe that our commercialization platform and experience, combined with the following competitive strengths, should allow us to continue to grow our revenues and increase our presence in the market:

93


Table of Contents

94


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leader in the at-home treatment of chronic diseases. We intend to leverage our established platform to be a global provider of clinically proven, easy-to-use and cost-effective solutions. The key elements of our strategy include:

95


Table of Contents

Our Products

We market our Flexitouch, ACTitouch and Entré systems, as at-home therapies for the treatment of lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency. These products have received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to be marketed in the United States. We believe our products have unique features and benefits that address the shortcomings of traditional treatments, are more cost-effective and enable more consistent and effective therapy, leading to improved patient quality of life.

Flexitouch System

We introduced a predecessor to our Flexitouch System in the United States in 2003 and our Flexitouch System in 2006. Our Flexitouch System is a fully-automated, programmable, advanced pneumatic compression device designed for treatment of lymphedema in the home setting. Our Flexitouch System has received 510(k) clearance for the treatment of lymphedema, certain types of edema, venous insufficiencies and certain types of leg ulcers. The mechanism of action of our patented Flexitouch System is designed to mimic manual lymphatic drainage therapy, the current standard of care in patient treatment. By automating this technique, we believe our system offers an effective, cost-efficient, convenient and accessible treatment for patients.

96


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Our Flexitouch System consists of an electronic controller unit that offers 15 treatment settings and multiple contoured garment configurations for the trunk and the arm or leg. Our Flexitouch System offers flexibility for treating upper and lower extremities, as well as the trunk and chest. The electronic controller is a pneumatic compressor with four connector outlets. Each connector has eight outflow ports into which the garment hoses are connected. Our unique garments contain 32 air chambers, are made of a soft, pliable fabric and are designed with hook-and-loop fasteners to fit snugly around affected areas for maximum comfort and optimum pressure delivery. The garments come in a variety of sizes that can be easily adjusted to patients of all sizes. When our system is activated, air passes through the hoses delivering sequential inflation and deflation to the garments, applying gentle pressure to the skin. The inflation sequence is designed to stimulate the lymphatic system moving lymph fluid from the impaired areas towards healthy regions of the body to be processed.

GRAPHIC

The electronic controller unit adjusts the amount of pressure and the timing of the pressure and release cycles. This unit is lightweight and easily portable, providing maximum convenience for at-home treatment. A typical therapy session using our Flexitouch System lasts one hour for upper extremity

97


Table of Contents

treatment and full leg and core treatment and 45 minutes for lower extremity treatment, with additional treatment options available if prescribed by a clinician.


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

ACTitouch System

We introduced our ACTitouch System in the United States in September 2013. Our wearable ACTitouch System combines intermittent pneumatic compression with sustained gradient compression to the lower leg, ankle and foot to improve and accelerate healing, as compared to the current standard of care, which involves sustained compression applied with compression wraps.

GRAPHIC

Our ACTitouch System consists of a compression sleeve, a control unit, an undersock and a power adapter/charger. The compression sleeve has four chambers that inflate to apply pressure to the leg, is designed with hook and loop fasteners to accommodate a wide range of leg shapes and sizes and may

98


Table of Contents

be worn under clothing and with most shoes. The control unit is concealed within the compression sleeve and monitors and adjusts the air pressure to ensure the correct level of compression is applied to the leg. It offers a therapy tracker that monitors and displays average daily use to reinforce therapy goals. The undersock is designed to draw perspiration and moisture away from the skin and has padding in key areas to provide additional comfort. The system comes with a power adapter/charger that is used to power the device directly during intermittent pneumatic compression mode or to charge the battery for ambulatory use. The battery life allows the patient to wear the system all day without recharging.

Our ACTitouch System operates in sustained compression mode or intermittent pneumatic compression mode. In sustained compression mode, the system provides sustained, graduated compression to the leg at preset pressures, and the compact, lightweight design gives patients the freedom to stay active while experiencing the benefits of a more comfortable compression therapy. The system ensures consistent compression regardless of variations in sleeve application, and throughout the day monitors and adjusts pressure automatically every 30 minutes in response to changes in leg circumference. In intermittent pneumatic compression mode, the system performs cyclic inflation/deflation sequences to preset gradient pressures. Standard daily treatment involves two hours of intermittent compression while seated or reclining and 10 hours of sustained compression while active. The system is worn throughout the day and has the advantage of being removable for bathing or showering and when driving or operating machinery. The patient removes the system for sleep, allowing the battery to be recharged overnight.

Entré System

We introduced our Entré System in the United States in February 2013 to offer a lightweight, portable pneumatic compression solution for patients who need a basic pump or who do not yet qualify for insurance coverage of an advanced compression device such as our Flexitouch System. Our Entré System is a basic pneumatic compression device used for the at-home treatment of venous disorders including lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency, including venous leg ulcers. Our Entré System is a pump with garments covering the arm or leg with eight chambers that inflate in sequence and remain inflated for a preset time period. All chambers deflate at once. Our Entré System moves fluid from fingers or toes toward areas closer to the trunk. The system can be programmed to a variety of pressures delivering a prescribed treatment customized to meet the patient's needs.

Clinical Results and Studies

Overview

We have developed a significant body of clinical data supporting the safety and effectiveness of our products. We have sponsored 13 clinical studies in which a total of 682 patients were treated with our products and followed to assess safety, and 286 patients were followed for an extended period of six to 22 months to assess long-term efficacy.

A key part of our success is our ability to demonstrate the effectiveness of our products through funding studies that generate clinical and economic outcome data supporting our products. We intend to continue to invest in additional studies to support peer-reviewed, published articles that evidence the clinical and economic benefits of our solutions as compared to traditional treatments.

Impact on Clinical Outcomes and Healthcare Costs with Use of our Flexitouch System

A retrospective study published by the American Medical Association in JAMA Dermatology demonstrated significant improvement in key clinical endpoints and immediate cost reductions for individuals with lymphedema following receipt of our Flexitouch System. The study was conducted in

99


Table of Contents

the United States and included 718 patients with a lymphedema diagnosis who had continuous insurance coverage during the 12 months prior to and the 12 months after receiving our Flexitouch System. Patients were excluded from the study if they had a claim for a pneumatic compression device during the prior 12 month period. The patients in the study included 374 patients with cancer-related lymphedema and 344 patients with non-cancer-related lymphedema.

The study evaluated a broad, clinically relevant set of healthcare use outcomes for each patient for the 12 months before and the 12 months after receipt of our Flexitouch System, including cellulitis infections, inpatient hospitalizations, manual therapy and outpatient hospital visits. Receipt of our Flexitouch System was associated with a significant decline in the rate of cellulitis diagnosis in the cancer-related lymphedema patients of 79% (from 21.1% to 4.5%; p<.001) and in the non-cancer-related lymphedema patients of 75% (from 28.8% to 7.3%; p<.001). The inpatient hospitalization rate declined 22% in the cancer-related group (from 2.7% to 2.1%; p=.63) and declined 54% in the non-cancer-related group (from 7.0% to 3.2%; p=.02). The manual therapy rate decreased 30% in the cancer-related lymphedema patients (from 35.6% to 24.9%; p=.001) and decreased 34% in the non-cancer-related lymphedema patients (from 32.3% to 21.2%; p=.001). In addition, outpatient hospital visits declined 29% in the cancer-related patients (from 58.6% to 41.4%; p<.001) and 40% in the non-cancer-related patients (from 52.6% to 31.4%; p<.001).

The study also reviewed lymphedema-related healthcare costs for each patient in the study for the 12 months before and the 12 months after receipt of our Flexitouch System. Among the cancer-related lymphedema patients, total costs per patient, excluding durable medical equipment costs, were reduced by 37%, from $2,597 to $1,642 (p=.002) following receipt of our Flexitouch System. The greatest contributor to this change was a 54% reduction in outpatient hospital costs from $1,517 to $694 (p<.001). Total costs per non-cancer-related lymphedema patients, excluding durable medical equipment costs, were reduced by 36% from $2,937 to $1,883 (p=.007). Outpatient hospital costs for the non-cancer patients declined by 65% from $1,726 to $606 (p<.001).

Impact on Health Outcomes and Costs with Use of Pneumatic Compression Devices

A retrospective study published in the Public Library of Science Journal demonstrated a significant improvement in health outcomes for patients who were prescribed a pneumatic compression device, as well as a substantial decrease in the patient's and payer's total healthcare costs. The study was the first to evaluate overall healthcare costs of lymphedema patients and the impact of available therapeutic intervention in a large, representative national population. The study analyzed U.S. claims data from a large national insurer for 2007 through 2013 to assess the impact of using a pneumatic compression device. The study included 1,065 patients with cancer-related lymphedema. The claims data used in the study demonstrated that the prevalence of lymphedema diagnoses among cancer survivors increased from 0.95% in 2007 to 1.24% in 2013. The study population included lymphedema patients who had a claim for a simple or advanced pneumatic compression device during the time period of January 1, 2008 through November 31, 2012. Each patient in the study had at least 12 months of continuous medical and pharmacy insurance eligibility prior to and after receiving the pneumatic compression device. The below diagram depicts the selection strategy for patients included in the analysis:

GRAPHIC

100


Table of Contents

The objective of the study was to analyze the impact of using a pneumatic compression device on the health and cost outcomes of patients with cancer-related lymphedema. The study did not differentiate between the health outcomes and costs of patients who received our Flexitouch System and those who received a different pneumatic compression device. An analysis of health outcomes and costs was conducted by comparing a pre-specified set of health outcomes and costs for the 12 months before and after receipt of a pneumatic compression device. The health outcomes measured before and after receipt of a pneumatic compression device included the number of hospitalizations, the proportion of patients with hospitalizations, the proportion of patients with outpatient hospital visits, the proportion of patients with cellulitis and the proportion of patients using physical therapy. The cost outcomes measured before and after receipt of a pneumatic compression device included costs associated with the device, home health, emergency services, inpatient services, outpatient services, outpatient physical therapy, other outpatient services, office, lab, other service location and pharmacy related.

With respect to health outcomes, use of a pneumatic compression device was associated with a significant decline in the rate of hospitalizations (45% to 32%, p<0.0001). Use of a pneumatic compression device was also associated with a reduction in the rate of outpatient hospital visits (95% to 90%, p<0.0001). The percentage of patients with a lymphedema-related clinic visit decreased from 47% in the baseline period to 32% in the post-pneumatic compression device period (p<0.0001). The proportion of patients with cellulitis also declined in the post-pneumatic compression device period (28% to 22%, p<0.0003). Finally, the proportion of patients using physical therapy declined (50% to 41%, p<0.0001), primarily driven by a reduction in the use of lymphedema-related physical therapy (29% to 21%, <0.0001).

With respect to overall healthcare costs of treatment, use of a pneumatic compression device was associated with a decrease in total costs of $11,833 in the 12 months after device prescription. The largest cost decreases were achieved by a diminution of office visit costs by 36% (p<0.0001), and outpatient hospital costs by 30% (p<0.0001). Reductions were observed in lymphedema-related costs for outpatient physical therapy ($276 to $135, p<0.0001) and other outpatient services ($879 to $563, p<0.0001).

A summary of the findings of the study is presented below:

GRAPHIC

Flexitouch System Impact on Limb Volume and Patient-Reported Outcomes

A prospective study published in the European Journal of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery demonstrated that use of our Flexitouch System is associated with consistent lower extremity limb volume and pain reduction while achieving improvement in patient health outcomes. The study was conducted in the United States and collected data from a patient registry required by a third-party payer for 196 patients with lower extremity lymphedema who were prescribed our Flexitouch System from January 2009 to May 2012. The primary objective of the study was to examine the effectiveness of our Flexitouch System in reducing lower extremity limb volume, with a secondary objective of evaluating clinician-assessed and patient-reported outcomes.

101


Table of Contents

Use of our Flexitouch System was associated with a reduction in limb volume, with 88% of patients experiencing a reduction in limb volume and with 35% enjoying a reduction in limb volume of greater than 10%. Twelve percent of patients experienced an increase in limb volume.

Clinician assessment indicated that the majority of patients experienced improvement in the condition of their skin. In 168, or 86%, of the patients, a reduction in skin hardening or fibrosis was reported based on manual assessment of the skin. Based on clinical observation of function, all but three of these patients demonstrated an increased ability to perform activities of daily living. Additionally, 149, or 77%, of the patients demonstrated improved range of motion.

Patients reported a significant increase in their ability to control lymphedema through treatment with our Flexitouch System, with an increase in function and a reduction in pain. Of the 98 patients who responded, 66% reported being "very satisfied" with the treatment by our Flexitouch System and 29, or 30%, of patients reported being "satisfied" with the treatment by our Flexitouch System.

Comparison of our Flexitouch System with Pneumatic Compression Devices

A prospective, randomized controlled study published in Supportive Care in Cancer demonstrated that our Flexitouch System provides better clinical outcomes as compared to those achieved with a basic pneumatic compression device for home-based treatment of breast cancer-related lymphedema. The study was conducted in the United States and involved 36 patients. This number of participants in the study is considered to be a small sample size and a limitation of the study. The patients were randomized to our Flexitouch System or a basic pneumatic compression device used for home treatment of one-hour per day for 12 weeks. The basic pneumatic compression device used in the study was a Bio Compression 2004 Sequential Circulator pneumatic compression device. The material difference between our Flexitouch System and the Bio Compression 2004 Sequential Circulator is the ability of our Flexitouch System to apply calibrated gradient pressure. The Bio Compression 2004 Sequential Circulator is considered a segmented device without calibrated gradient pressure, which is billed under HCPCS Code E0651. Our Flexitouch System is considered a segmented device with calibrated gradient pressure, which is billed under HCPCS Code E0652. A segmented device with calibrated gradient pressure for purposes of HCPCS Codes is distinguished by a manual control on at least three outflow ports which can deliver an individually determined pressure to each segmental unit.

The primary objective of the study was to determine whether our Flexitouch System provides better outcomes, as measured by arm edema and tissue water reductions, compared to a basic pneumatic compression device in patients with arm lymphedema. The study does not reflect a comparison of our Flexitouch System to a product that is billed under the same HCPCS Code as our Flexitouch System.

Thirty-six patients with unilateral upper extremity lymphedema with at least 5% arm edema volume at the time of enrollment completed treatments over the 12-week period, with 26 patients being evaluated for edema volume change and 28 patients being evaluated for changes in arm tissue water content. Arm edema volumes were determined from arm girth measurements and suitable model calculations, and tissue water was determined based on measurements of the arm tissue. The patients were randomized into two groups of 18 patients each, with one group receiving treatment with our Flexitouch System and the other group receiving treatment using a basic pneumatic compression device. The group using our Flexitouch System experienced an average of 29% reduction in edema compared to a 16% increase in the group using a basic pneumatic compression device.

Study of Patient-Reported Satisfaction with Use of our Flexitouch System

A retrospective study published in the Oncology Nursing Forum demonstrated that patients using our Flexitouch System were "satisfied" with the device and perceived it to be beneficial in managing their lymphedema. The study was conducted in the United States and involved 155 patients with

102


Table of Contents

lymphedema. The primary objective of the study was to compare treatment protocol adherence, satisfaction and perceived changes in emotional and functional status between patients with cancer-related lymphedema and non-cancer-related lymphedema using our Flexitouch System.

Ninety percent of the 155 study patients reported being "satisfied" with our Flexitouch System. Of these patients, more than 65% reported being "extremely satisfied." The study was conducted by having patients complete a pre- and post-therapy questionnaire. Of the 286 individuals with lymphedema receiving a pre-therapy questionnaire with our Flexitouch System, 155 patients completed information in the pre- and post-therapy questionnaires required for the analyses. Of these 155 patients, 93 had cancer-related lymphedema and 62 had non-cancer-related lymphedema. Patients who acknowledged using the device as prescribed reported statistically higher levels of satisfaction (p=0.008), a pattern repeated in both lymphedema groups.

Further, 95% of patients reported a positive limb volume outcome, which was defined as a patient perceiving that limb volume had been maintained or reduced with device use. Of these patients, 42% reported limb volume decreases as much as 20%, and an additional 20% reported decreases of less than 20%. In addition, clinically and statistically significant improvements occurred in all areas of physical and emotional health (p < 0.006).

Flexitouch System Impact on Patient-Reported Improved Quality-of-Life

A prospective observational study published in Annals of Vascular Surgery demonstrated that use of our Flexitouch System is associated with patient-reported overall improvement in quality-of-life and lower extremity-related symptoms. The study was conducted in the United States and collected data from patients presenting for treatment of lower-extremity lymphedema from March 2011 to September 2014. Inclusion criteria were as follows: age 18 or greater and the presence of lymphedema in the lower-extremity for at least 14 days. Patients were excluded if they were pregnant, had previously used any pneumatic compression device, or had class IV congestive heart failure. A total of 100 consecutive patients with lower-extremity lymphedema met inclusion criteria and were included in the study.

The primary objective of the study was to demonstrate improved quality-of-life in patients with lower-extremity lymphedema with Flexitouch System treatment. The secondary objective was to demonstrate reduced infectious complications of lymphedema with Flexitouch System treatment, and to determine the incidence of concomitant venous insufficiency in patients with lymphedema. All patients in the study were required to use our Flexitouch System for a minimum of three months, with three treatments per week. Quality-of-life questionnaires were completed by all patients, both prior to and following treatment with our Flexitouch System.

Use of our Flexitouch System was associated with overall improvement in lower extremity-related symptoms, with 54% of patients reporting greatly improved symptom control after use of our Flexitouch System, 35% moderately improved and 11% mildly improved. In the year before use of our Flexitouch System, 15% of the patients reported 26 episodes of cellulitis, which decreased to five episodes after initiation of the Flexitouch System ( P  = 0.002) in subsequent median follow-up of 12.7 months. Eight percent of patients reported skin ulceration of the affected extremity in the year before presentation for treatment. The number of lower-extremity ulcers pre- and post-Flexitouch System use decreased from seven to two ( P  = 0.007). Overall, 46% of the patients had complete limb girth measurements at the ankle and calf, and there was a statistically significant decreased overall limb girth after Flexitouch System treatment in pre- and post-ankle (28.3 cm vs. 27.5 cm, P  = 0.01), and calf mean girths (44.7 cm vs. 43.8 cm, P  = 0.018). In addition, venous reflux was present in 18% of patients, 14% and 4% within the superficial and deep venous system respectively. In patients with venous reflux, moderate to great improvement in symptoms was reported in 7% and 11%, respectively compared with 28% and 43% in patients without venous reflux ( P  = 0.257).

103


Table of Contents

Comparison of Conventional Treatment for Venous Leg Ulcers with our ACTitouch System

A prospective, randomized study published in the International Wound Journal demonstrated that our ACTitouch System provides a comparable degree of effectiveness in venous leg ulcer healing to conventional treatment and an improved quality of life for patients. The study was conducted in the United States and Europe, involving a total of 90 patients over a 12-week period. The primary objective of the study was to evaluate the efficacy, functionality, safety, patient perceptions and impact on patient quality of life of two compression methods for venous leg ulcers, including our ACTitouch System and a traditional four-layer bandage system. Of the 90 patients, 38 patients used our ACTitouch System and 52 patients used a traditional four-layer bandage system.

The study demonstrated a comparable degree of effectiveness in venous leg ulcer healing, with healing rate differences not reaching statistical significance. The type and frequency of adverse events reported were similar between the treatment groups and there were no serious adverse events related to treatment in either group.

In addition to demonstrating a comparable degree of effectiveness in venous leg ulcer healing, this study also demonstrated that using our ACTitouch System yielded greater improvements in quality of life as compared to those using the bandage system. We believe our ACTitouch System achieved better patient acceptance because it allows greater control over therapy and gives patients the ability to remove the device as needed for key activities of daily living and personal hygiene, such as bathing and sleeping. The only area that our ACTitouch System did not rate higher than the bandage system was discreteness under clothing.

Sales and Marketing

Unlike many of our competitors, we utilize a direct-to-patient and -provider model to market our solutions directly to patients and clinics, whereby we disintermediate the traditional durable medical equipment channel and capture both the manufacturer and distributor margins. The below chart shows this disintermediation:

GRAPHIC

Our direct-to-patient and -provider model is comprised of a direct sales force, contract at-home trainers, reimbursement capabilities and medical expertise to expand awareness, garner referrals and obtain payment for our products. As of March 31, 2016, we employed 10 sales managers and 95 full-time sales representatives who provide coverage throughout the United States. The below chart describes our U.S. direct-to-patient and -provider model.

104


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Our marketing team leads our efforts in brand development, tradeshow attendance, educational forums, product messaging, website development, social media and advertising.

Reimbursement, Payer Relations and Customer Support Process

Private insurance payers represented approximately 74% of our revenues in 2015 and 71% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2016, while Medicare represented approximately 13% of our revenues in 2015 and 12% of our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2016. Other payers, including the Veterans Administration, represented the remainder of our revenues. When we sell our solutions directly to patients, we bill third-party payers, such as private insurance or Medicare, on behalf of our patients and bill the patient for their co-payment obligations and deductibles. A recent change to the level of Medicare coverage for our products could reduce the number of Medicare patients who have access to our products, and we are seeking to have the coverage determination overturned.

As a nationwide provider, we have developed a broad expertise in obtaining billing codes, developing coverage policies, overcoming payer barriers, and obtaining authorization and payment from payers across all regions of the United States. Our model utilizes our strategic and operational reimbursement proficiency to meet the varying requirements of hundreds of payers across the country.

To achieve ongoing success in both the strategic and operational reimbursement arenas, we have developed two teams with specialized focus on these respective competencies. Our payer relations group is comprised of over 20 employees and is responsible for developing relationships with payer decision-makers. Specifically, this group educates payers of our product efficacy, develops overall payer coverage policies and reimbursement criteria, manages our Medicare strategy and patient claims, codes, and contracts with payers. Our payer relations team is also the advocacy liaison between patients, clinicians and payers through the appeals process. Our reimbursement operations group is comprised of over 55 employees and is responsible for verifying case-by-case benefits, obtaining prior authorization, billing and collecting payments from payers, analyzing payer data to help understand trends, developing processes and patient programs and providing customer support services.

We have strong and established payer relationships, including some of the largest private payers in the United States. Based on our estimates, we are contracted or enrolled as an in-network provider with payers covering over 230 million lives. These contracts allow us to be an in-network provider for patients, enabling them to access our systems at a competitive rate and copay comparable to other suppliers, and easing our administrative burden in processing at both authorization and when billing.

105


Table of Contents

We have enjoyed a consistent commercial payer approval rate of greater than 80% for the last eight years, and greater than 90% Medicare claims submitted approval rate (post-arbitration and based on the number of claims, not dollar amount of claims, submitted) since we began doing business with Medicare in 2007. We have an in-depth understanding of specific payer coverage criteria, and our submission materials are tailored to address individual payer's distinct requirements. Our dedicated customer service team is available to answer patient questions regarding reimbursement, account status, device operation and troubleshooting during normal business hours. If necessary, we will dispatch a trainer for a second time to assist patients with their training needs. We receive no additional reimbursement for patient support, but provide high-quality customer service to enhance patient comfort, satisfaction, compliance and safety with our products.

Our Flexitouch System is reimbursed under HCPCS code E0652, and our ACTitouch System and Entré System are reimbursed under HCPCS code E0651. Garments that cover various parts of the body are used with these systems and billed using HCPCS codes E0651, E0652, E0667, E0668 and E0669. As of March 31, 2016, over 600 payers have paid for our products.

Research and Clinical Operations

We are committed to ongoing research and development as part of our efforts to be at the forefront of patient preference in the area of chronic disease, especially lymphedema and chronic venous insufficiency. As of March 31, 2016 our research and development and clinical operations staff included more than 10 engineers, scientists and project managers with expertise in pneumatics, electronics, garment design, embedded software, mechanical design, sensors and manufacturing technologies. Our research and development expenses, including spending on our clinical evidence development efforts, totaled $2.8 million and $4.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $0.8 million and $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Our current research and development efforts are focused primarily on increasing efficacy, improving design for ease-of-use, enhancing clinical functionality and reducing production costs of our solutions. Our clinical development efforts are focused on further differentiating our products from our competitors. We coordinate our development efforts with our intellectual property strategies in order to enhance our ability to obtain patent and other intellectual property protection.

Manufacturing and Quality Assurance

Our manufacturing and quality assurance model combines our internal manufacturing resources and expertise, including assembly, quality assurance, material procurement and inventory control, with approved third-party manufacturers and suppliers of system components. Our internal manufacturing activities, located in Minneapolis, Minnesota, include quality inspection, assembly, packaging, warehousing and shipping of our products. We outsource the manufacture of components, which are produced to our specifications and shipped to our facilities for inspection and final assembly. We use third-party manufacturers and suppliers worldwide to source our components, maintaining dual-source vendors of critical components whenever possible, and leveraging competitive bids among third-party manufacturers and suppliers to control costs. We have elected to source certain key components from single sources of supply, including our ACTitouch controller. While we believe alternate sources exist for the ACTitouch controller, we have not yet qualified an alternate supplier. Quality control, risk management, efficiency and the ability to respond quickly to changing requirements are the primary goals of our manufacturing operations. We believe our manufacturing model permits us to operate with low capital expenditure requirements. We carefully manage our supply chain in an effort to take costs out of the manufacturing process, as demonstrated by a 58% reduction in controller costs for our Flexitouch System since 2008.

106


Table of Contents

We manage our arrangements with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers to adjust delivery schedules and quantities of components to match our changing manufacturing requirements. We forecast our component needs based on historical trends, current utilization patterns and sales forecasts of future demand. We establish our relationships with our third-party manufacturers and suppliers through supplier contracts and purchase orders. In most cases, these supplier relationships may be terminated by either party upon short notice.

In order to mitigate against the risks related to a single-source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers, when possible, and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions, including maintaining adequate inventory of any single source components, along with requiring each supplier to maintain specified quantities of inventory. To date, we have not experienced material delays in obtaining any of our components, nor has the ready supply of finished products to our patients or clinicians been adversely affected by component supply issues.

We have implemented a quality management system designed to comply with FDA regulations and International Standards Organization, or ISO, standards governing medical device products. In the United States, we and certain of our manufacturers are required to manufacture our products in compliance with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, which covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage, and shipping for our products. We maintain a quality management system to control compliance with such requirements and have procedures in place designed to ensure that all products and materials purchased by us conform to our requirements and FDA regulations. As of March 31, 2016, we had over 17 employees in operations, manufacturing and quality assurance. Our quality management system has been certified to ISO in 2012 and 2014, including ISO 13485:2003. Our manufactures' quality management systems also have been certified to ISO.

Order Fulfillment and Patient Training

Once we have a complete order and prior authorization from the payer, we package and ship a system, configured to their physician's prescription, directly to the patient. Our primary logistics partner is United Parcel Service, which we use for delivery and pick up of our devices. After delivery, we coordinate a visit from one of our over 300 licensed, independent contract trainers that go to our patients' homes to provide individualized training to our patients, when requested. These trainers are healthcare professionals, licensed in their state of residence, who we have identified through our sales and marketing interest and instructed on proper use of our products. Training visits are coordinated from our offices in Minneapolis and training sessions assigned by our staff. Upon completion of training, the independent contractor submits an invoice to us for payment for the patient's training and their travel.

Competition

The pneumatic compression pump market is a competitive industry, and we compete with a number of manufacturers and distributors of pneumatic compression pumps. Our significant manufacturing competitors are Bio Compression Systems, Inc., Lympha Press USA and Wright Therapy Products (which was recently acquired by BSN Medical GmbH). If we expand internationally, we expect that ArjoHuntleigh, an affiliate of Getinge Group, would become a competitor.

Given the growth of the pneumatic compression pump market, we expect that the industry will become increasingly competitive in the future. Manufacturing companies compete for sales to patients primarily based on product features and service.

107


Table of Contents

We believe we are the only pneumatic compression home-therapy device company with a meaningful U.S. market position supported by a direct sales force. We believe our manufacturing competitors' complete reliance on home medical equipment distribution intermediaries compresses their margins and limits their ability to invest in product features that address consumer preferences. To pursue a direct-to-patient and -provider sales model, our manufacturing competitors would need to meet national accreditation and state-by-state licensing requirements and secure Medicare billing privileges, as well as compete directly with the home medical equipment providers that many rely on across their entire home care businesses.

Some of our competitors and potential competitors are large, well-capitalized companies with greater resources than we have. As a consequence, they are able to spend more aggressively on product development, marketing, sales and other product initiatives than we can. Some of these competitors have:

      significantly greater name recognition;

      established relations with healthcare professionals, customers, and third-party payers;

      established distribution networks;

      additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts or other incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

      greater history in conducting research and development, manufacturing, marketing, and obtaining regulatory approval for homecare devices; and

      greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing, patent litigation and customer financing.

As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. In light of our competitors' advantages, even if our technology and direct-to-patient and -provider marketing strategy is more effective than the technology and marketing strategy of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitor products and services in lieu of purchasing our products. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and distribution strategies and as new companies enter the market with new technologies and distribution strategies. We may not be able to compete effectively against these organizations. Our ability to compete successfully and to increase our market share is dependent upon our reputation for providing responsive, professional and high-quality products and services and achieving strong customer satisfaction. Increased competition in the future could adversely affect our revenues, revenues growth rate, if any, margins and market share.

Government Regulation

Our systems are medical devices subject to extensive and ongoing regulation by numerous governmental authorities, principally the FDA, and corresponding state and foreign regulatory agencies.

FDA Regulation

In the United States, the FDA regulates medical devices, including the following activities that we perform, or that are performed on our behalf with respect to our devices: product design and

108


Table of Contents

development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, premarket clearance or approval, record keeping, product marketing, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, and post-marketing surveillance. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject us to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties, and criminal prosecution. The FDA can also refuse to approve pending applications.

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we seek to distribute commercially in the United States requires marketing authorization from the FDA prior to distribution. The two primary types of FDA marketing authorization applicable to a device are premarket notification, also called 510(k) clearance, and premarket approval. The type of marketing authorization is generally linked to the classification of the device. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes — Class I, Class II or Class III — based on the degree of risk the FDA determines to be associated with a device and the level of regulatory control deemed necessary to ensure the device's safety and effectiveness. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are deemed to pose lower risk are placed in Class I or II. Class I devices are deemed to pose the least risk and are subject only to general controls applicable to all devices, such as requirements for device labeling, premarket notification, and adherence to the FDA's Good Manufacturing Practices. Class II devices are intermediate risk devices that are subject to general controls and may also be subject to special controls such as performance standards, product-specific guidance documents, special labeling requirements, patient registries, or post-market surveillance. Class III devices are those for which insufficient information exists to assure safety and effectiveness solely through general controls or if the device is a life-sustaining, life-supporting or a device of substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health, or which presents a potential, unreasonable risk of illness or injury and special controls are not adequate to assure safety and effectiveness.

Most Class I devices and some Class II devices are exempted by regulation from the 510(k) clearance requirement and can be marketed without prior authorization from the FDA. Most Class II devices (and certain Class I devices that are not exempt) are eligible for marketing through the 510(k) clearance pathway. By contrast, devices placed in Class III generally require premarket approval or 510(k) de novo clearance prior to commercial marketing. The premarket approval process is more stringent, time-consuming, and expensive than the 510(k) clearance process. However, the 510(k) clearance process has also become increasingly stringent and expensive.

510(k) Clearance Pathway.     When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that our proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a previously cleared and legally marketed 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a premarket approval application, which is commonly known as the "predicate device." A device is substantially equivalent if, with respect to the predicate device, it has the same intended use and has either (i) the same technological characteristics or (ii) different technological characteristics and the information submitted demonstrates that the device is as safe and effective as a legally marked device and does not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness. By law, the FDA is required to clear or deny a 510(k) premarket notification within 90 days of submission of the application. As a practical matter, clearance often takes significantly longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. If the FDA determines that the device, or its intended use, is not substantially equivalent to a previously-cleared device or use, the FDA will issue a not substantially equivalent decision. This means the device cannot be cleared through the 510k process and will require marketing authorization through the premarket approval pathway. We obtained 510(k) clearance for our Flexitouch System in October 2006 and for a discontinued predecessor system in July 2002. We currently have a 510(k) premarket notification

109


Table of Contents

before the FDA regarding new garment offerings for our Flexitouch System and such notification is subject to the uncertainties of FDA review, including the potential for delays or denial of clearance. We obtained 510(k) clearance for our ACTitouch System in June 2013 and our Entré System in May 2015.

Premarket Approval Pathway.     A premarket approval application must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. The premarket approval application process is much more demanding than the 510(k) premarket notification process and requires the payment of significant user fees. A premarket approval application must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including but not limited to technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA's satisfaction reasonable evidence of safety and effectiveness of the device.

The FDA has 45 days from its receipt of a premarket approval application to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the FDA's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. After the FDA determines that the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review, the FDA will accept the application and begin its in-depth review. The FDA has 180 days to review an "accepted" premarket approval application, although this process typically takes significantly longer and may require several years to complete. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of the information already provided. Also, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. In addition, the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with quality system regulations. The FDA may delay, limit or deny approval of a premarket approval application for many reasons, including:

      failure of the applicant to demonstrate that there is reasonable assurance that the medical device is safe or effective under the conditions of use prescribed, recommended or suggested in the proposed labeling;

      insufficient data from the preclinical studies and clinical trials;

      the manufacturing processes, methods, controls or facilities used for the manufacture, processing, packing or installation of the device do not meet applicable requirements.

If the FDA evaluations of both the premarket approval application and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval order or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the premarket approval application. If the FDA's evaluation of the premarket approval application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the premarket approval application or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the premarket approval application. The FDA may also determine that additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the premarket approval application may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and then the data submitted in an amendment to the premarket approval application. Once granted, premarket approval application may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post approval requirements, conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

Clinical Trials.     Clinical trials are almost always required to support premarket approval and are sometimes required for 510(k) clearance. In the United States, these trials generally require submission

110


Table of Contents

of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The FDA must approve the IDE in advance of trials for a specific number of patients unless the product is deemed a non-significant risk device eligible for more abbreviated IDE requirements or the clinical investigation is exempt from the IDE regulations. Clinical trials for significant risk devices may not begin until the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards, or IRBs, at the clinical trial sites. We, the FDA or the IRB at each site at which a clinical trial is being performed may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to study subjects outweigh the benefits. Even if a trial is completed, the results of clinical testing may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the device, may be equivocal or may otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval or clearance of the product.

FDA Ongoing Regulation.     Even after a device receives clearance or approval by the FDA and is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

      establishment registration and device listing;

      quality system regulation, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

      labeling regulations and the FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or "off-label" uses, and other requirements related to promotional activities;

      medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;

      corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation that may present a risk to health; and

      post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance or a premarket approval, in general any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new clearance or approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer's determination. We have modified various aspects of our systems since receiving regulatory clearance, but we believe that new 510(k) clearances are not required for these modifications. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or premarket approval. The FDA could also require us to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines and penalties.

111


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions: Warning Letters, fines, injunctions, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of our products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, refusing our request for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products, rescinding previously granted 510(k) clearances or withdrawing previously granted premarket approvals.

We are also subject to announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. We were audited two times since January 2010 by the FDA and found to be in compliance with the Quality System Regulation. We cannot assure you that we can maintain a comparable level of regulatory compliance in the future at our facility.

FTC Regulation

Device advertising and promotional activity in certain circumstances is also subject to scrutiny by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as similar state consumer protection agencies, which enforce laws related to false and deceptive trade practices. A company that is found to have advertised its product in violation of these laws may be subject to liability, including monetary penalties.

Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services

Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, requires providers of product or services to attain and maintain accreditation. To attain and maintain accreditation, companies are required to institute policies and procedures that, among other things, formalize the interaction of the company with patients. Accrediting bodies that are approved by CMS will perform audits of these policies and procedures every three years. Should a company fall out of compliance with the requirements of the Accrediting body, expulsion from the Medicare program could follow. In May 2008, we became a Durable, Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Supplies accredited Medicare supplier by the Accreditation Commission for Health Care for our solutions. Our Medicare accreditation must be renewed every three years through passage of an on-site inspection. Our current accreditation with Medicare is due to expire in May 2017. Maintaining our accreditation and Medicare enrollment requires that we comply with numerous business and customer support standards. If we are found to be out of compliance with accreditation standards, our enrollment status in the Medicare program could be jeopardized, up to and including termination.

Licensure

Several states require that durable medical equipment providers be licensed in order to sell products to patients in that state. Certain of these states require that durable medical equipment providers maintain an in-state location. Most of our state licenses are renewed on an annual or bi-annual basis. Although we believe we are in compliance with all applicable state regulations regarding licensure requirements, if we were found to be noncompliant, we could lose our licensure in that state, which could prohibit us from selling our current or future products to patients in that state. In addition, we are subject to certain state laws regarding professional licensure. We believe that our certified clinicians are in compliance with all such state laws. If our clinicians were to be found non-compliant in a given state, we would need to modify our approach to providing education, clinical support and customer service in such state.

Fraud and Abuse Regulations

Federal Anti-Kickback and Self-Referral Laws.     The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, among other things, prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of

112


Table of Contents

remuneration, whether directly or indirectly and overtly or covertly, in return for, or to induce the referral of an individual for the:

      furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable in whole or in part under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs; or

      purchase, lease, or order of, or the arrangement or recommendation of the purchasing, leasing, or ordering of any item or service reimbursable in whole or in part under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs.

There are a number of safe harbors to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Such safe harbors permit certain payments and business practices that, although they would otherwise potentially implicate the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, are not treated as an offense under the same if the requirements of the specific applicable safe harbor are met.

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute applies to certain arrangements with healthcare providers, product end users, and other parties, including marketing arrangements and discounts and other financial incentives offered to our clinicians in connection with the sales of our products. Although we believe that we have structured such arrangements to be in compliance with the Anti-Kickback Statute and other applicable laws, regulatory authorities may determine that our marketing, pricing, or other activities violate the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute or other applicable laws. Noncompliance with the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute can result in civil, administrative, and criminal penalties, restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, and exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. In addition, to the extent we are found to not be in compliance, we may be required to curtail or restructure our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, exclusions, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, our financial condition, and our results of operations.

The Ethics in Patient Referrals Act, commonly known as the "Stark Law," prohibits a physician from making referrals for certain "designated health services" payable by Medicare to an entity, including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, in which the physician or an immediate family member of such physician has an ownership or investment interest or with which the physician has entered into a compensation arrangement unless an exception applies. Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare or other governmental programs. Although we believe that we have structured our provider arrangements to comply with current Stark Law requirements, these requirements are highly technical and there can be no guarantee that regulatory authorities will not determine or assert that our arrangements do not meet applicable Stark Law exceptions.

Additionally, because some of these laws continue to evolve, we lack definitive guidance as to the application of certain key aspects of these laws as they relate to our arrangements with providers with respect to patient training. We cannot predict the final form that these regulations will take or the effect that the final regulations will have on us. As a result, our provider arrangements may ultimately be found to be non-compliant with applicable federal law.

False statements.     The federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or omitting a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of healthcare benefits, items, or services. In addition to criminal penalties, violation of this statute may result in collateral administrative sanctions, including exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal health care programs.

113


Table of Contents

Federal False Claims Act and Civil Monetary Penalties Law.     The Federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim paid or to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government or who has knowingly retained an overpayment. In addition, amendments in 1986 to the Federal False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring "qui tam" whistleblower lawsuits against companies.

The Civil Monetary Penalties Law provides, in part, that the federal government may seek civil monetary penalties against any person that, like under the False Claims Act, presents or causes to be presented claims to a Federal health care program that the person knows or should know is for an item or services that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent or that has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim paid. The federal government may also seek civil monetary penalties for a wide variety of other conduct, including offering remuneration to influence a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary's selection of providers and violations of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute.

Although we believe that we are in compliance with the Federal False Claims Act as well as the Civil Monetary Penalties laws, if we are found in violation of the same, penalties include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim violation of the Federal False Claims Act and varying amounts based on the type of violation of the Civil Monetary Penalties Law), plus up to three times the amount of damages that the federal government sustained because of the act of that person. In addition, the federal government may also seek exclusion from participation in all federal health care programs.

To the extent we are found to not be in compliance, we may be required to curtail or restructure our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, exclusions, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, our financial condition, and our results of operations.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Other Anti-Corruption Laws.     We may be subject to a variety of domestic and foreign anti-corruption laws with respect to our regulatory compliance efforts and operations. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, commonly known as the FCPA, is a criminal statute that prohibits an individual or business from paying, offering, promising or authorizing the provision of money (such as a bribe or kickback) or anything else of value (such as an improper gift, hospitality, or favor), directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining, retaining, or directing business or other advantages (such as favorable regulatory rulings). The FCPA also obligates companies with securities listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions. Those provisions require a company such as ours to (i) maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions, expenses, and asset dispositions, and (ii) devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that transactions are properly authorized, executed and recorded. The FCPA is subject to broad interpretation by the U.S. government. The past decade has seen a significant increase in enforcement activity. In addition to the FCPA, there are a number of other federal and state anti-corruption laws to which we may be subject, including, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 USC § 201 (which prohibits bribing U.S. government officials) and the U.S. Travel Act (which in some instances addresses private-sector or commercial bribery both within and outside the United States). Also, a number of the countries in which we conduct activities have their own domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the UK Bribery Act 2010. There have been cases where companies have faced multi-jurisdictional liability under the FCPA and the anti-corruption laws of other countries for the same illegal act.

114


Table of Contents

We could be held liable under the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws for the illegal activities of our employees, representatives, contractors, collaborators, agents, subsidiaries, or affiliates, even if we did not explicitly authorize such activity. Although we will seek to comply with anti-corruption laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, representatives, contractors, collaborators, agents, subsidiaries or affiliates will comply with these laws at all times. Violation of these laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension and/or debarment from contracting with certain governments or other persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. In addition, our directors, officers, employees, and other representatives who engage in violations of the FCPA and certain other anti-corruption statutes may face imprisonment, fines, and penalties. If any subpoenas or investigations are launched, or governmental or other sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a materially significant diversion of management's attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

State fraud and abuse provisions.     Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and false claims acts that apply regardless of payer, in addition to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs. In some states, these laws apply and we believe that we are in compliance with such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

State and federal transparency/reporting requirements.     As part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, the Federal government has created a transparency program known as Open Payments (the Physician Payments Sunshine Act) which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, information related to payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals and certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit timely, accurate and complete information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year and up to an aggregate of $1.0 million per year for "knowing failures to report." Certain states require implementation of commercial compliance programs and compliance with the device industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, impose restrictions on marketing practices, and/or prohibition and tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration or items of value provided to physicians and other healthcare professionals and entities.

The laws described above impact the kinds of financial arrangements we may have with hospitals, healthcare professionals or other potential purchasers of our products. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws or regulations described above or others that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including potentially significant criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

HIPAA.     The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, established uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information maintained or transmitted by

115


Table of Contents

healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, which are referred to as covered entities. The following standards have been promulgated under HIPAA's regulations:

      the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, which restrict the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, or "protected health information";

      the Standards for Electronic Transactions, which establish standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures;

      the Security Standards, which require covered entities to implement and maintain certain security measures to safeguard certain electronic health information, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information; and

      the breach notification rules, which require covered entitles to provide notification to affected individuals, the Department of Health and Human Services, and the media in the event of a breach of unsecured protected health information.

In 2009, Congress passed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, which included sweeping changes to HIPAA, including an expansion of HIPAA's privacy and security standards. ARRA includes the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, which, among other things, made HIPAA's privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates of covered entities. A business associate is a person or entity that performs certain functions or activities on behalf of a covered entity that involve the use or disclosure of protected health information. As a result, business associates are now subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with applicable standards. Moreover, HITECH creates a new requirement to report certain breaches of unsecured, individually identifiable health information and imposes penalties on entities that fail to do so. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. The 2013 final HITECH omnibus rule modifies the breach reporting standard in a manner that will likely make more data security incidents qualify as reportable breaches.

In addition to federal regulations issued under HIPAA, some states have enacted privacy and security statutes or regulations that, in certain cases, are more stringent than those issued under HIPAA. In those cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with the more stringent state laws. Most states have also adopted breach notification laws that require notification to affected individuals and certain state agencies if there is a security breach of certain individually-identifiable information. If we suffer a privacy or security breach, we could be required to expend significant resources to provide notification to the affected individuals and address the breach, as well as reputational harm associated with the breach. If we fail to comply with applicable state laws and regulations, we could be subject to additional sanctions. Any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of HIPAA, HITECH or state privacy and security statutes or regulations could adversely affect our financial condition. The costs of complying with privacy and security related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

116


Table of Contents

Environmental Regulation

Our research and development and manufacturing processes and operations involve the controlled use of hazardous materials, including flammables, toxics, and corrosives and produce hazardous chemical waste products. We are subject to numerous foreign, federal, state, and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations relating to, among other matters, safe working conditions, product stewardship and end-of-life handling or disposition of products, and environmental protection, including those governing the generation, storage, handling, use, transportation and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous materials. Some of these laws and regulations require us to obtain licenses or permits to conduct our operations. Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Although the costs to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including requirements in the European Union relating to the restriction of use of hazardous substances in products, have not been material, we cannot predict the impact on our business of new or amended laws or regulations or any changes in the way existing and future laws and regulations are interpreted or enforced, nor can we ensure we will be able to obtain or maintain any required licenses or permits. Also, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or discharge and any resultant injury from these materials. We do not currently maintain separate environmental liability coverage and any such contamination or discharge could result in significant cost to us in penalties, damages, and suspension of our operations.

Foreign Government Regulation

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different. Many countries also impose product standards, packaging requirements, environmental requirements, labeling requirements, and import restrictions on medical devices. Each country has its own tariff regulations, duties, and tax requirements. Failure to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements may subject a company to fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions, criminal prosecution or other consequences.

The European Union is the primary regulator in Europe, which has adopted numerous directives and has promulgated voluntary standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Medical devices that comply with the requirements of applicable directives will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, and other countries that comply with or mirror these directives. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but typically involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a notified body, an independent and neutral institution appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer's quality system, technical or design file and specific testing of the manufacturer's device. Such an assessment may be required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. Compliance establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking. We have the authorization to affix the CE Mark to our products and to commercialize our devices in the European Union. The notified body who inspected us, issued our ISO 13485 certification in October 2014 and our EC-Certificate in December 2014.

In March 2012, we received our Medical Device License in Canada for our Flexitouch System. Before we are permitted to sell our devices in Canada, we must submit and obtain clearance of a license

117


Table of Contents

application, implement and comply with ISO Standard 13485, and undergo an audit by a registrar accredited by Health Canada.

General Regulatory Compliance and Health Care Reform

The evolving regulatory and compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust systems to comply with different compliance or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may fail to comply fully with one or more of these requirements. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the health regulatory laws described above or any other laws that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including potentially significant criminal and civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, financial condition, and our results of operations.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, which we refer to as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was enacted into law in the United States. This healthcare reform, which included a number of provisions aimed at improving the quality and decreasing the cost of healthcare, has resulted in significant reimbursement cuts in Medicare payments to hospitals and other healthcare providers and in the healthcare reimbursement system evolving toward value- and outcomes-based reimbursement methodologies. It is uncertain what long-term consequences these provisions will have on patient access to new technologies and what impacts these provisions will have on Medicare reimbursement rates. Other elements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, including comparative effectiveness research, an independent payment advisory board, and payment systems reform, including shared savings pilots and other reforms, may result in fundamental changes to federal healthcare reimbursement programs. These and additional legislative or administrative reforms to the U.S. healthcare reimbursement systems may significantly reduce reimbursement or deny coverage for our medical devices, or adverse decisions relating to our products by administrators of such systems in coverage or reimbursement issues, any of which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Third-Party Reimbursement

In the United States and elsewhere, sales of medical devices depend in significant part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement to providers and patients from third-party payers. Third-party payers include private insurance plans and governmental programs. As with other medical devices, reimbursement for our products can differ significantly from payer to payer and our products are not universally covered by third-party commercial payers. Further, third-party payers continually review existing technologies for continued coverage and can, without notice, deny or reverse coverage for existing products.

Two principal governmental third-party payers in the United States are Medicaid and Medicare. Medicare is a federal program that provides certain hospital and medical insurance benefits to persons age 65 and over, certain disabled persons and others. In contrast, Medicaid is a medical assistance program jointly funded by federal and state governments and administered by each state pursuant to which benefits are available to certain individuals and families with low incomes and resources and who meet other eligibility requirements. The Medicare and Medicaid statutory framework is subject to administrative rulings, interpretations and discretion that affect the amount and timing of reimbursement made under Medicare and Medicaid.

118


Table of Contents

CMS, which is the agency within the Department of Health and Human Services that administers both Medicare and Medicaid, has the authority to decline to cover particular products or services if it determines that they are not "reasonable and necessary" for the treatment of Medicare beneficiaries. A coverage determination for a product, which establishes the indications that will be covered, and any restrictions or limitations, can be developed at the national level by CMS through a National Coverage Determination, or NCD, or at the local level through a Local Coverage Determination, or LCD, by a regional Medicare administrative contractor, which is a private contractor that processes and pays claims on behalf of CMS for the geographic area where the services were rendered. Obtaining a coverage determination, whether an NCD or LCD, is a time-consuming, expensive and highly uncertain proposition, especially for a new device. Under an NCD that has been effective since January 14, 2002, pneumatic devices, including our products, are covered for the treatment of lymphedema or for the treatment of chronic venous insufficiency with venous stasis ulcers.

The four Medicare Administrative Contractors responsible for processing Medicare claims for durable medical equipment recently approved an LCD that significantly limits Medicare coverage of our Flexitouch System and our Entré System for certain patients. This LCD, released by the MACs on December 17, 2015, is retroactively effective, beginning December 1, 2015. The LCD increases the severity of lymphedema symptoms that a patient must exhibit before such patient is eligible for Medicare reimbursement for a pneumatic compression device. The LCD also inserts more restrictive criteria that require a patient to potentially endure a longer period of conservative therapy to prove that it fails to control their lymphedema, instead of requiring completion of just one 4-week round of conservative therapy as stated in the NCD. The LCD requires four consecutive weeks of conservative therapy with no significant improvement in symptoms during any of those four weeks. Further, the LCD does not cover use of an advanced pneumatic compression device, such as our Flexitouch System, unless the patient's lymphedema is present in the chest, trunk or abdomen. Although many patients with lymphedema likely do have some level of chest, trunk or abdominal involvement, this criteria in the LCD means that patients with lymphedema that is confined to the limb will not have access to advanced pneumatic compression devices until the lymphedema progresses to impact the trunk, chest or abdomen. The LCD pneumatic compression device coverage criteria for chronic venous insufficiency with venous stasis ulcers largely track existing NCD criteria, while defining the elements of a required conservative therapy trial. Under the new LCD, advanced pneumatic compression devices like our Flexitouch System are no longer covered at all for the treatment of venous stasis ulcers.

We are attempting to overturn the LCD by raising awareness among stakeholders, including physicians, patients and advocacy groups, of the negative consequences to patients that the LCD will cause. We believe that future expenses related to our efforts to overturn the LCD will not be material, and that we will use cash on hand to fund such expenses. Our goal is to have the Medicare Administrative Contractors rescind or revise the LCD in light of physician and patient concerns, as well as what we believe are flaws with the LCD and the process by which it was approved. If the new LCD is not overturned, it could have a negative impact on certain Medicare patients' access to our products, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Private payers that reimburse for our products do so in a variety of ways, depending on the insurance plan's policies, employer and benefit manager input and contracts with their physician network. Moreover, Medicaid programs and private insurance plans are frequently influenced by Medicare coverage determinations, and we believe a reduction or elimination of coverage or reimbursement of our products by Medicare, such as the LCD discussed above or other unfavorable NCD or LCD that may go into effect in the future, would likely cause some commercial third-party payers to implement similar reductions in their coverage or reimbursement of our products. If we are unable to expand coverage of our products by additional commercial payers, or if third-party payers that currently cover

119


Table of Contents

or reimburse for our products reverse or limit their coverage in the future, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property consists of patented designs and methods and proprietary know-how. In addition to the patented designs and methods discussed below, we have made significant investments in proprietary know-how, including the manufacture of fabrics and garments used in our systems and the algorithms used to manage the inflation and deflation of our systems and other functions of the controllers. To maintain and protect our proprietary technologies and products, we rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, and confidentiality provisions in our contracts. We have a policy to enter into confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, third parties and our advisors to protect our intellectual property and maintain our competitive position. We also require our employees and consultants to sign agreements requiring that they assign to us their interest in intellectual property such as patents and copyrights arising from their work for us. We also require all employees to sign an agreement not to compete unfairly with us during their employment and upon termination of their employment through the misuse of confidential information, soliciting employees, and soliciting customers. Despite any measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our systems or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.

On September 14, 2012, we completed an acquisition of certain assets, including inventory, equipment and tooling and patents for the ACTitouch System and a technology known as SMM from ConvaTec, Inc. and ConvaTec Technologies, Inc., or the Sellers. The purchase price of this acquisition included $3.0 million at closing and $2.0 million at the earliest of the commercialization date or the first anniversary of the closing date. In addition, we are required to pay quarterly payments to the Sellers following the commercialization date, which was September 1, 2013, through the following sixteen quarterly calculation periods equal to 9% of sales for the ACTitouch System and 7% of sales of SMM with a guaranteed minimum amount of $45,000 for each of the first four quarterly calculation periods (year 1); $148,500 for each of next four quarterly calculation periods (year 2); and $247,750 for each of the next four quarterly calculation periods (year 3) (total of $1,765,000). For each quarterly calculation period beginning with the seventeenth quarterly calculation period and ending on the tenth anniversary of the commercialization date, we will make quarterly payments to the Sellers equal to 6% of the sale of the ACTitouch System and 5% on the sale of SMM. If ACTitouch System and SMM sales in any calendar year in years five through ten exceed $40.0 million, the sales percentage amount relating to ACTitouch System sales shall equal 6% of the sales of the ACTitouch System up to $40.0 million and 7% on the sales of the ACTitouch System over $40.0 million.

Patents

Our patent portfolio consists of three sets of patents, including patents relating to our Flexitouch System, our ACTitouch System and other compression-related technologies, each of which is described in further detail below. As of March 31, 2016, we owned more than 70 issued patents globally, of which 17 were issued U.S. patents. As of March 31, 2016, we owned 19 patent applications pending globally, of which 12 were patent applications pending in the United States. Our U.S. issued patents have varying patent terms expiring between 2017 and through at least 2029, subject to payment of required maintenance fees, annuities and other charges.

Flexitouch System Patent Family.     The following is a summary of patents relating to our Flexitouch System:

      On January 30, 2001, our first patent, directed to our unique wrap structure, was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 6,179,796). This patent is specifically directed to an arcuate design and

120


Table of Contents

        other features of a garment for wrapping about a patient. This arcuate design is one of the keys to the success of our Flexitouch System, as it facilitates the movement of the lymph fluid from the damaged lymph node area to other functioning lymph node areas. Similar patents have been issued in Europe and Canada.

      On November 11, 2003, a patent directed to our preparation and drainage methodology was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 6,645,165). This second patent is directed to body preparation for receipt of lymph fluid via pressurization and depressurization of chambers, and the subsequent lymph drainage from a body extremity via select pressurization and depressurization of chambers. This preparation and subsequent drainage of the lymph fluid is another key to our Flexitouch System, as it allows stimulation of the lymphatic system to promote reabsorption of the lymph fluid.

      On March 1, 2005, a patent directed to our wrap structure and fabrication was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 6,860,862). This third patent is directed to the unique aspects of the fabrication of our wrap. In particular, a "four way stretch" and "axial stretch" of our garment allow us to stretch the patient's skin in the same manner as manual lymphatic drainage therapy.

      On November 22, 2005, a patent directed to our preparation and drainage methodology was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 6,966,884). This fourth patent is directed to a lymphedema treatment methodology, entailing optimum sequencing of air chamber inflation/deflation. Correct sequencing of the chambers is important to proper therapy. The subject method of sequencing of treatment, called 2-Phase Lymph Preparation and Drainage, prepares the trunk and extremity regions of the body prior to draining the extremity of lymph fluid.

ACTitouch System Patents.     The following is a summary of our patent families relating to our ACTitouch System:

      On October 14, 2008, a "Medical Compress" patent directed to the ornamental aspects of the compression sleeve was issued (U.S. Design Pat. No. D578,652). Similar patents have been issued in Europe, Japan, Canada, Mexico, Australia, China and Taiwan.

      On June 22, 2010, a "Proximity Detection Apparatus" patent directed to control unit proximity detection allowing a different mode of operation was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 7,741,966). Similar patents have been issued in Japan, Canada, Mexico, China and Taiwan, and an application is pending in Europe.

      On March 22, 2011, a "Compression Device for the Limb" patent directed to the storage of data related to duration of use was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 7,909,786). Similar patents have been issued in Japan, Canada, Mexico, China, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Ireland, Italy, Sweden and Taiwan.

      On May 24, 2011, a "Pressurized Medical Device" patent directed to the detection of malfunctioning pressure sensors was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 7,947,003). Similar patents have been issued in Japan, Canada, Mexico, China and Taiwan and an application is pending in Europe.

      On December 13, 2011, a "Relating to Socks" patent directed to a sock and compression device kit was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 8,075,507). Similar patents have been issued in Japan, Canada, Mexico, China, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Ireland, Italy and Sweden.

121


Table of Contents

      On July 23, 2013, a "Medical Compress" patent directed to the ornamental aspects of the compression sleeve and control unit was issued (U.S. Design Pat. No. D686,738). Similar patents have been issued in Europe, Canada, Mexico, Australia, China and Taiwan.

      On November 5, 2013, a "Compression Device for the Foot" patent directed to a Y-shaped foot wrap was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 8,574,180). Similar patents have been issued in Japan, Canada, China, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Ireland, Sweden and Taiwan. A continuation application (U.S. Pub. No. 2014/0058302) directed to the subject matter of this patent family is pending in the United States.

      On January 28, 2014, a "Compression Device for the Limb" patent directed to the compression sleeve configuration was issued (U.S. Pat. No. 8,636,679). Similar patents have been issued in Japan, Canada, Mexico and Taiwan, an application for similar subject matter is pending in Europe, and a continuation application (U.S. Pub. No. 2014/0128787) is pending in the United States.

      On March 8, 2016, a "Cuff for Providing Compression to a Limb" patent directed to a compression cuff including an abutting spacer configuration was issued (U.S. Patent No. 9,278,043). Similar patents have been issued in Japan, Canada, China, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Ireland, Sweden and Taiwan.

Trademarks

We have registered the trademarks Flexitouch, the Flexitouch and design and ACTitouch with the United States Patent and Trademark Office on the Principal Register. We rely in the United States on common law rights to the Entré, Tactile Medical and Tactile Medical design trademarks. We have not sought to register any of our trademarks in jurisdictions outside of the United States.

Employees

As of March 31, 2016, we had 275 employees, including 141 in sales and marketing, 85 in reimbursement and payer relations, 17 in manufacturing and quality assurance, 19 in general administration, finance, information technology and human resources and 13 in research and development. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our employee relations are positive, as evidenced by our being selected as a Top Workplace in Minnesota by our employees for the last six years.

Facilities

We lease approximately 52,000 square feet of office and assembly space at our corporate headquarters in Minneapolis, Minnesota under a lease that expires in July 2021. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our business requirements for the near term and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be subject to various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

122


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information concerning our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus:

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers

       

Gerald R. Mattys

  57   Chief Executive Officer, Director

Lynn L. Blake

  49   Chief Financial Officer

Robert J. Folkes

  54   Chief Operating Officer

Mary E. Anderson

  53   Vice President, Reimbursement

Bryan F. Rishe

  60   Vice President, Sales

Mary M. Thompson

  58   Vice President, Payer Relations and Government Affairs

Non-Employee Directors

       

Peter H. Soderberg

  70   Chairman of the Board

William W. Burke

  57   Director

Jordan S. Davis

  54   Director

Richard Nigon

  68   Director

Kevin H. Roche

  65   Director

Stephen I. Shapiro

  71   Director

Zubeen Shroff

  51   Director

The following is a brief description of the education and business experience of our directors and executive officers:

Executive Officers

Gerald R. Mattys has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since 2005. From 2002 to 2004, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Medisyn Technologies, Inc., a development stage biotechnology company. From 2000 to 2002, he was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Timm Medical Technologies, Inc., a medical device company. During the period from 1998 to 2000, he was Vice President and General Manager of Alternate Care for Mallinckrodt, Inc., a pharmaceutical and medical device company. Prior to that, he served 18 years in various roles in product management, sales, marketing and management at several medical device companies. He currently serves as an advisor to Augustine Biomedical and Design, LLC. We believe Mr. Mattys is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive industry, leadership and product development experience.

Lynn L. Blake has served as our Chief Financial Officer since joining the company in April 2016. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Blake served as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Taylor-Wharton International LLC, a global industrial products manufacturer, from September 2014 through December 2015. Prior to joining Taylor-Wharton International LLC, Ms. Blake served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Analysts International Corporation, a leading national information technology services firm, from July 2012 until its sale in October 2013. Prior to these roles, Ms. Blake held a variety of senior financial leadership positions at companies including Entegris, Inc., MTS Systems Corporation, and Honeywell International Inc.

Robert J. Folkes has served as our Chief Operating Officer since February 2015. He served as our Chief Financial Officer from 2005 until April 2016. Prior to joining our company in 2004, Mr. Folkes was the Chief Financial Officer for Advanced Respiratory, a medical device company, from 1997 until

123


Table of Contents

its sale in 2003. Prior to joining Advanced Respiratory, Mr. Folkes was an Audit Senior Manager for Ernst & Young LLP.

Mary E. Anderson serves as our Vice President, Reimbursement and started with our company in 2005 as our Director of Reimbursement. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Anderson served in various roles at Advanced Respiratory, a medical device company, from 1990 until its sale in 2003, including Controller, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Internal Operations. Ms. Anderson began her career as an auditor with Ernst & Young LLP.

Bryan F. Rishe has served as our Vice President, Sales since 2008. From 2004 to 2008, he served as the Vice President, Sales for BSN Medical, a medical soft goods manufacturer. Mr. Rishe also served as the Vice President, Sales and Marketing for TFX Medical, a surgical equipment manufacturer. Prior to that, Mr. Rishe was the Western Area Manager with Surgical Laser Technologies, a specialty laser company. Mr. Rishe has held other sales leadership and business development roles with Becton Dickinson, Baxter Travenol and American Hospital Supply.

Mary M. "Maggie" Thompson has served as our Vice President, Payer Relations and Government Affairs since 2006. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Thompson served as Director of Reimbursement for Uroplasty, Inc., a medical device company, from 2005-2006. From 1998 until 2005, Ms. Thompson served as Director of Payer Relations at Advanced Respiratory, a medical device company, from 1998 until 2009. A registered nurse, Ms. Thompson first practiced nursing at Gillette Children's Hospital and at a grant-funded community clinic in St. Paul. She then worked for the Minnesota Attorney General's Office as a nurse consultant until she joined a large health plan as the Government Programs Quality Regulatory Manager working closely with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and Minnesota's Medicaid program. Ms. Thompson is active in the Alliance for Wound Care Stakeholders and is a member of Women's Business Leaders in Healthcare.

Non-Employee Directors

Peter H. Soderberg has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2012. Mr. Soderberg currently is the Managing Partner of Worthy Venture Resources, LLC., a company that seeks to add intellectual and financial capital to post start-up companies transitioning to an established national market presence. Beginning in 2006, Mr. Soderberg served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of both Hillenbrand Industries and Hill-Rom. In 2008, Hillenbrand Industries separated its two subsidiaries creating two, separately traded, public companies. Mr. Soderberg continued his role as President and Chief Executive Officer of the medical technology company, Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. until 2010. Mr. Soderberg served on the board of Hillenbrand Industries/Hill-Rom from 2002 until his semi-retirement in 2011. Previously, he was President and Chief Executive Officer at Welch Allyn, a manufacturer of medical diagnostic equipment, for six years, and served as Group Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from 1993 to 1999. Prior to his role at Welch Allyn Mr. Soderberg's served 23 years at Johnson & Johnson, in a variety of operations, marketing and management positions, including President of Johnson & Johnson Health Management. His career also includes roles as President and Chief Executive Officer of an industrial technology company and the founder and President of a venture capital business. Mr. Soderberg currently serves on the board of directors of Greatbatch, Inc., a medical technology company. Mr. Soderberg previously served on the boards of Constellation Brands, Inc. and the Advanced Medical Technology Association. We believe he is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive industry, leadership and investment development experience.

William W. Burke has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2015. Since January 2014, he has been a consultant to companies in the medical device industry. Since November

124


Table of Contents

2015, Mr. Burke has served as President of Austin Highlands Advisors, LLC, a provider of strategic advisory services to emerging growth medical technology companies. He served as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of IDEV Technologies, a peripheral vascular devices company, from November 2009 until the company was acquired by Abbott Laboratories in August 2013. He was retained by Abbott through December 2013 to assist with post-acquisition integration. From August 2004 to December 2007, he served as Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of ReAble Therapeutics, a diversified orthopedic device company which was sold to The Blackstone Group in a going private transaction in 2006 and subsequently merged with DJO Incorporated in late 2007. Mr. Burke remained with ReAble until June 2008. From 2001 to 2004, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Cholestech Corporation, a publicly traded medical diagnostic products company. Mr. Burke has served on the board of directors of LDR Holdings, a publicly traded developer of innovative spinal implants, since October 2013, and Invuity, Inc., a publicly traded developer of advanced surgical photonics devices, since May 2015. He also served as a member of the board of directors of Medical Action Industries, a publicly traded manufacturer of disposable medical products, from August 2004 to October 2014, when the company was acquired by Owens & Minor. Mr. Burke was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his business experience with other medical technology companies, and his experience as the chief financial officer of other companies, including other publicly traded companies.

Jordan S. Davis has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2012. Mr. Davis is a Managing Partner of Radius Ventures, a venture capital firm focused on growth equity and expansion-stage health and life sciences companies, which he co-founded in 1997. Mr. Davis has served on numerous public and private company boards and currently serves on the board of directors of Endogastric Solutions, Inc. and Healthsense, Inc., both Radius portfolio companies. In addition, Mr. Davis serves on the board of directors of HealthCorps, a non-profit organization engaged in educating youth on nutrition, fitness and mental resilience. Mr. Davis was a co-founder of Cambridge Heart, Inc., a medical technology company that developed and commercialized a device to non-invasively identify patients at risk of sudden cardiac death, and Voxware, Inc., a speech technology company and early entrant in the VoIP market, both of which completed initial public offerings in 1996. We believe Mr. Davis is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive industry, investment and capital markets experience.

Richard Nigon has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2012. Mr. Nigon is currently Senior Vice President of Cedar Point Capital, Inc., a private company that raises capital for early stage companies, where he has served since 2007. From February 2001 until December 2006, Mr. Nigon was a Director of Equity Corporate Finance for Miller Johnson Steichen Kinnard, a privately held investment firm, which was acquired in December 2006 by Stifel Nicolaus, a brokerage and investment banking firm. After that acquisition, Mr. Nigon became a Managing Director of Private Placements until May 2007. From February 2000 to February 2001, Mr. Nigon served as the Chief Financial Officer of Dantis, Inc., a web hosting company. Prior to joining Dantis, Mr. Nigon was employed by Ernst & Young LLP from 1970 to 2000, where he was a partner from 1981 to 2000. While at Ernst & Young, Mr. Nigon served as the Director of Ernst & Young's Twin Cities Entrepreneurial Services Group and was the coordinating partner on several publicly-traded companies in the consumer retailing and manufacturing sectors. Mr. Nigon is a Director of Northern Technologies International Corporation and Vascular Solutions, Inc. Mr. Nigon also serves as a director of several private companies. We believe Mr. Nigon is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive public accounting and auditing experience, including particular experience with emerging growth companies.

Kevin H. Roche has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2004. Mr. Roche was General Counsel of UnitedHealth Group, a health insurance provider, from 1989 to 1996, at which

125


Table of Contents

time he founded and operated as the Chief Executive Officer of the Ingenix division of UnitedHealth Group where he served until 2001. Following his retirement from UnitedHealth Group, Mr. Roche has spent several years assisting emerging growth companies as an investor, advisor and board member. He also serves as a Senior Advisor for Triple Tree, LLC. He currently serves as a director for several private healthcare companies. We believe that Mr. Roche is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive industry and leadership experience and his experience as a board member.

Stephen I. Shapiro has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2010. From 1983 through 1999, Mr. Shapiro was a Managing Director of The Wilkerson Group, a leading medical products management consulting firm, with a client base including pharmaceutical, diagnostic, device and biotech companies, where he led the medical devices practice. Prior to joining The Wilkerson Group, he was Director of Advanced Research and Development and New Business Development for Becton, Dickinson and Company, and spent eight years at Union Carbide Clinical Diagnostics, becoming engineering group leader. Mr. Shapiro also serves on the board of directors of Pacific Diagnostic Laboratories, LLC, PolyRemedy, Inc., and Cambrooke Therapeutics, Inc. Mr. Shapiro was a Venture Partner with Advanced Technology Ventures (a venture capital firm focused on investments in healthcare companies) from January 2000 through January 2015. Mr. Shapiro served as a consultant to Galen Partners (a venture capital firm focused on investments in healthcare companies) as a Venture Partner from January 2000 through December 2013. We believe that Mr. Shapiro is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his deep industry and medical science background.

Zubeen Shroff has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2007. Mr. Shroff is a Managing Director of Galen Partners, a healthcare growth equity investment firm which he joined in 1996. Prior to joining Galen, Mr. Shroff was a Principal with The Wilkerson Group, where his client base included pharmaceutical, diagnostics, device and biotech companies, plus a select number of venture capital firms. Prior to joining The Wilkerson Group, Mr. Shroff worked at Schering-Plough France, a manufacturer of healthcare products and medicines, where he helped launch their biotech product, alpha-Interferon, in several new indications. Currently, Mr. Shroff is Treasurer and on the Executive Committee of the Board for The Westchester Medical Center Public Benefit Corporation, as well as Chairman of its Foundation. Since 2004, he has served on the Advisory Committees to Boston University Medical School and School of Public Health. Mr. Shroff is also on the Advisory Board of the Joslin Diabetes Center. In addition to the above positions, Mr. Shroff has served on the board of directors of numerous privately held Galen portfolio companies. Mr. Shroff currently serves on the board of directors of Quotient Biodiagnostics and served on the board of directors of Pet DRx Corporation until July 2010 and Encore Medical until June 2006. We believe Mr. Shroff is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in providing strategic guidance to companies in the healthcare industry, particularly in the areas of medical devices, diagnostics, and capital equipment.

Board Composition

Director Independence.     Our board of directors has determined that seven of our eight directors are independent directors, as defined under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ stock market. The independent directors are Peter H. Soderberg, William W. Burke, Jordan S. Davis, Richard Nigon, Kevin H. Roche, Stephen I. Shapiro and Zubeen Shroff.

In making such determination, our board of directors considered the independence of its members in light of the beneficial ownership of these individuals and, notwithstanding their beneficial ownership, determined that it would not interfere with their exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

126


Table of Contents

Familial Relationships.     There is no family relationship between any director, executive officer or person nominated to become a director or executive officer.

Board Structure.     Our board of directors currently is authorized to have eight members. In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon completion of this offering, our board of directors is not classified and each director serves for a one-year term until the next annual meetings of stockholders.

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon completion of this offering, our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation and organization committee is or has been our current or former officer or employee. None of our executive officers served as a director or a member of a compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director or member of our compensation and organization committee during 2015.

Board Committees

Our board has established four standing committees — audit, nominating and corporate governance, compensation and organization and compliance and reimbursement committee — each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board. Upon completion of this offering, each committee's charter will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.tactilemedical.com . The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

The following sets forth the membership of each of our committees upon completion of this offering.

Audit Committee   Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee
  Compensation and
Organization Committee
  Compliance and
Reimbursement Committee
Richard Nigon (Chair)   Zubeen Shroff (Chair)   Peter H. Soderberg (Chair)   Kevin H. Roche (Chair)
William W. Burke   William W. Burke   Jordan S. Davis   Jordan S. Davis
Kevin H. Roche   Richard Nigon   Zubeen Shroff   Stephen Shapiro
    Peter H. Soderberg        

Audit Committee.     The audit committee's responsibilities will include:

      appointing, compensating, retaining, replacing and overseeing our independent auditor;

      pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by our independent auditor;

      assisting our board of directors in its oversight of our financial statements and other financial information to be provided by us;

      overseeing our compliance with legal and regulatory matters and aspects of our risk management processes;

127


Table of Contents

      discussing with management and our independent auditors any major issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls, any actions to be taken in light of significant or material control deficiencies and the adequacy of disclosures about changes in internal control over financial reporting; and

      establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Each of the members of our audit committee upon completion of this offering meets the requirements for financial literacy and possesses the financial qualifications required under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ stock market. Our board of directors has determined that Richard Nigon is an audit committee financial expert, as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. Each member of our audit committee upon completion of this offering satisfies the NASDAQ stock market independence standards and the independence standards of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities will include assisting our board in:

      identifying qualified individuals to become board members;

      determining the composition of the board and its committees;

      assessing and enhancing the effectiveness of the board and individual directors; and

      developing and implementing our corporate governance guidelines.

Compensation and Organization Committee.     The compensation and organization committee's responsibilities will include:

      determining the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

      providing oversight of our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

      administering our equity compensation plans;

      recommending to our board the compensation arrangements for our non-employee directors; and

      overseeing and reviewing our executive team and management succession.

Compliance and Reimbursement Committee.     The compliance and reimbursement committee's responsibilities will include:

      assisting the Board in overseeing our regulatory compliance activities; and

      monitoring and evaluating our compliance with regulatory requirements to which we are subject.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We expect to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics upon completion of this offering relating to the conduct of our business by our employees, officers and directors, which will be posted on our

128


Table of Contents

website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, as required by stock exchange or SEC rules, on our website.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy for compensating our non-employee directors. However, in 2015, we reimbursed the members of our board of directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors.

Our board of directors has approved a new compensation program for our non-employee directors to be effective upon completion of this offering. Under the program, our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation as follows:

Non-employee directors may elect to receive between 10% and 100% of their aggregate annual cash retainers in the form of RSUs, with the number of RSUs calculated by dividing the amount of the retainer payable on a certain date by the closing sale price per share of our common stock on the date of grant.

We also reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending our board and committee meetings.

In addition, upon the effectiveness of this registration statement and in future years as annual equity award grants, we expect to grant each of our non-employee directors:

129


Table of Contents

Each option will have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, which, for purposes of awards granted upon effectiveness of this registration statement, will be the price per share to the public of our common stock in this offering, and for purposes of annual equity awards, will be the closing sale price per share of our common stock on the date of the annual meeting of stockholders in each year. Each stock option and RSU award will vest in full on the earlier of (a) one year from the date of grant or (b) immediately prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders following the date of such grant, subject to such director's continued service on our board of directors as of such date. Each stock option will have a term of seven years from the date of grant.

Further, upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will grant to Mr. Burke RSUs in the amount calculated by dividing $25,000 by the price to the public in this offering, which will vest in full on the six month anniversary of the date of grant. These RSUs will be granted to Mr. Burke because he joined our board of directors in September 2015 and has not yet received an equity-based grant similar to grants that other directors had previously received.

130


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned in 2015 and 2014 by our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers during 2015, whom we collectively refer to as our "named executive officers."

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
Gerald R. Mattys   2015   340,000   224,978     564,978
Chief Executive Officer   2014   314,673   157,337     472,010

Robert J. Folkes

 

2015

 

240,000

 

90,712

 


 

330,712
Chief Operating Officer and Former Chief Financial Officer   2014   210,115   76,320     286,435

Bryan F. Rishe

 

2015

 

237,500

 

128,668

 

9,000

(1)

375,168
Vice President, Sales   2014   225,481   105,000   9,000 (1) 339,481

(1)
Represents amounts paid to the named executive officer for a car allowance.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. The employment agreements will continue in effect until the executive officer's employment is terminated by us, the executive or upon his or her disability or death. The employment agreements provide for certain payments upon various employment termination scenarios. The terms and amounts of potential payments upon the termination of the executive officers' employment are summarized below under "— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control."

The employment agreements provide for the following for the executive officers: (i) a specified annual base salary, which after the first year, may be reviewed and increased in the compensation committee's sole discretion; (ii) for each calendar year that the executive officer is employed by us, he or she will be eligible for an annual target bonus in an amount that is a specified percentage of his or her base salary, based upon and subject to criteria set by the compensation committee from time to time; (iii) being eligible to receive equity awards as determined in the compensation committee's discretion; (iv) being entitled to participate in all of our employee benefit plans and programs, to the extent eligible; (v) business expense reimbursement; (vi) specified paid time off per year. The employment agreements currently contain the following specified annual base salary amount for the first year: Mr. Mattys: $390,000; Ms. Blake: $300,000; Mr. Folkes: $260,000; and Mr. Rishe: $257,500. The employment agreements contain, the following percentages of base salary for which the officer is eligible under the annual target bonus: Mr. Mattys: 75%; Ms. Blake: 50%; Mr. Folkes: 45% and Mr. Rishe: 45%.

Pursuant to the employment agreements, each executive officer agrees to not at any time disclose our confidential, proprietary or secret information. The employment agreements contain non-competition provisions that are in effect during the executive's employment with us, and (i) (A) in the case of Mr. Mattys, if his employment is terminated by us without cause, by Mr. Mattys for good reason, due to Mr. Mattys' disability or as the result of a qualifying termination after a change in control, for an additional 15 months following the termination of Mr. Mattys' employment, (B) in the case of

131


Table of Contents

Mr. Rishe, if his employment is terminated by us without cause, by Mr. Rishe for good reason, due to Mr. Rishe's disability or as the result of a qualifying termination after a change in control, for an additional nine months following the termination of Mr. Rishe's employment, (C) in the case of the other executive officers, if the executive's employment is terminated by us without cause or by the executive for good reason, for an additional nine months following the executive's termination of employment, provided that in each case we may elect to extend that period by an additional six months by making additional payments to the executive, and (ii) (A) in the case of Mr. Mattys and Mr. Rishe, if the executive's employment is terminated for any reason other than by us without cause, by the executive for good reason, due to the executive's disability or as the result of a qualifying termination after a change in control, an additional 12 months following the executive's termination of employment, and (B) in the case of the other executive officers, if the executive's employment is terminated for any reason other than by us without cause or by the executive for good reason, an additional 12 months following the executive's termination of employment. The employment agreements also provide that, during the executive officer's employment with us and for a period of 12 months after termination of his or her employment for any reason, the executive officer will not solicit or hire our employees and contractors and will not solicit or induce any customer, supplier or other business contact of ours to cancel, curtail or otherwise adversely change its relationship with us.

Equity Awards

We did not grant any stock option or other equity-based awards to any of our named executive officers during 2015.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

The non-equity incentive plan compensation earned by each of our named executive officers other than Mr. Rishe during 2015 reflected their participation in our 2015 Bonus Plan. As Vice President, Sales, Mr. Rishe's 2015 bonus opportunity was subject to a separate bonus arrangement described below.

Our 2015 Bonus Plan incorporated both company financial objectives and company and departmental operational objectives. The company's performance against objectives based on 2015 revenue and 2015 operating income excluding specific board approved expenditures would determine the degree to which a bonus pool would be funded, with payouts from the bonus pool dependent upon the degree to which financial and operational objectives were achieved. The bonus pool would not be funded if operating income excluding specific board approved expenditures for 2015 was less than $4.5 million. Threshold, target and maximum funding levels of $1.2 million, $2.0 million and $2.5 million respectively, were prescribed depending on the degree to which the financial objectives were achieved. The bonus pool would be funded at the target level if 2015 revenues were $63.0 million and 2015 operating income excluding specific board approved expenditures was $6.5 million, with those metrics assigned relative weightings of 80% and 20%, respectively. Operational objectives generally involved measures to increase efficiencies and reimbursements and advance clinical studies and submissions.

Individual payouts from the bonus pool for more senior bonus plan participants, including the named executive officers, were based 80% on achievement of financial objectives and 20% on achievement of operational objectives.

132


Table of Contents

Target level and actual payouts for 2015 for each named executive officer participating in the 2015 Bonus Plan expressed as a percentage of annual base salary were as follows:

Name
  Target Bonus as % of
Base Salary
  Actual Bonus as % of
Base Salary

Gerald R. Mattys

  65%   66.2%

Robert J. Folkes

  35%   37.8%

Mr. Rishe's 2015 bonus opportunity was a function of the degree to which our company achieved monthly and quarterly sales objectives and quarterly sales department expense management goals. These bonus amounts were payable to Mr. Rishe following the close of the applicable month or quarter during 2015. Mr. Rishe's maximum bonus opportunity for 2015 was approximately 69% of his base salary, and his actual payout was approximately 54% of his base salary.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding equity awards that have been granted to our named executive officers and that were outstanding as of December 31, 2015:

 
  Option Awards (1)   Stock Awards (2)  
Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock that
Have Not
Vested (#)
  Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
Not Vested ($) (3)
 

Gerald R. Mattys

    138,295         0.51     2/26/18     35,649 (5)   534,735  

    35,460         0.51     6/4/19              

    46,098         0.73     3/8/20              

    78,367         1.55     4/20/21              

    96,039     81,263 (4)   0.96     10/13/23              

Robert J. Folkes

                           
6,106

(5)
 
91,590
 

    17,730         0.51     6/4/19              

    24,822         0.73     3/8/20              

    36,524         1.55     4/20/21              

    28,811     24,379 (4)   0.96     10/13/23              

Bryan F. Rishe

   
17,730
   
   
0.73
   
3/8/20
   
   
 

    43,261         1.55     4/20/21              

    17,287     14,627 (4)   0.96     10/13/23              

(1)
Option awards provide a recipient the right to acquire shares of our common stock. All options vested as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant date, with the remaining 75% of the shares vesting in 36 monthly installments.

(2)
Stock awards consist of restricted shares of our Series A preferred stock as converted into common stock in connection with this offering.

(3)
The market value of restricted shares of our Series A preferred stock that have not vested is based on a fair market value of $15.00 per share as of December 31, 2015, as determined by our board of directors.

(4)
The unvested shares of common stock subject to this option will vest in 22 equal installments on the 9 th day of each month from January 2016 through October 2017.

(5)
The unvested restricted shares of our Series A preferred stock will vest upon the earlier of a change in control of our company or the nine month anniversary of the closing of this offering.

133


Table of Contents

IPO Equity Grants

Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we expect to grant RSUs to our named executive officers calculated by dividing the following amounts by the price to the public in this offering: Mr. Mattys: $600,000 RSUs; Mr. Folkes: $348,000 RSUs; and Mr. Rishe: $270,000 RSUs. These RSUs will vest as to 50% of the shares on January 1, 2018 and as to 50% of the shares on January 1, 2019, subject to continued employment on each vesting date.

Pension Benefits for 2015

We do not offer pension benefits to our named executive officers.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for 2015

We do not offer non-qualified deferred compensation to our named executive officers.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control

Our 2003 Stock Option Plan, which we refer to as the 2003 Plan, our 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan, which we refer to as the 2007 Plan, our restricted stock award agreements, pursuant to which restricted shares of our Series A preferred stock were granted to certain employees, which we refer to as the Series A Restricted Stock, and our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2016 Plan, address the effect of a grantee's termination of service or a change in control of our company on outstanding awards granted under those plans and agreements. See "— Stock Option and Other Equity Compensation Plans" below.

Employment Agreements.     We have entered into an employment agreement with our executive officers. The employment agreements provide for the following:

      if we terminate the executive officer's employment without cause, or if the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason, or in the case of Mr. Mattys and Mr. Rishe, if we terminate their employment for death, disability or as the result of a qualifying termination after a change in control as defined under the 2016 Plan, we will pay, in addition to amounts that have been earned prior to the termination date, the following severance benefits:

      as to Mr. Mattys, an amount equal to 125% of his then-current annualized base salary, and as to the other executive officers, an amount equal to 75% of the executive officer's then-current annualized base salary;

      as to Mr. Mattys, an amount equal to 125% of his then-current annual target bonus, and as to the other executive officers, an amount equal to 75% of the executive officer's then-current annual target bonus;

      payment of the portion of the premium costs for group health insurance coverage that we would pay if he or she remained employed by us at the same level of coverage, for a period of 15 months in the case of Mr. Mattys and nine months in the case of the other executive officers, after his or her employment termination date or until he or she receives group health or dental coverage from another employer, if earlier;

      payment of the value of the executive officer's accrued and unused paid time off,

134


Table of Contents


      payable, in the case of the first three bullets above, in equal installments in accordance with our customary payroll practices over the course of nine months (15 months for Mr. Mattys), subject to potential 409A limitations;

      if we terminate the executive officer's employment without cause or the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason, then any of the executive's unvested equity awards will vest in an amount equal to the pro rata portion of the total number of securities issuable pursuant to the awards based on the number of days served in the vesting period less any amount already vested; and

      if we terminate the executive officer's employment for cause, if he or she terminates his or her employment for any reason other than good reason, or in the event of his or her death or disability (except for Mr. Mattys and Mr. Rishe who also have severance rights if employment is terminated as the result of a qualifying termination after a change in control), no amounts other than what he or she has earned prior to the termination date is payable.

If we elect to extend the time during which the non-competition provisions continue following our termination of the executive officer's employment without cause, or following his or her termination of employment for good reason, or in the case of Mr. Mattys and Mr. Rishe, if we terminate their employment for disability or as the result of a qualifying termination after a change in control, we will pay to him or her an additional amount equal to the monthly amount payable under those termination circumstances as described above for an additional six months and extend for an additional six months (three months for Mr. Mattys) the period during which we will pay a portion of the premium costs for group health insurance coverage as described above.

"Cause" is defined under the employment agreements as: (i) an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by the executive officer and intended to result in personal gain or enrichment of the executive or others at our expense; (ii) unlawful conduct or gross misconduct by the executive officer that, in either event, is injurious to us; (iii) the conviction of the executive officer of a felony; or (iv) material breach of any terms or conditions of the employment agreement by the executive officer which breach has not been cured by the executive officer within 15 days after written notice thereof from us.

The employment agreements provide that "good reason" means the occurrence of any of the following events without the executive officer's consent: (i) the assignment of the executive officer to a position with responsibilities or duties of a materially lesser status or degree than the position specified in his or her employment agreement; (ii) a material breach of any terms or conditions of the employment agreement by us not caused by the executive officer; or (iii) the requirement by us that the executive officer relocate out of the current metropolitan area where that executive officer resides.

Stock Option and Other Equity Compensation Plans

In this section we describe our 2003 Plan, our 2007 Plan, our Series A Restricted Stock agreements, our 2016 Plan and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which we refer to as the ESPP. Prior to this offering, we granted stock option awards to eligible participants under the 2003 Plan and the 2007 Plan and awards of Series A Restricted Stock. Following the closing of this offering, we expect to grant awards to eligible participants under the 2016 Plan.

2003 Stock Option Plan.     Our 2003 Plan was originally approved by our board of directors and our stockholders in 2003, amended in 2005 and amended and restated in August 2006. As of June 8, 2016, there were 32,269 shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options under the

135


Table of Contents

2003 Plan. Since the 2007 Plan became effective, no additional awards have been granted under the 2003 Plan and no additional awards will be granted under the 2003 Plan in the future.

All shares subject to awards outstanding under the 2003 Plan as of the effective date of the 2016 Plan that thereafter are forfeited, expire, are cancelled or otherwise do not result in the issuance of shares will become available for grant under the 2016 Plan in accordance with its terms. All awards outstanding under the 2003 Plan will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms and will continue to be governed by their existing terms after the completion of this offering.

Eligibility.     The 2003 Plan provides for the grant of stock options to any person who provides services to us, whether as an employee, director, consultant or advisor. Incentive and nonqualified stock options could be granted to employees, but only nonqualified stock options could be granted to other eligible participants.

Administration.     Our compensation and organization committee administers the 2003 Plan and the awards granted under it, except for awards to our non-employee directors which are administered by our board of directors. The plan administrator (compensation and organization committee or the board, as applicable) has the authority to, among other things, make decisions and determinations related to the 2003 Plan and awards thereunder, including determining who shall receive awards, the types of awards granted and the terms and conditions of the awards and to adopt rules for the administration of the 2003 Plan. To the extent permitted by law, the plan administrator may delegate all or part of its authority under the 2003 Plan to our chief executive officer.

Stock Options.     Stock options granted under the 2003 Plan are evidenced by stock option award agreements, containing such provisions as the plan administrator deems advisable. All options still outstanding under the 2003 Plan expire not more than ten years after the date of the grant, have a per share exercise price that is equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date the option was granted, and are fully vested and exercisable.

Upon the termination of an optionee's employment or other service relationship with us: (i) if the termination is due to death or disability, options shall immediately vest and become exercisable in full and shall remain exercisable for one year after such termination; (ii) if the termination is for "cause," outstanding options shall immediately expire upon such termination; and (iii) if the termination is for any reason other than death, disability or cause, then to the extent any outstanding options are not then vested and exercisable, they shall immediately terminate, but to the extent they are already vested and exercisable, they shall remain exercisable for three months following such termination. In no event, however, will an option remain exercisable past its originally scheduled expiration date.

Change in Control.     In the event of a change in control of our company, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, cause any outstanding option to immediately become vested and exercisable in full. The plan administrator may also cause outstanding options to be assumed or replaced by an acquirer in a merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all of the company's assets, or provide for outstanding options to be cancelled upon a change in control in exchange for a cash payment reflecting the intrinsic value of the options.

For purposes of the 2003 Plan, a "change in control" generally refers to a person acquiring beneficial ownership of 30% or more of the combined voting power of the company's voting securities; the approval by the company's stockholders of a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange involving the company, of the sale of all or substantially all of the company's assets or of the liquidation or dissolution of the company; or a majority of the members of the company's board ceasing to be "continuing" directors. Under the 2003 Plan, "cause" is generally defined to include a

136


Table of Contents

material breach of any agreement between the company and the optionee, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the optionee, the optionee's conviction of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, the optionee's willful violation of specific and lawful work-related instructions or prolonged or frequent unexcused absences from work, or fraud, theft or proven dishonesty by the optionee against the company.

Registration.     We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2003 Plan.

2007 Omnibus Stock Plan.     Our 2007 Plan was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders in 2007, was amended and restated in 2008 and was further amended in 2012 and 2014. As of June 8, 2016, there were 1,599,011 shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2007 Plan, and 84,895 shares remaining available for the grant of awards under the 2007 Plan.

On and after the effective date of the 2016 Plan, no additional awards will be granted under the 2007 Plan. On the effective date of the 2016 Plan, any shares remaining available for the grant of awards under the 2007 Plan will be carried over into the 2016 Plan, and all shares subject to awards outstanding under the 2007 Plan on the effective date of the 2016 Plan that thereafter are forfeited, expire, are cancelled or otherwise do not result in the issuance of shares will become available for grant under the 2016 Plan in accordance with its terms. All awards outstanding under the 2007 Plan will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms and will continue to be governed by their existing terms after the completion of this offering.

Eligibility.     The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of equity-based awards to any person that provides services to us, whether as an employee, director, consultant or advisor.

Administration.     Our compensation and organization committee administers the 2007 Plan and the awards granted under it, except for awards to our non-employee directors which are administered by our board. The plan administrator (compensation and organization committee or the board, as applicable) has the authority to, among other things, make decisions and determinations related to the 2007 Plan and awards thereunder, including determining who shall receive awards, the types of awards granted and the terms and conditions of the awards, adopt rules for the administration of the 2007 Plan, interpret the 2007 Plan and amend the terms of awards thereunder. To the extent permitted by law, the plan administrator may delegate all or part of its authority under the 2007 Plan with respect to awards to persons who are not officers or directors of the company to one or more persons who are not non-employee directors.

Types of Awards.     Awards under the 2007 Plan may be in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, performance units or other stock-based awards. Each award is to be evidenced by an award agreement containing the terms and conditions of the award. Only stock options have been granted under the 2007 Plan.

Any stock option granted under the 2007 Plan shall have a term as specified by the plan administrator, not to exceed ten years after the date of the grant in the case of an incentive stock option, and have a per share exercise price, which is determined by the plan administrator and which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date the option is granted.

Upon the termination of an optionee's employment with us: (i) options that are not then vested and exercisable shall immediately terminate; (ii) if the termination is due to death or disability, options shall remain exercisable for one year after such termination to the extent they were exercisable immediately before such termination; (iii) if the termination is for "cause," outstanding options shall

137


Table of Contents

immediately terminate upon such termination; and (iv) if the termination is for any reason other than death, disability or cause, then they shall remain exercisable for three months following such termination to the extent they were exercisable immediately before such termination. In no event, however, will an option remain exercisable past its originally scheduled expiration date. If a non-employee director's service relationship with the company terminates, any stock option will remain exercisable for the remainder of its scheduled term to the extent it was exercisable immediately before such termination.

Change in Control.     In the event of a change in control of our company, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, cause any outstanding option to immediately become vested and exercisable in full and to remain exercisable during its scheduled term. The plan administrator may also cause outstanding options to be assumed or replaced by an acquirer in a merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all of the company's assets, or provide for outstanding options to be cancelled upon a change in control in exchange for a cash payment reflecting the intrinsic value of the options. Unless otherwise provided in an agreement with our company, if the accelerated vesting of an award or payment of cash in exchange for an award that would otherwise occur in connection with a change in control would, together with any other payments to the same individual that are deemed contingent on a change in control, be characterized as a "parachute payment" under Code Section 280G, then accelerated vesting or payment of cash in exchange for an award shall be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the excise tax on "excess parachute payments" required by Code Section 4999.

For purposes of the 2007 Plan, "change in control" is defined in the same manner as in the 2003 Plan, except that a person must acquire beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the company's voting securities, rather than 30% or more, and a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange involving the company, a sale of all or substantially all of the company's assets or the liquidation or dissolution of the company will constitute a change in control only upon consummation of the transaction, rather than upon stockholder approval of the transaction.

Registration.     We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2007 Plan.

Series A Restricted Stock.     In March 2009, we issued awards to certain of our employees of restricted shares of our Series A preferred stock. As of June 8, 2016, there were 45,523 shares of Series A Restricted Stock subject to these outstanding awards after applying a 1-for-2.82 reverse stock split of our Series A preferred stock, which became effective on June 8, 2016.

The award agreements provide that until the shares of Series A Restricted Stock vest, they may not be sold, transferred or encumbered in any manner, and will be subject to forfeiture if the award recipient's employment with us terminates for any reason. The award agreements provide that shares of the Series A Restricted Stock will vest upon the earlier of a change in control of our company if the holder of the Series A Restricted Stock is employed by our company on the date of the change in control or the nine month anniversary of the closing of this offering. The award agreements generally define a "change in control" as involving (i) the acquisition by a person of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the company's voting securities; (ii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or reorganization involving the company; (iii) the consummation of the sale of all or substantially all of the company's assets; (iv) a majority of the members of the company's board ceasing to be "continuing directors"; or (v) the consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the company. Unless otherwise provided in a separate agreement with the company, if the vesting of Series A Restricted Stock upon a change in control would, together with any other payments to the same individual that are deemed contingent on a change in control, be

138


Table of Contents

characterized as a "parachute payment" under Code Section 280G, then such vesting and other payments are to be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the excise tax on "excess parachute payments" required by Code Section 4999. Mr. Mattys' Series A Restricted Stock also vests 45 days following his termination of employment so long as he provides a release of claims in favor of our company.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan.     Our board of directors adopted the 2016 Plan in 2016 and our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan in 2016. The purposes of the 2016 Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide them with additional incentives and to align their interests with those of our stockholders. The material terms of the 2016 Plan are summarized below.

Share Reserve.     As of June 8, 2016, there were no stock options or other equity-based awards outstanding under the 2016 Plan. The 2016 Plan provides that 4,800,000 shares may be the subject of awards and issued under the plan. We intend to use up to 173,630 shares for grants of stock options and restricted stock units equal to $3,211,012 divided by the price to the public in this offering (214,068 RSUs, assuming an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) to our employees and directors effective upon completion of this offering with an exercise price for stock options equal to the offering price. We also intend to use the number of shares equal to (a) an aggregate $350,000 for grants of non-statutory stock options to our directors and (b) an aggregate $350,000 for grants of restricted stock units to our directors as described under "Management — Non-Employee Director Compensation", upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on the terms described above, the amount of which will be calculated as the grant date fair value of the stock-based awards computed in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718 on the date of grant based on the per share price to the public of our common stock in connection with this offering. The 2016 Plan's share reserve will increase on January 1 of each year beginning in 2017 and ending on January 1, 2026 in an amount equal to the least of: (i) 5% of the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year; (ii) 2,500,000 shares; or (iii) a number of shares determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to awards under the 2016 Plan, the 2007 Plan or the 2003 Plan that expire unexercised, are cancelled or forfeited, are settled for cash or otherwise do not result in the issuance of all or a portion of the shares subject to the award will replenish the 2016 Plan's share reserve. If the payment of the exercise price of any award under the 2016 Plan, the 2007 Plan or the 2003 Plan is made by the tendering or withholding of shares or if any applicable tax withholding obligation arising from an award under any of those plans is satisfied by the tendering or withholding of shares, the shares tendered or withheld also will replenish the 2016 Plan's share reserve.

Awards granted or shares of our common stock issued under the 2016 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by an entity acquired by us or any of our subsidiaries (referred to as "substitute awards") will not reduce the share reserve under the 2016 Plan. Additionally, if a company acquired by us or any of our subsidiaries has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition, the unused shares under that pre-existing plan may be used for awards under the 2016 Plan and will not reduce the share reserve under the 2016 Plan, but only if the awards are made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to us or any of our subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition.

Administration of Plan.     The compensation and organization committee of our board of directors will administer the 2016 Plan, other than with respect to awards to our non-employee directors, which will be administered by the full board of directors. We refer to the compensation and organization committee or the board of directors, as applicable, as the plan administrator in this section. Subject to the terms of the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, determine

139


Table of Contents

the persons to whom awards will be granted, the timing, type and number of shares covered by each award, and the terms and conditions of the awards. The plan administrator may also require or permit the deferral of the settlement of an award, establish and modify rules to administer the plan, interpret the plan and any related award agreement, cancel or suspend an award, accelerate the vesting of an award, and otherwise modify or amend the terms of outstanding awards to the extent permitted under the plan. Unless an amendment to the terms of an award is necessary to comply with applicable laws, stock exchange rules or compensation recovery policy, a participant whose rights would be materially impaired by such an amendment must consent to it.

Except in connection with changes in the Company's capitalization in which share adjustments are specifically authorized, the 2016 Plan prohibits the plan administrator from repricing any outstanding "underwater" option or SAR awards without the prior approval of our stockholders. For these purposes, a "repricing" includes amending the terms of an option or SAR award to lower the exercise price, canceling an option or SAR award in exchange for replacement option or SAR awards having a lower exercise price, or canceling an underwater option or SAR award in exchange for cash, other property or a "full value award," which is an equity-based award other than an option or SAR award.

To the extent permitted by law and stock exchange rules, the 2016 Plan permits the plan administrator to delegate its duties, power and authority under the plan to any of its members, to our executive officers or non-employee directors with respect to awards to participants who are not themselves our directors or executive officers, or to one or more agents or advisors with respect to non-discretionary administrative duties.

Eligibility.     Our employees, non-employee directors and certain consultants and advisors who provide services to us are eligible to receive awards under the 2016 Plan. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees.

Equity Awards.     The 2016 Plan allows us to grant stock options, SARs, restricted stock, stock units and other stock-based awards. Each award will be evidenced by an agreement with the award recipient setting forth the terms and conditions of the award, including vesting conditions. Awards under the 2016 Plan will have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant. The plan administrator may provide that the vesting or payment of any award will be subject to the attainment of certain performance measures established by the plan administrator, and the plan administrator will determine whether such measures have been achieved.

      Stock Options.   Stock options permit the holder to purchase a specified number of shares of our common stock at a set price. Options granted under the 2016 Plan may be either incentive or nonqualified stock options. The per share exercise price of options granted under the plan may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, except in the case of substitute awards. Incentive stock options granted to employees who hold more than 10% of the total combined voting power of our stock will have an exercise price not less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and will have a maximum term of five years. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2016 Plan is 4,800,000. The total purchase price of the shares to be purchased upon exercise of an option will be paid by the participant in cash unless the plan administrator allows exercise payments to be made (i) by means of a broker-assisted sale and remittance program, (ii) by delivery to us of shares of common stock already owned by the participant, or (iii) by a "net exercise" of the option in which a portion of the shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the option are withheld by us.

140


Table of Contents

      SARs.   SARs provide for payment to the holder of all or a portion of the excess of the fair market value of a specified number of shares of our common stock on the date of exercise over the aggregate exercise price for that number of shares. Payment may be made in cash or shares of our common stock or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The exercise price per share of a SAR award will be determined by the plan administrator, but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, unless the SAR is granted as a substitute award.

      Restricted Stock.   A restricted stock award is an award of our common stock that vests at such times and in such installments as is determined by the plan administrator. Until it vests, the shares subject to the award are subject to restrictions on transferability and the possibility of forfeiture. The plan administrator may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of restricted stock awards as it deems appropriate, including that the participant remain continuously in our service for a certain period or that we, or any of our subsidiaries or business units, satisfy specified performance goals. Participants are entitled to vote shares of restricted stock prior to the time they vest.

      Stock Units.   The grant of a stock unit provides the right to receive the fair market value of a share of our common stock, payable in cash, shares, or a combination of both as determined by the plan administrator. A stock unit award vests at such times and in such installments as is determined by the plan administrator. Until it vests, a stock unit award is subject to restrictions on transferability and the possibility of forfeiture. The plan administrator may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of stock unit awards as it deems appropriate.

      Other Stock-Based Awards.   The plan administrator, in its discretion, may grant awards of common stock and other awards that are valued by reference to and/or payable in shares of our common stock under the 2016 Plan. The administrator will set the terms and conditions of such awards.

Maximum Awards to Individual Participants.     The number of shares of our common stock subject to options or SARs that may be granted to any participant other than a non-employee director during a calendar year under the 2016 Plan may not exceed 1,000,000. The aggregate grant date fair value of all awards granted during any calendar year under the 2016 Plan to any non-employee director (other than awards granted at the election of the director in lieu of cash retainers or fees otherwise payable to the director) may not exceed $500,000. The maximum number of our shares that may be the subject of full value awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, that are denominated in shares or share equivalents and that are granted to any participant during any calendar year may not exceed 1,000,000 shares. The maximum amount payable with respect to any full value awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m), that are denominated other than in shares or share equivalents and that are granted to any participant during any calendar year shall not exceed $5,000,000.

Dividend and Dividend Equivalents.     No dividends, dividend equivalents or distributions will be paid with respect to stock options or SARs granted under the 2016 Plan. Other than regular cash dividends, any dividends or distributions paid with respect to the unvested portion of a restricted stock award will be subject to the same restrictions as the shares to which such dividends or distributions relate. The plan administrator may provide the holder of a stock unit award or any other stock-based award with the right to receive dividend equivalents with respect to the shares subject to the award. Any shares issued as the result of the reinvestment of dividends or the deemed reinvestment of dividend

141


Table of Contents

equivalents in connection with an award will be counted against, and replenish upon any subsequent forfeiture, the 2016 Plan's share reserve.

Transferability.     Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, awards granted under the 2016 Plan generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The plan administrator may permit the transfer of awards other than incentive stock options pursuant to a domestic relations order or by way of gift to a family member.

Termination of Service.     Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement (and except with respect to terminations following certain corporate transactions described below under "— Change-in-Control; Corporate Transaction"), upon termination of an award recipient's service with our company, all unvested and unexercisable portions of the recipient's outstanding awards will immediately be forfeited. If an award recipient's service with our company terminates other than for cause (as defined in the 2016 Plan), death or disability, the vested and exercisable portions of the recipient's outstanding options and SARs generally will remain exercisable for three months after termination. If a recipient's service terminates due to death or disability (or if a recipient dies during the three-month period after termination of service other than for cause), the vested and exercisable portions of the recipient's outstanding options and SARs generally will remain exercisable for one year after termination. Upon termination for cause, all unexercised stock options and SARs will also be forfeited.

Change in Control.     Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of a change in control that is a corporate transaction, the surviving or successor entity may continue, assume or replace some or all of the outstanding awards under the 2016 Plan. Our award agreements with our executive officers will typically provide that if awards granted to the executive officer under the 2016 Plan are continued, assumed or replaced in connection with such a transaction and if within one year after the transaction the executive officer experiences an involuntary termination of service other than for cause, or terminates his or her employment for good reason, the executive officer's outstanding awards will vest in full, will immediately become fully exercisable and will remain exercisable for one year following termination.

If awards granted to any participant are not continued, assumed or replaced, then (i) any outstanding stock option or SAR will become fully exercisable for a period of time prior to the transaction and terminate at the time of the transaction; and (ii) any outstanding full value awards will vest immediately prior to the transaction. Alternatively, the plan administrator may provide for the cancellation of any outstanding award in exchange for payment to the holder of the amount of the consideration that would have been received in the transaction for the number of shares subject to the award less the aggregate exercise price (if any) of the award.

In the event of a change in control that does not involve a corporate transaction, the plan administrator, in its discretion may take such action as it deems appropriate with respect to outstanding awards, which may include providing for the cancellation of any award in exchange for payment to the holder of the amount of the consideration that would have been received in the change in control for the number of shares subject to the award less the aggregate exercise price (if any) of the award, or making adjustments to any award to reflect the change in control, including the acceleration of vesting in full or in part.

For purposes of the 2016 Plan, a "change in control" generally refers to a corporate transaction (as defined in the next sentence), the acquisition by a person or group of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our stock, or our "continuing directors" ceasing to constitute a majority of the members of the board of directors. A "corporate transaction" generally refers to (i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company, or (ii) a merger, consolidation, share

142


Table of Contents

exchange or similar transaction involving our company, regardless of whether or company is the surviving corporation.

Performance-Based Compensation.     The 2016 Plan provides that the plan administrator may grant full value awards under the 2016 Plan that are intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code in order to preserve the deductibility of those awards for federal income tax purposes, and contains certain provisions intended to enable our company to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m). However, the deduction limitations imposed by Section 162(m) do not, for a period of time following a company's initial public offering, apply to compensation paid by the company pursuant to a compensation plan (such as the 2016 Plan) that existed during the period in which the company was not publicly held, provided satisfactory disclosure about the compensation plan is included in the initial public offering prospectus. This period of non-applicability continues until the earliest of (i) the expiration of the compensation plan, (ii) the material modification of the plan, (iii) the issuance of all company stock allocated under the plan, or (iv) the first annual meeting of the company's shareholders that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the initial public offering occurs.

Adjustment of Awards.     In the event of an equity restructuring that affects the per share value of our common stock, including a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend, the plan administrator will make appropriate adjustment to: (i) the number and kind of securities reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan, (ii) the number and kind of securities subject to outstanding awards under the 2016 Plan, (iii) the exercise price of outstanding options and SARs, and (iv) any maximum limitations prescribed by the 2016 Plan as to grants of certain types of awards. The administrator may also make similar adjustments in the event of any other change in our company's capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization or liquidation.

Amendment and Termination.     The 2016 Plan will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2016 Plan, or until terminated by our board of directors, whichever occurs first. Our board of directors may terminate, suspend or amend the plan at any time, but, in general, no termination, suspension or amendment may materially impair the rights of any participant with respect to outstanding awards without the participant's consent, unless such action is necessary to comply with applicable law or stock exchange rules. Awards that are outstanding on the 2016 Plan's termination date will remain in effect in accordance with the terms of the plan and the applicable award agreements. Stockholder approval of any amendment of the 2016 Plan will be obtained if required by applicable law or the rules of the applicable stock exchange.

Registration.     We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock issuable under the 2016 Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.     Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt and our stockholders to approve our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, intended to be a qualified employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Assuming such actions occur as expected, the ESPP will terminate on the earlier of (i) the date on which all shares subject to the ESPP are issued or (ii) the date our board of directors terminates the ESPP. The purpose of the ESPP is to provide our employees with a convenient means of purchasing shares of our common stock at a discount to market prices through the use of payroll deductions. The material terms of the ESPP are summarized below.

143


Table of Contents

Share Reserve.     A total of 1,600,000 shares of our common stock will initially be made available for sale under the ESPP. In addition, the ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on January 1 of each year beginning in 2017 and ending on January 1, 2026 in an amount equal to the least of: (i) 1% of the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year; (ii) 500,000 shares; or (iii) a number of shares determined by our board of directors. If there is any change to our outstanding common stock, such as a recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or similar event, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number and class of shares available under the ESPP, the limit on the number of shares that a participant may purchase during any purchase period, and the number, class and purchase price of shares subject to purchase under any pending offering.

Administration.     Our compensation and organization committee will administer the ESPP. The compensation and organization committee will have full authority to adopt rules and procedures to administer the ESPP, to interpret the provisions of the ESPP, to determine the terms and conditions of offerings under the ESPP and to designate any subsidiaries to participate in the ESPP.

Eligibility and Participation.     All of our employees (including those of any participating subsidiary) other than those subject to the 5% ownership limitation described below are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Our compensation and organization committee may, consistent with the requirements of Section 423, impose additional eligibility requirements for individual offerings under the ESPP. Eligible employees may enroll in the ESPP and begin participating at the start of any purchase period.

Purchase Periods.     Shares of our common stock will be offered under the ESPP through a series of offerings, each of which consists of a single purchase period of six months, or such other duration (up to 27 months) as the compensation and organization committee may prescribe. We expect that our shares will be offered under the ESPP through an initial purchase period commencing on the effective date of this registration statement and in which all of our then-eligible employees will be automatically enrolled, followed thereafter by a series of successive six-month purchase periods that are expected to commence on May 1 and November 1 each year. Purchases under the ESPP are expected to occur on the last trading day of each purchase period.

Purchase Price.     The purchase price of our common stock acquired on each purchase date will be no less than 85% of the lower of (i) the closing market price per share of our common stock on the first trading day of the applicable purchase period or (ii) the closing market price per share of our common stock on the last trading day of the applicable purchase period.

Payroll Deductions and Stock Purchases.     Each participant may elect to have a percentage of eligible compensation between 1% and 15% withheld as a payroll deduction per pay period. The accumulated deductions will automatically be applied on each purchase date (the last trading day of a purchase period) to the purchase of shares of our common stock at the purchase price in effect for that purchase date. No more than 5,000 shares of our common stock may be purchased by an ESPP participant on any purchase date. For purposes of the ESPP, eligible compensation means the total cash compensation paid to a participant, including base salary, bonuses, commissions and overtime pay, but excludes company 401(k) contributions and income with respect to equity-based awards.

Special Limitations.     The ESPP imposes certain limitations upon a participant's right to acquire our common stock, including the following:

      purchase rights may not be granted to any individual who owns stock (including stock purchasable under any outstanding purchase rights) possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock or the stock of any of our subsidiaries; and

144


Table of Contents

      a participant accrues the right to purchase no more than $25,000 worth of our common stock (valued at the time each purchase right is granted) for each calendar year during which a purchase period occurs under the ESPP.

Withdrawal or Termination of Purchase Rights.     A participant may withdraw from the ESPP at any time, and his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be promptly refunded. A participant's purchase right will immediately terminate upon his or her cessation of employment for any reason. Any payroll deductions that the participant may have made for the purchase period in which such cessation of employment occurs will be refunded and will not be applied to the purchase of common stock.

Transferability.     No purchase rights will be assignable or transferable by the participant, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Corporate Transactions.     If our company is acquired by merger, consolidation or other reorganization, or sells all or substantially all its assets, each right to acquire shares on any purchase date scheduled to occur after the date of the consummation of the acquisition transaction shall be continued or assumed or an equivalent right shall be substituted by the surviving or successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary. If those rights are not continued, assumed or substituted, then our board of directors may terminate the ESPP or shorten the purchase period then in progress by setting a new purchase date to occur prior to the transaction.

Share Proration.     Should the total number of shares of common stock to be purchased pursuant to outstanding purchase rights on any particular purchase date exceed the number of shares remaining available for issuance under the ESPP at that time, then the compensation and organization committee will make a pro-rata allocation of the available shares on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.

Amendment.     Our board of directors may at any time amend or suspend the ESPP. However, our board of directors may not, without stockholder approval, amend the ESPP to (i) increase the number of shares issuable under the ESPP outside of the automatic share increase feature, or (ii) effect any other change in the ESPP that would require stockholder approval under applicable law or to maintain compliance with Code Section 423.

401(k) Retirement Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All of our eligible employees can participate, beginning on the first day of the month following commencement of their employment. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $18,000 in 2016, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. Participants who are at least 50 years old also can make "catch-up" contributions, which in 2016 may be up to an additional $6,000 above the statutory limit. We also make discretionary matching contributions to our 401(k) plan equal to 3% of the employee contributions up to 3% of the employee's salary, subject to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $18,000 in 2016 for all employees who have been employed at least one year, other than our named executive officers, commissioned field sales representatives and certain highly compensated employees. The match immediately vests in full.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to

145


Table of Contents

our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

      for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

      for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

      for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

      for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and executive officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or executive officers. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director or executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him or her in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or executive officers.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. It also is possible that the director or officer could amend or terminate the plan when not in possession of material, nonpublic information. In addition, our directors and executive officers may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

146


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above under "Executive Compensation," we have been a party to the following transactions since January 1, 2013, in which the amount exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting stock, or any member of the immediate family of or entities affiliated with any of them, had or will have a material interest.

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

In September and October 2012, we issued 2,733,468 shares of our Series B preferred stock at an issuance price of $3.80 per share for aggregate consideration of approximately $10.4 million to a total of 18 investors, including Galen Partners and affiliated entities and Radius Ventures III LP and affiliated entities, each of which holds 5% or more of our capital stock and is represented on our board of directors, as well as certain of our directors or their affiliates, including Worthy Ventures Resources LLC (an affiliate of Peter Soderberg), Richard Nigon and Kevin Roche. In connection with the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, such shares of Series B preferred stock will convert to common stock at a ratio of 1-to-1 plus the holders will receive additional shares of common stock in lieu of payment of the liquidation preference and accrued dividends on the Series B preferred stock. The following table summarizes purchases of Series B preferred stock by such investors:

Stockholder Name
  Shares of Series B   Series B Total Purchase Price  

Galen Partners

    1,156,467   $ 4,400,131  

Radius Ventures

    1,156,467   $ 4,400,131  

Worthy Ventures Resources LLC

    78,850   $ 300,010  

Richard Nigon (IRA)

    5,719   $ 21,761  

Kevin Roche

    5,719   $ 21,761  

Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement

In September 2012, in connection with the closing of our Series B preferred stock financing, we entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement with certain holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. Pursuant to this agreement, holders of our preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, were granted certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The investors' rights agreement also provides for a right of first offer in favor of certain holders of our stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock. The rights of first offer will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the completion of this offering. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights."

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have agreed to vote their shares in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. The voting agreement also provides for drag-along rights requiring the stockholders party to this agreement to participate in a sale of our company or a deemed liquidation event under this agreement if any such matter is approved by a certain percentage of the stockholders party to the agreement.

147


Table of Contents

Upon the completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate in its entirety and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or the other rights granted under this agreement.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We are party to a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement pursuant to which our preferred stockholders, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, are granted a right of first refusal to purchase shares of our capital stock held by the stockholders party to this agreement and rights of co-sale in the event of a sale of our capital stock held by the stockholders party to this agreement. The right of first offer and co-sale agreement, and the associated rights described therein, will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the completion of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering, will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive Compensation — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification."

Change in Control Agreements

Certain of our executive officers will be entitled to change in control benefits pursuant to the terms of our equity incentive plans and pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements that we intend to enter into prior to the completion of this offering, as described in greater detail in "Executive Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-In-Control."

Executive Compensation Awards

We have approved equity compensation awards for our officers and directors to be made upon the completion of this offering. These are described in greater detail in "Executive Compensation — Stock Option and Other Equity Compensation Plans."

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our related person policy. Our related person policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related person.

148


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of June 8, 2016 by each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock, each of our directors, each of our named executive officers and all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

The column entitled "Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Before Offering" is based on 9,338,589 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 8, 2016, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,924,452 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The column entitled "Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—After Offering" is based on 15,752,920 shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering, assuming (a) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate 5,924,452 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (b) the issuance of 1,569,549 additional shares of common stock to which our Series A and Series B preferred stockholders are entitled immediately prior to the completion of this offering issuable in connection with the initial public offering, assuming an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and (c) the issuance of 844,782 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering to pay accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock (assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016 and an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable, or will become exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016, are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

149


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is c/o Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., 1331 Tyler Street NE, Suite 200, Minneapolis, MN 55413.

 
  Before Offering   After Offering  
 
  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

5% Stockholders

                         

Galen Partners V L.P. (1)

    3,160,858     33.8 %   4,344,940     27.6 %

Radius Ventures III QP LP (2)

    1,037,150     11.1 %   1,807,210     11.5 %

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                         

Peter H. Soderberg (3)

    131,671     1.4 %   176,039     1.1 %

Gerald R. Mattys (4)

    649,183     6.7 %   656,863     4.1 %

William W. Burke

        *         *  

Jordan S. Davis (5)

    1,037,150     11.1 %   1,807,210     11.5 %

Richard Nigon (6)

    78,281     *     81,497     *  

Kevin H. Roche (7)

    198,070     2.1 %   201,286     1.3 %

Stephen I Shapiro (8)

    35,460     *     35,460     *  

Zubeen Shroff (9)

    3,160,858     33.8 %   4,344,940     27.6 %

Robert J. Folkes (10)

    203,324     2.2 %   204,639     1.3 %

Bryan F. Rishe (11)

    134,793     1.4 %   134,793     *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons) (12)

    6,039,095     64.7 %   7,933,912     48.4 %

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Galen Partners V, L.P. has one general partner, Galen Partners V, LLC, which has sole voting and investment control over the shares of our common stock held by Galen Partners V, L.P. and is the beneficial owner of the shares held by Galen Partners V, L.P. Galen Partners V, LLC has three voting partners, including Zubeen Shroff, one of our directors, David W. Jahns and L. John Wilkerson.

(2)
Jordan Davis, one of our directors, and Dan Lubin are the Managing Members of Radius Ventures III QP LP and hold the shared voting and/or dispositive power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by Radius Ventures III QP LP.

(3)
Includes 78,850 shares before the offering and 123,218 shares after the offering held by Worthy Ventures Resources LLC, of which Mr. Soderberg serves as manager, and 52,821 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016.

(4)
Includes 27,969 shares before the offering and 35,649 shares after the offering of restricted stock that vest on the earlier of a change of control of our company or nine months following the closing of this offering and 394,259 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016.

(5)
Consists of the shares beneficially owned by Radius Ventures III QP LP set forth above. Mr. Davis disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(6)
Includes 2,769 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016.

(7)
Includes 2,769 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016.

(8)
Consists entirely of shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016.

(9)
Includes the shares beneficially owned by Galen Partners V, L.P set forth above. Mr. Shroff disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(10)
Includes 4,790 shares before the offering and 6,105 shares after the offering of restricted stock that vest on the earlier of a change of control of our company or nine months following the closing of this offering and 107,887 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016.

(11)
Includes 52,747 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016.

(12)
Includes 40,479 shares before the offering and 51,593 shares after the offering of restricted stock that vest on the earlier of a change of control of our company or nine months following the closing of this offering and 891,688 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 8, 2016.

150


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material provisions of our capital stock, as well as other material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect as of the consummation of the offering. We refer you to the form of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and to the form of our amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Authorized Capital

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the following the filing of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of (i) 300,000,00 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (ii) 50,000,00 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

As of June 7, 2016, there were issued and outstanding:

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all currently outstanding shares of our Series A and Series B preferred stock will be converted into shares of a single class of common stock. Our Series A preferred stock will convert to common stock at a ratio of 1-for-1.03 and our Series B preferred stock will convert to common stock at a ratio of 1-for-1. In addition, upon completion of this offering, (a) each Series A preferred stockholder is entitled to receive the number of common shares equal to the Series A original issue price divided by the initial public offering price per share in this offering; and (b) each Series B preferred stockholder is entitled to receive the number of common shares equal to the Series B preferred stock original issue price divided by the initial public offering price per share in this offering. Therefore, we expect to issue 1,569,549 additional shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering that our Series A and Series B preferred stockholders are entitled to receive in connection with this initial public offering, assuming an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Finally, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, each Series B preferred stockholder is entitled to receive the number of common shares equal to (1) the accrued dividends on the shares of Series B preferred stock divided by the original issue price of the Series B preferred stock and (2) the accrued dividends on the shares of Series B preferred stock divided by the initial public offering price per share in this offering. Therefore, we expect to issue 844,782 additional shares of common stock to pay accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock (assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016 and an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

151


Table of Contents

Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock, assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016 and an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, immediately following the completion of this offering, we expect to have 15,752,920 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding (or 16,352,980 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase the number of additional shares of common stock issuable in connection with the conversion of our preferred stock by 112,111 shares. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would decrease the number of additional shares of common stock issuable in connection with the conversion of our preferred stock by 98,097 shares. A $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase the number of additional shares of common stock issuable in connection with paying the accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock by 12,209 shares. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would decrease the number of additional shares of common stock issuable in connection with paying the accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock by 10,683 shares.

Common Stock

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, holders of our common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by applicable law. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of the voting shares will be able to elect all of the directors then standing for election, if they should so choose. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, holders of our common stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of any of our funds legally available when, as and if declared by the board of directors. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preferences granted to the holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights.

Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all currently outstanding shares of our Series A and Series B preferred stock will be converted into shares of a single class of common stock.

Following this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series as may be determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors has broad discretionary authority with respect to the rights of any new series of preferred stock and may establish the following with respect to the shares in each series, without any vote or action of the stockholders:

We believe that the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock will provide us with flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions, and in meeting

152


Table of Contents

other corporate needs that may arise. The authorized shares of preferred stock, as well as authorized and unissued shares of common stock, will be available for issuance without action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded.

Our board of directors may authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of holders of common stock. Although our board of directors has no current intention of doing so, it could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt of our company. Our board of directors could also issue preferred stock having terms that could discourage an acquisition attempt through which an acquiror may be able to change the composition of our board of directors, including a tender offer or other transaction that some, or a majority, of our stockholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which stockholders might receive a premium for their stock over the then-current market price. Any issuance of preferred stock therefore could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.

Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to the best interests of our company and stockholders. We have no current plan to issue any preferred stock after this offering.

Registration Rights

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of our common stock issued upon conversion of our preferred stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors' rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our preferred stock financings, and include demand registration rights, piggyback registration rights and Form S-3 registration rights, subject to certain exceptions. In any registration made pursuant to such investors' rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us, and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered, subject to certain exceptions.

The registration rights terminate three years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time that the stockholder can sell all of its shares during any three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Demand Registration Rights.     Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 8,440,399 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to certain demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors' rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request at any time more than 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part of holders of at least a majority of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the investors' rights agreement and so long as the anticipated aggregate offering price of the shares to be offered and sold under such registration statement on Form S-1 is at least $10 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes and any other expenses of the such stockholders), to register, within 60 days after receiving such request, all of these shares plus any additional shares requested to be included in such registration requested by any other stockholders within 20 days after notice of such registration is mailed by us. We are required to effect only three registrations pursuant to this provision of the investors' rights agreement. We will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period from 60 days prior to the filing to 90 days following the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a public

153


Table of Contents

offering of our securities. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such Form S-3 registration rights for up to 90 days under certain circumstances.

Piggyback Registration Rights.     Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 8,440,399 shares of our common stock or their permitted transferees are entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities for our own account after the completion of this offering, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration upon written request made within 20 days after notice of such registration is mailed by us. Both we and the underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to limitations set forth in the investors' rights agreement.

Form S-3 Registration Rights.     Following the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 8,440,399 shares of our common stock, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights, upon the written request of the holders of at least 20% of the shares that are entitled to registration rights under the investors' rights agreement and so long as the aggregate amount of shares to be offered and sold under such registration statement on Form S-3 is at least $2.5 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes and any other expenses of the such stockholders). We are only obligated to file up to two registration statements on Form S-3 within a 12-month period. We will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period from 60 days prior to the filing to 90 days following the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to a public offering of our securities. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such Form S-3 registration rights for up to 90 days under certain circumstances.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Delaware Law.     We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

154


Table of Contents

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out of, and do not currently intend to opt out of, this provision. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.     Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will become effective upon completion of this offering, may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control of our company or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws:

155


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, any or all internal corporate claims, which shall include claims, including claims in the right of our company, (i) that are based upon a violation of a duty by a current or former director or officer or stockholder in such capacity, or (ii) as to which Title 8 of the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction upon the Delaware Court of Chancery, shall be brought solely and exclusively in a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located in the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware). It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock and the provision prohibiting cumulative voting, would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Indemnification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability for any:

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated bylaws, in the form that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the

156


Table of Contents

fullest extent permitted by law or, if applicable, pursuant to indemnification agreements. They further provide that we may choose to indemnify other employees or agents of the corporation from time to time. Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether the Delaware General Corporation Law permits indemnification. We intend to obtain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy prior to the completion of this offering.

We will enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, in addition to the indemnification provisions set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her services as one of our directors or officers, including services provided to any subsidiary or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of ours pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TCMD."

157


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market prices of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Based on our outstanding shares as of June 8, 2016, and assuming (a) the issuance of 4,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering; (b) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate 5,924,452 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (c) the issuance of 1,569,549 additional shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering issuable in connection with the conversion of our preferred stock; and (d) the issuance of 844,782 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering to pay accrued dividends on our Series B preferred stock (assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016), upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 15,752,920 shares of our common stock (or 16,352,920 shares if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering (plus any shares sold as a result of the underwriters' exercise of their option) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless those shares are purchased by our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining 11,752,920 shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering will be "restricted securities" under Rule 144. Of these restricted securities, 11,195,133 shares will be subject to transfer restrictions for 180 days from the date of this prospectus pursuant to lock-up agreements. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they have been registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 or otherwise under the Securities Act.

Lock-up Agreements

Our officers and directors and other holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock, preferred stock, options and warrants are subject to lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

Rule 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities.     In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the three months before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

158


Table of Contents

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 also are subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and NASDAQ concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities.     In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer's employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and shares of common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans on or shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, holders of 8,440,399 shares of common stock will be entitled to specific rights to register those shares for sale in the public market. See "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights." Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to such shares.

159


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or foreign tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to particular rules, including, without limitation:

160


Table of Contents

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a "U.S. person," a partnership, or an entity disregarded as separate from its owner, each for United States federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

Distributions

As described in "Dividend Policy," we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, such distributions of cash or property on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below in "— Sale or Other Taxable Disposition."

161


Table of Contents

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Non-U.S. holders may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on dividends as a result of either (a) an applicable income tax treaty or (b) the non-U.S. holder holding our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and dividends being paid in connection with that trade or business. To claim such a reduction in or exemption from withholding, the non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed (a) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax under the benefit of an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established, or (b) IRS Form W-8ECI stating that the dividends are not subject to withholding tax because they are effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, as may be applicable. These certifications must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, if dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), then, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification, as described above), the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

162


Table of Contents

Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.

A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States) provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, however, there can be no assurance we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if such class of stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for such stock.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Subject to the discussion below on foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends on our common stock we make to the non-U.S. holder, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know such holder is a United States person and the holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or other applicable certification. However, information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States, and information reporting may (although backup withholding generally will not) apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock outside the United States conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or other applicable form (and the payer does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person) or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

163


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

The withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends made any time and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019. Because we may not know the extent to which a distribution is a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the time it is made, for purposes of these withholding rules we may treat the entire distribution as a dividend. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding these withholding provisions.

164


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

Piper Jaffray & Co. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriters
  Number
of Shares

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

   

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

   

BTIG, LLC

   

            Total

  4,000,000

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers' certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares to cover overallotments, if any.

 
  Per Share   Without Option   With Option  

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

165


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $2.5 million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including an amount not to exceed $50,000 in connection with the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The underwriters have an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 600,000 additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, for 180 days after the date of the prospectus used to sell our common stock without first obtaining the written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

The restrictions in the preceding paragraph do not apply to transfers of securities:

166


Table of Contents

provided, in the case of a transfer described in bullets one through five above, that such transfer does not involve a disposition for value, and each transferee agrees to be subject to the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and that no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer.

In addition, the transfer restrictions described above do not apply to:

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TCMD." In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

167


Table of Contents

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters

168


Table of Contents

may conduct these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Canada.     The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45 106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31 103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The

169


Table of Contents

purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33 105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33 105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33 105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom.     Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Hong Kong.     The common shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the

170


Table of Contents

meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore.     This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

171


Table of Contents

Switzerland.     The common shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the "SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the common shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of common shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of common shares.

United Arab Emirates.     This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (the "UAE"), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE, including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre ("DIFC"). The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The common shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The common shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

France.     This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) is not being distributed in the context of a public offering in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier).

This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted to the French Autorité des marchés financiers (the "AMF") for approval in France and accordingly may not and will not be distributed to the public in France.

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the AMF General Regulation, French residents are hereby informed that:

172


Table of Contents

This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by the recipients of this prospectus. This prospectus has been distributed on the understanding that such recipients will only participate in the issue or sale of our common stock for their own account and undertake not to transfer, directly or indirectly, our common stock to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L. 411-1 and L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

173


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Faegre Baker Daniels LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Certain legal matters will be passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Dorsey & Whitney LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota.


EXPERTS

The audited financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement, as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information pertaining to us and the common stock to be sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement or such other document, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC.

You can read the registration statement and our future filings with the SEC over the Internet at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at the foregoing address. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

174


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 (audited) and as of
March 31, 2016 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (unaudited)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements

   
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   
F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

   
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   
F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

   
F-7 - F-31

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. and its subsidiary (the "Company") as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 25, 2016 (Except for note 13 and the effects thereof, which is as of June 8, 2016)

F-2


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  As of
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  As of
March 31, 2016
  Pro Forma as of
March 31, 2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,416   $ 7,060   $ 5,787   $ 5,787  

Accounts receivable, net

    13,742     14,151     11,658     11,658  

Inventories

    3,521     5,781     5,228     5,228  

Deferred income taxes

    2,015     1,766     2,641     2,641  

Prepaid expenses

    423     602     469     469  

Total current assets

    25,117     29,360     25,783     25,783  

Property and equipment, net

    1,303     1,346     1,369     1,369  

Other assets

                         

Patent costs, net

    2,744     2,489     2,419     2,419  

Medicare accounts receivable — long term

    1,302     2,039     1,811     1,811  

Deferred income taxes

    1,005     402     328     328  

Other non-current assets

    23     1,337     1,558     1,558  

Total other assets

    5,074     6,267     6,116     6,116  

Total assets

  $ 31,494   $ 36,973   $ 33,268     33,268  

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

                         

Current liabilities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Accounts payable

  $ 2,507   $ 3,336   $ 3,058   $ 3,058  

Current portion of notes payable

    9              

Accrued payroll and related taxes

    2,003     3,355     1,821     1,821  

Accrued expenses

    647     916     952     8,747  

Future product royalties — current

    924     991     743     743  

Income taxes payable

    100     904          

Total current liabilities

    6,190     9,502     6,574     14,369  

Long-term liabilities

                         

Notes payable, net of current portion

    4              

Deferred compensation

    199     193     193     193  

Future product royalties

    446              

Total long-term liabilities, net of current portion             

    649     193     193     193  

Total liabilities

    6,839     9,695     6,767     14,562  

Convertible preferred stock

                         

Series B convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value:
5,319,066 shares authorized, 2,733,468 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), and no shares authorized, issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2016 (pro forma)              

    11,894     12,599     12,796      

Series A convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value:
3,112,152 shares authorized, 3,108,589 shares issued and 3,061,488 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and March 31, 2016, and no shares authorized, issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2016 (pro forma) (unaudited)             

    19,188     20,328     20,645      

Stockholders' equity (deficit)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $.001 par value:
14,184,175 shares authorized, 2,626,620 and 3,222,902 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and 3,341,285 as of March 31, 2016 (unaudited), and 300,000,000 shares authorized, 11,693,880 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2016 (pro forma)

    7     9     9     12  

Additional paid-in capital

    438             25,643  

Accumulated deficit

    (6,872 )   (5,658 )   (6,949 )   (6,949 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (6,427 )   (5,649 )   (6,940 )   18,706  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 31,494   $ 36,973   $ 33,268   $ 33,268  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenues, net

  $ 47,736   $ 62,872   $ 10,121   $ 13,700  

Cost of goods sold

   
12,715
   
16,908
   
2,972
   
3,811
 

Gross profit

    35,021     45,964     7,149     9,889  

Operating expenses

                         

Sales and marketing

    18,154     24,485     5,169     7,281  

Research and development

    2,843     4,312     817     980  

Reimbursement, general and administrative           

    10,225     13,716     2,647     3,414  

Total operating expenses

    31,222     42,513     8,633     11,675  

Income (loss) from operations                

    3,799     3,451     (1,484 )   (1,786 )

Other income (expense)

   
(4

)
 
(194

)
 
12
   
5
 

Income (loss) before income taxes                

    3,795     3,257     (1,472 )   (1,781 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

   
1,725
   
1,864
   
(592

)
 
(801

)

Net income (loss)

    2,070     1,393     (880 )   (980 )

Convertible preferred stock dividends

    1,761     1,845     460     514  

Allocation of undistributed earnings to preferred stockholders

    216              

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 93   $ (452 ) $ (1,340 ) $ (1,494 )

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders

                         

Basic

  $ 0.04   $ (0.15 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.45 )

Diluted

  $ 0.02   $ (0.15 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.45 )

Weighted-average common shares used to compute net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic

    2,491,108     2,929,438     2,640,807     3,293,326  

Diluted

    3,797,688     2,929,438     2,640,807     3,293,326  

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic

        $ 0.12         $ (0.08 )

Diluted

        $ 0.10         $ (0.08 )

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic

          11,807,560           12,171,448  

Diluted

          13,507,390           12,171,448  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share data)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Par Value   Total  

Balances, December 31, 2013

    2,226,716   $ 6   $ 1,822   $ (8,942 ) $ (7,114 )

Stock-based compensation

            148         148  

Exercise of common stock options

    399,903     1     229         230  

Preferred stock dividends

            (1,761 )       (1,761 )

Net income

                2,070     2,070  

Balances, December 31, 2014

    2,626,619     7     438     (6,872 )   (6,427 )

Stock-based compensation

            316         316  

Exercise of common stock options and warrants

    596,283     2     912         914  

Preferred stock dividends

            (1,666 )   (179 )   (1,845 )

Net income

                1,393     1,393  

Balances, December 31, 2015

    3,222,902   $ 9   $   $ (5,658 ) $ (5,649 )

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

            75         75  

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

    118,383         128         128  

Preferred stock dividends (unaudited)

            (203 )   (311 )   (514 )

Net loss (unaudited)

                (980 )   (980 )

Balances, March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    3,341,285   $ 9   $   $ (6,949 ) $ (6,940 )

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,070   $ 1,393   $ (880 ) $ (980 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows used in operating activities

                         

Depreciation and amortization

    706     827     201     211  

Deferred income taxes

    1,558     852     (592 )   (801 )

Stock-based compensation expense

    148     316     62     75  

Deferred compensation

        (6 )        

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts

    500     100          

Changes in assets and liabilities

                         

Accounts receivable

    (4,671 )   (509 )   2,340     2,493  

Inventories

    (608 )   (2,260 )   (375 )   553  

Prepaid expenses and other non-current assets          

    (142 )   (1,493 )   15     (87 )

Medicare accounts receivable — long term

    (381 )   (737 )       228  

Accounts payable

    547     829     (148 )   (278 )

Accrued payroll and related taxes

    (601 )   1,352     720     (1,534 )

Accrued expenses and income taxes payable

    44     1,073     (1,632 )   (868 )

Future product royalties

    (161 )   (379 )   (149 )   (248 )

Net cash flows (used in) from operating activities          

    (991 )   1,358     (438 )   (1,236 )

Cash flows from investing activities

                         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (353 )   (592 )   (150 )   (165 )

Patent costs

        (23 )        

Net cash flows used in investing activities

    (353 )   (615 )   (150 )   (165 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                         

Payments on notes payable

    (9 )   (13 )   (2 )    

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options and warrants

    230     914     6     128  

Net cash flows from financing activities          

    221     901     4     128  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,123 )   1,644     (584 )   (1,273 )

Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of year

    6,539     5,416     5,416     7,060  

Cash and cash equivalents — end of period

  $ 5,416   $ 7,060   $ 4,832   $ 5,787  

Supplemental cash flow disclosure

                         

Cash paid for interest

  $ 1   $ 1   $   $  

Cash paid for taxes

  $ 238   $ 240   $ 131   $ 951  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the "Company") (doing business as Tactile Medical) is the sole manufacturer and distributor of the Flexitouch and Entré Systems, medical devices to help control symptoms of lymphedema, a chronic and progressive medical condition that is often an unintended consequence of cancer treatment, and the ACTitouch System, a medical device to treat venous leg ulcers and chronic venous insufficiency. The Company provides its products for use both in the home and in health care institutions, including hospitals and vascular, wound and lymphedema clinics throughout the United States.

Basis of Presentation

The Company was originally incorporated in Minnesota under the name Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. on January 30, 1995. During 2006, the Company set up a merger corporation and subsequently, on July 21, 2006, merged with and into this merger corporation. The resulting corporation assumed the name Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. The purpose of this merger was to reincorporate the Company in Delaware, increase the number of authorized common shares to 8.9 million and assign a par value of $.001 to its common stock. In September 2013, the Company began doing business as Tactile Medical.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Swelling Solutions, Inc., after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

As an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, the Company is eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. The Company has elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for adopting new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying balance sheet as of March 31, 2016, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity as of March 31, 2016, are unaudited. The consolidated financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to March 31, 2016, and the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, are also unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2016, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the three months ended

F-7


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016, or for any other interim period or for any future year. Our business may be affected by seasonality. In the first quarter of each year, when most patients have started a new insurance year and have not paid their annual deductibles, we experience substantially reduced demand for our products. We typically experience higher sales in the third and fourth quarters as a result of patients having paid their annual insurance deductibles in full, thereby reducing their out-of-pocket costs for our products, or because patients often spend the remaining balances in their flexible spending accounts.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2016 reflects: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company's convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,924,452 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (ii) the accrual for the payment of $7.8 in cumulative accrued dividends to the Company's Series A convertible preferred stockholders; and (iii) the issuance of 785,742 shares of common stock to pay accrued dividends on the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share has been computed to give effect to: (1) the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,924,452 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (2) the issuance of 1,569,549 additional shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering that the Company's Series A and Series B preferred stockholders are entitled to receive in connection with this initial public offering, assuming an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; (3) the additional 539,338 shares of common stock that would have been required to be issued to generate sufficient proceeds to fund the cash payment of Series A convertible preferred stock dividends; (4) the issuance of 844,782 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering to pay accrued dividends on the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock (assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016 and an initial offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and (5) the effectiveness of the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adoption of the Company's amended and restated bylaws.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an initial maturity date of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and March 31, 2016, cash equivalents consisted of money market funds, which are stated at cost and approximate fair value. The Company maintains cash in bank accounts which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") limits. The Company has not experienced any losses from maintaining balances in excess of FDIC limits.

F-8


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Accounts Receivable

The majority of the Company's accounts receivable and revenues are from commercial insurance payers and government payers, such as Medicare, Veterans Administration and Medicaid.

Accounts receivable are carried net of allowances for estimated non-receipt of patient co-payment and deductible obligations and allowances for uncollectible accounts. The allowance for estimated nonreceipt of co-payment reimbursements and for uncollectible accounts was $1,900 and $2,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $2,000 as of March 31, 2016. The Company believes all accounts receivable in excess of the allowance are fully collectible. The Company does not accrue interest on a majority of the past due accounts receivable. The Company determines when accounts become past due on a customer by customer basis. If accounts receivables in excess of the provided allowance are determined uncollectible, they are charged to expense in the quarter that determination is made and accounts receivable are written off after all collection efforts have failed. A portion of the Company's claims to Medicare are initially denied, and enter the appeals process, where many are ultimately reviewed by an Administrative Law Judge. After final adjudication of all claims, approximately 90% of the claims submitted are approved (this is on a number of claims, not a dollars claimed, basis). The appeals process can be lengthy, lasting more than a year in most cases. Accordingly, the Company classifies a portion of its Medicare accounts receivable as non-current based on its experience with Medicare.

The Company had accounts receivable from three insurance companies representing approximately 25%, 24% and 5% as of December 31, 2014. The Company had accounts receivable from three insurance companies representing approximately 26%, 18% and 7% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015. Revenues from these insurance companies accounted for 31%, 15%, and 12% of the Company's total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 28%, 13% and 11% for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company had accounts receivable from three insurance companies representing approximately 21%, 16% and 4% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2016. Revenues from these insurance companies accounted for 28%, 12% and 10% of the Company's total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The Company had accounts receivable from two insurance companies representing approximately 25% and 20% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2015. Revenues from these insurance companies accounted for 13% and 27% of the Company's total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Accounts receivable include amounts due from Medicare totaling $4,088, $4,275 and $4,368 relating to devices shipped to patients as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and March 31, 2016, respectively, that are waiting insurance approval. The Company estimates the devices for which it expects to receive authorization and payment based on its reimbursement history from Medicare. The Company classified $1,302, $2,039 and $1,811 of this receivable as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and March 31, 2016, respectively, as noncurrent as the Company does not expect these claims will be paid within one year of shipment of the device due to delays with the Administrative Law Judge appeal process.

F-9


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

On September 3, 2015, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services for 247 claims, representing approximately $1,457 of original claims based on the Medicare allowable rates, in which the Company had submitted a request for an Administrative Law Judge hearing in 2013. The settlement entitled the Company to receive a payment of approximately $851. The Company received this full amount during the fourth quarter of 2015. The settlement resulted in a reduction in the fourth quarter of 2015 of $815 in accounts receivable for shipment of products to patients covered by Medicare. The settlement was part of a pilot program, facilitated by the Office of Medicare Hearings and Appeals, to address a backlog of overdue claims awaiting Administrative Law Judge adjudication. Because the settlement is part of a pilot program, the Company cannot predict whether it will be able to conclude future settlements with Medicare or achieve settlements on similar terms. Any future settlement of claims for amounts less than the corresponding amounts receivable would result in a write off.

The reserve for uncollectible co-payment reimbursements and doubtful accounts were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Beginning balance

  $ 1,400   $ 1,900   $ 2,000  

Provision charged against revenues

    3,285     5,973     1,286  

Write-offs

    (2,785 )   (5,873 )   (1,286 )

Ending balance

  $ 1,900   $ 2,000   $ 2,000  

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. Advertising expense was $23 and $52 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $1 and $11 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company does not charge any shipping and handling costs to its customers and the shipping and handling costs incurred are included in cost of goods sold.

Product Warranty

The Company provides a warranty for its products against defects in material and workmanship for a period up to one year on garments and one to two years on controllers. The Company records a liability for future warranty claims at the time of sale for the warranty period offered to a customer. If the assumptions used in calculating the provision were to materially change, resulting in more defects than anticipated, an additional provision may be required.

F-10


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The warranty reserve was as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Beginning balance

  $ 200   $ 250   $ 360  

Warranty provision

    142     196     81  

Processed warranty claims

    (92 )   (86 )   (31 )

Ending balance

  $ 250   $ 360   $ 410  

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market, and consisted of the following:

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
March 31, 2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Finished goods

  $ 1,628   $ 3,796   $ 2,422  

Component parts and work-in-process

    1,893     1,985     2,806  

Ending balance

  $ 3,521   $ 5,781   $ 5,228  

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are being depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of three to five years and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the remaining life of the building lease agreement. Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
March 31, 2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Equipment

  $ 1,645   $ 1,797   $ 1,839  

Leasehold improvements

    306     439     462  

Tooling

    719     960     1,059  

Furniture and fixtures

    237     303     303  

    2,907     3,499     3,663  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (1,604 )   (2,153 )   (2,294 )

Property and equipment

  $ 1,303   $ 1,346   $ 1,369  

Major expenditures for property and equipment are capitalized. Maintenance, repairs, and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, their costs and

F-11


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and resulting gains or losses are included in income. Depreciation expense was $428 and $549 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $132 and $141 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, primarily consisting of legal, accounting and other direct fees and costs relating to the initial public offering, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the Company's planned initial public offering proceeds upon the closing of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within income from operations. There were $1,314 and $1,534 in deferred offering costs capitalized as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively, in other non-current assets on the balance sheet. There were no deferred offering costs capitalized as of December 31, 2014.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment and patents, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. The Company will record impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets' carrying amount. To date, the Company has recorded no such losses other than the write-off of various assets acquired in the ACTitouch transaction (see Note 5).

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists, delivery of product has occured through the transfer of title and risks of reward of ownership, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.

The Company distributes its products directly to patients. For any of its products sold to patients covered by private payers, such as commercial insurance companies, the Company recognizes revenues from such sales upon shipment of its products. A product is not shipped until the Company has received a prescription from a physician for its products and, as applicable, receipt of prior authorization from payers. At shipment, the Company invoices the payer for their portion of the total product cost and the Company recognizes revenue as a percentage of the payer's invoice based on the polices and payment history of the applicable payer. The payment history of the applicable payer is drawn from the Company's actual payment experience over the last three years. Any differences in payments received as compared to the Company's estimates are recognized in the period for which it actually receives payment for the product. Over time, the Company adjusts the applicable estimates used for each payer to reflect any such differences. The Company separately invoices the patient for their payment obligation with respect to the shipped product, such as copayments and deductibles, and recognizes revenue upon sending such invoice.

F-12


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

For any of the its products sold to Medicare patients, the Company recognizes revenues from such sales upon shipment of its products, which can occur only after the Company has received a prescription from a physician and all applicable Medicare documentation. The Company estimates the revenue on each shipment to a Medicare patient as a percentage of the total invoice based on the payment history of each regional administrative contractor. While the Company has contracted rates with Medicare, to the extent any claims for reimbursement are denied, the Company will recognize any necessary adjustments in the period for which the adjustment is made.

Net Income (Loss) per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company uses the two-class method to compute net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. All series of the Company's convertible preferred stock are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year's earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. If the Company determines in the future that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize all or a portion of the deferred tax assets, the Company will record a valuation allowance in the period the determination is made (Note 9).

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounted for all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, based on the fair value on the date of grant expensed over the applicable vesting period.

The fair value of each option grant is determined as of grant date, utilizing the Black Scholes option pricing model. The Company uses the "simplified method" to determine the expected term of the stock option. The Company calculates expected volatility for stock options using the historical volatility of a

F-13


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

public company of similar size and industry as the Company believes the expected volatility will approximate historical volatility. The risk-free rate for periods within the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury rate at the time of grant. The Company estimates the forfeiture rate to be 10-15% based on management's estimate of future employee turnover. Based on these valuations, the Company recognized compensation expense of $148 and $316 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $62 and $75 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and the expense is included in reimbursement, general and administrative expenses. The amortization of each grant will continue over the remainder of the vesting period of each option grant. Stock-based compensation expense of outstanding options as of December 31, 2015 is expected to approximate $323, $300, $256 and $40 in each of the next four years, respectively.

The estimated fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for options granted:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Expected term

  6 years   6 years   6 years  

Expected volatility

  60%   60%   60%  

Risk-free interest rate

  2%   2%   2%  

Expected dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%  

No stock options were granted in the three month period ended March 31, 2016.

Financial Instruments and Fair Value

The carrying amounts for all financial instruments approximate fair value. The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. The fair value of short- and long-term debt (including future product royalties) approximates carrying value and has been estimated based on discounted cash flows using interest rates being offered for similar debt having the same or similar remaining maturities and collateral requirements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance creating Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Section 606, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers." The new section will replace Section 605, "Revenue Recognition," and creates modifications to various other revenue accounting standards for specialized transactions and industries. The section is intended to conform revenue accounting principles with a concurrently issued International Financial Reporting Standards to reconcile previously differing treatment between United States practices and those of the rest of the world and to enhance disclosures related to disaggregated revenue information. The updated guidance, which was amended July 9, 2015, is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or

F-14


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company will adopt the new provisions of this accounting standard at the beginning of fiscal year 2018, because early adoption is not allowed. The Company will further study the implications of this statement to evaluate the expected impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2015-l7, Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires entities to present deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December l5, 20l7, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the existing guidance for lease accounting, Leases (Topic 840), ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases. Lessor accounting remains largely unchanged. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. ASU 2016-02 requires a modified retrospective approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after the date of initial adoption, with an option to elect to use certain transition relief. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on its consolidated financial statements.

Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company continues to refine its estimate of the Medicare and other accounts receivable and related revenue recognition based on information available to it related to historical approval rates.

NOTE 2 — Patent Costs, Net

The Company's patents, all of which are subject to amortization, are summarized as follows:

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
March 31, 2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Patents

  $ 3,380   $ 3,403   $ 3,403  

Less: accumulated amortization

    (636 )   (914 )   (984 )

Net patents

  $ 2,744   $ 2,489   $ 2,419  

F-15


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 2 — Patent Costs, Net (Continued)

Amortization expense was $278 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, and $70 and $70 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Future amortization expenses are expected as follows:

2016 (remaining)

  $ 209  

2017

    279  

2018

    279  

2019

    279  

2020

    279  

Thereafter

    1,094  

Total

  $ 2,419  

NOTE 3 — Notes Payable

On August 8, 2008, the Company entered into four promissory note agreements with a bank totaling $230 which were used to help fund the Company's relocation to its new corporate headquarters. The notes have interest rates ranging from 2% to the greater of prime plus 1.5% or 7% (7% as of both December 31, 2014 and 2015). There was no outstanding balance on the notes at March 31, 2016.

NOTE 4 — Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
March 31, 2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued warranty

  $ 250   $ 360   $ 410  

Accrued clinical

    160     130     183  

Other

    237     426     359  

  $ 647   $ 916   $ 952  

NOTE 5 — Asset Purchase Agreement

On September 14, 2012, the Company completed an acquisition of certain assets, including inventory, equipment and tooling and patents for the ACTitouch System and a technology known as SMM. The purchase price of this acquisition included $3,000 at closing and $2,000 at the earliest of the commercialization date or the first anniversary of the closing date. In addition, the Company is required to pay quarterly payments following the commercialization date, which was September 1, 2013, through the following sixteen quarterly calculation periods equal to 9% of sales for the ACTitouch System and 7% of sales of SMM with a guaranteed minimum amount of $45 for each of the first four quarterly calculation periods (year 1); $148 for each of next four quarterly calculation periods (year 2); and $248 for each of the next four quarterly calculation periods (year 3) (total of $1,765). For each quarterly calculation period beginning with the seventeenth quarterly calculation period and ending on the tenth

F-16


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 5 — Asset Purchase Agreement (Continued)

anniversary of the commercialization date, the Company will make quarterly payments equal to 6% of the sale of the ACTitouch product and 5% on the sale of SMM. If ACTitouch System and SMM sales in any calendar year in years five through ten exceed $40,000, the sales percentage amount shall equal 6% of the sales of product up to $40,000 and 7% on the sales of product over $40,000. The Company determined the transaction did not qualify as a purchase of a business acquisition and as such, recorded the transaction as an asset purchase which requires the Company to record the transaction at cost, including transaction costs of $285.

The Company allocated the assets acquired as follows:

Inventory (included in prepaid expenses)

  $ 327  

Equipment and tooling

    997  

Patents

    3,363  

In-process research and development (IPR&D)

    2,125  

  $ 6,812  

The net present value of the guaranteed quarterly minimum payments of $1,765 discounted at 7% (or $1,527) in the first three years from the commercialization date have been included in the acquisition price as this portion of the contingent consideration is reasonably estimated and probable. The Company allocated the cost of the technology for the SMM to IPR&D as it does not have an alternative future use and requires considerable research and development in the future to bring any potential product to market. This was charged to expense. In addition, the Company recorded a loss on impairment of assets acquired of $264 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

NOTE 6 — Line of Credit — Bank

The Company had a $2,000 line of credit with a bank that bore interest at prime (3.25% as of December 31, 2014), which expired on May 11, 2015. In May 2015, the Company renewed its credit line with Venture Bank. This transaction did not result in any debt extinguishment losses or gains. The Company's credit line bears interest based on the prime rate, which was 3.50% as of December 31, 2015, and expires on May 11, 2016. The Company's credit line is secured by substantially all its assets, including property and equipment, accounts receivable and inventory. The Company's credit line contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict the Company's ability to dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness and encumbrances. In addition, the Company complied with certain financial covenants relating to liquidity and leverage ratios until the renewal in May 2015 that released the Company from its covenant obligations. There was no outstanding balance on the line of credit as of December 31, 2014 or 2015 or as of March 31, 2016.

F-17


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 7 — Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Obligation

In March 2008, the Company entered into a non-cancelable operating lease agreement for building space for its corporate headquarters which provides for monthly rent, real estate taxes and operating expenses that expired July 31, 2015. In December 2012, the Company extended its lease to July 31, 2020. In June 2013, the Company extended the lease to July 31, 2021. Rent expense was $750 and $866 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $197 and $226 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

The Company also has operating lease agreements for certain computer and office equipment that expire in 2016. The leases provide an option to purchase the related equipment at fair market value at the end of the lease.

Future base minimum lease payments for all lease obligations are expected to be as follows for the years ending December 31:

 
  Building   Computer/Office   Total  

2016 (remaining)

  $ 347   $ 30   $ 377  

2017

    475     20     495  

2018

    489     18     507  

2019

    504     11     515  

2020

    519     1     520  

Thereafter

    308         308  

Total

  $ 2,642   $ 80   $ 2,722  

Major Vendors

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company had purchases from one vendor that accounted for 27% of total purchases. The Company had purchases from two vendors that accounted for 14% and 13% of total purchases during the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company had purchases from two vendors that accounted for 18% and 14% of total purchases for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 12% and 11% of total purchases for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Purchase Commitments

The Company issued purchase orders in 2015 totalling $3,658 for inventory that it expects to receive between April and August 2016. The Company also issued purchase orders in February 2016 totaling $8,098 for inventory that it expects to receive between September 2016 and July 2017.

F-18


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 7 — Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with certain officers of the Company. The agreements require severance ranging from six to twelve months as defined in the agreements for termination without cause. One severance agreement also requires an amount equal to one year of the annual bonus payable for the calendar year preceding the termination date as defined in the agreement for termination without cause.

Deferred Compensation

Deferred compensation consists of 47,100 shares of Restricted Series A Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2014, and 45,523 as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016. The restricted shares were valued at $4.23 per share and vest upon a Change in Control as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement.

In March 2016, the Company's Board of Directors approved the grant of 312,000 stock options and 357,500 shares of restricted common stock. These grants are subject to shareholder approval of a 2016 equity incentive plan and the execution of an initial public offering.

Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement plan for its employees in which eligible employees can contribute a percentage of their compensation. The Company may also make discretionary contributions. The Company made contributions of $82 and $137 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $31 and $36 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

NOTE 8 — Stockholders' Equity

In September and October 2012, the Company received gross proceeds of $10,400 for issuance of 2,733,468 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock at $3.80 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock includes a liquidation preference of the original investment plus an accruing dividend at a rate of 6%, compounded annually, whether or not declared. The accruing dividend is payable upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of the Company, upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock to common stock, upon redemption of the Series B Preferred Stock or at such time as the Company pays a dividend on other shares of its capital stock. The accruing dividend may be paid in cash or, at the option of the stockholder, additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock determined by dividing the amount of the accruing dividend by the Series B Preferred Stock purchase price as adjusted. There were $1,494 and $2,199 of undeclared cumulative preferred dividends as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $2,396 as of March 31, 2016. Holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such Series B Preferred Stock could be converted. Purchasers of the Series B Preferred Stock received anti-dilution rights whereby if the Company issues or sells additional shares of preferred or common shares at a purchase

F-19


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 8 — Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

price below $3.80 per share, the Company will issue additional shares to these purchasers of Series B Preferred Stock to effectively reduce their purchase price.

Each share of Series B Preferred Stock can be converted into equal shares of common stock at the option of the Series B Preferred Stock holder at any time. In addition, the Series B Preferred Stock shares are automatically convertible into common shares upon the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price per share of at least $11.42 in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $30,000 of proceeds to the Company, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and after which the common stock is listed on an United States national securities exchange. Each Series B Preferred stockholder is also entitled to receive the number of common shares equal to the Series B Preferred Stock original issue price divided by the initial public offering price per share. In addition, each Series B Preferred stockholder is entitled to receive the number of common shares equal to (1) the accrued dividends on the shares of Series B preferred stock divided by the original issue price of the Series B preferred stock and (2) the accrued dividends on the shares of Series B preferred stock divided by the initial public offering price per share in this offering.

From 2007 through 2009, the Company received gross proceeds of $12,950 for the issuance of 3,061,488 shares of its Series A Preferred Stock at $4.23 per share. The Series A Preferred Stock includes a liquidation preference of the original investment plus an accruing dividend at a rate of 6%, compounded annually, whether or not declared. The accruing dividend is payable upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of the Company or upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock to common stock, upon redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock or at such time as the Company pays a dividend on other shares of its capital stock. The accruing dividend will be paid in cash. There were $6,256 and $7,396 of undeclared cumulative preferred dividends as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and $7,713 as of March 31, 2016. Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such Series A Preferred Stock could be converted. Purchasers of the Series A Preferred Stock received anti-dilution rights whereby if the Company issues or sells additional shares of preferred or common shares at a purchase price below $4.23 per share, the Company will issue additional shares to these purchasers of Series A Preferred Stock to effectively reduce their purchase price. The Series B Preferred Stock was sold at a price less than the Series A Preferred Stock. As a result, the Company will issue 83,972 shares of Common Stock for this anti-dilution provision once a liquidation event or other conversion (including an initial public offering) has been declared.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock can be converted into equal shares of common stock at the option of the Series A Preferred Stock holder at any time. In addition, the Series A Preferred Stock shares are automatically convertible into common shares upon the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a minimum price of $11.42 per share in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $30,000 of proceeds to the Company, net of underwriting discounts and commissions. Each

F-20


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 8 — Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Series A Preferred stockholder is also entitled to receive the number of common shares equal to the Series A Preferred Stock original issue price divided by the initial public offering price per share.

All shares of preferred stock shall be redeemed by the Company in either a lump sum or three equal annual installments any time after the Company receives notice from one of its two largest preferred stockholders after September 14, 2017. Each share of preferred stock shall be repurchased at its purchase price, as adjusted, plus all unpaid accruing dividends. The Company recorded its convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. As the redemption event is outside the control of the Company, all shares of convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity. The Company has elected to recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying amount of the convertible preferred stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period.

At the time of its issuance, the Company determined that the Series B and Series A preferred stock contained two embedded features: (1) optional redemption by the holder and (2) optional conversion by the holder. The Company determined that each of the embedded features met the definition of a derivative and that the Series B and Series A preferred stock should be considered an equity host for the purposes of assessing the embedded derivatives for potential bifurcation. The following was noted regarding these embedded features:

Optional Redemption by the Holder.     The Company determined that the redemption feature was not clearly and closely related to the equity host instrument but does not meet the definition of a derivative. As such, the redemption feature did not require bifurcation under the guidance for derivatives.

Optional Conversion by the Holder.     The optional conversion feature was determined to be clearly and closely related to the Series B and Series A preferred stock host. As such the conversion feature did not require bifurcation under ASC 815.

The Series B and Series A preferred stock was assessed under ASC 470, "Debt," to determine if there was a beneficial conversion feature, or BCF. The Company determined there was no BCF.

The following are the preferred stock per share amounts of undeclared cumulative preferred dividends:

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Series A

  $ 2.03   $ 2.43   $ 2.51  

Series B

  $ 0.54   $ 0.82   $ 0.87  

F-21


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 8 — Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Stock Option Plans

During 2003, the Company adopted the 2003 Plan, pursuant to which stock options to acquire an aggregate of 248,223 shares of the Company's common stock may be granted to employees, directors and consultants. In 2003, in connection with the adoption of the 2003 Stock Option Plan (the "2003 Plan"), the board of directors decided they would no longer grant any options under the 2001 Plan. On March 31, 2005, the Company increased the number of authorized shares to 496,446 shares. In September 2006, the Company increased the number of authorized shares to 638,288 shares. In general, options vest over a four-year period and expire five to ten years from the date of grant.

During 2007, the Company adopted the 2007 Omnibus Stock Option Plan (the "2007 Plan") pursuant to which stock options to acquire an aggregate of 567,367 shares of the Company's common stock may be granted to employees, directors, and consultants. In October 2008, the Company increased the number of authorized shares to 1,010,622. In March 2011, the Company increased the number of authorized shares to 1,719,831. In September 2012, the Company increased the number of authorized shares to 2,304,928. In October 2014, the Company increased the number of authorized shares to 2,429,039. In February 2015, the Company increased the number of authorized shares to 2,553,151. With the adoption of the 2007 Plan, the board of directors decided the Company would no longer grant any options under the 2003 Plan. In general, options granted under the 2007 Plan vest over a four-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. The Company issues new shares upon the exercise of options.

F-22


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 8 — Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Information regarding the Company's stock options is summarized below:

 
  Shares
available for
grant
  Number
outstanding
  Weighted-average
exercise
price
  Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Options outstanding — December 31, 2013

    23,402     2,467,834   $ 0.79        

Shares reserved

    124,112                  

Granted

    (156,558 )   156,558     1.35        

Exercised

        (399,903 )   0.56   $ 161  

Forfeited

    67,191     (67,191 )   0.85        

Options outstanding — December 31, 2014

    58,147     2,157,298     0.87   $ 5,912  

Shares reserved

    124,112                  

Granted

    169,501     169,501     4.23        

Exercised

        (429,666 )   0.65   $ 4,569  

Forfeited

    54,911     (56,685 )   2.26        

Options outstanding — December 31, 2015

    67,669     1,840,448   $ 1.18   $ 18,573  

Granted (unaudited)

                   

Exercised (unaudited)

        (118,383 )   1.07   $ 1,215  

Forfeited (unaudited)

    14,243     (17,934 )   3.16        

Options outstanding — March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    81,912     1,704,131   $ 1.18   $ 17,218  

Options exercisable — March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

          1,361,442   $ 0.99   $ 14,029  

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2014

              $ 0.45        

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2015

              $ 8.15        

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the three month period ended March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

              $        

F-23


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 8 — Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2014:

 
   
  Options outstanding   Options exercisable  
Exercise prices   Number
outstanding
  Weighted-
average remaining
contractual life-years
  Weighted-
average
exercise price
  Number
exercisable
  Weighted-
average
exercise price
 
$0.51     718,560     3.18   $ 0.51     718,560   $ 0.51  
$0.68     376,699     8.07   $ 0.68     191,439   $ 0.68  
$0.73     190,422     5.23   $ 0.73     190,422   $ 0.73  
$0.96     354,604     8.79   $ 0.96     104,976   $ 0.96  
$1.35     150,884     9.32   $ 1.35       $ 1.35  
$1.55     364,356     6.48   $ 1.55     326,984   $ 1.55  
$4.23     1,773     0.07   $ 4.23     1,773   $ 4.23  
$0.51 - $4.23     2,157,298     6.12   $ 0.87     1,534,154   $ 0.82  

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015:

 
   
  Options outstanding   Options exercisable  
Exercise prices   Number
outstanding
  Weighted-
average remaining
contractual life-years
  Weighted-
average
exercise price
  Number
exercisable
  Weighted-
average
exercise price
 
$0.51     436,029     2.54   $ 0.51     436,029   $ 0.51  
$0.68     266,961     6.99   $ 0.68     180,562   $ 0.68  
$0.73     174,465     4.24   $ 0.73     174,465   $ 0.73  
$0.96     352,978     6.95   $ 0.96     194,501   $ 0.96  
$1.35     135,193     8.35   $ 1.35     56,955   $ 1.35  
$1.55     325,534     5.44   $ 1.55     325,534   $ 1.55  
$4.23     149,288     9.16   $ 4.23       $ 4.23  
$0.51 - $4.23     1,840,448     6.05   $ 1.18     1,368,046   $ 0.90  

F-24


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 8 — Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016 (unaudited):

 
   
  Options outstanding   Options exercisable  
Exercise prices   Number
outstanding
  Weighted-
average remaining
contractual life-years
  Weighted-
average
exercise price
  Number
exercisable
  Weighted-
average
exercise price
 
$0.51     414,178     2.27   $ 0.51     414,178   $ 0.51  
$0.68     213,885     6.85   $ 0.68     167,634   $ 0.68  
$0.73     170,033     3.97   $ 0.73     170,033   $ 0.73  
$0.96     351,058     7.54   $ 0.96     214,188   $ 0.96  
$1.35     115,400     8.10   $ 1.35     59,281   $ 1.35  
$1.55     308,868     5.20   $ 1.55     308,868   $ 1.55  
$4.23     130,709     8.90   $ 4.23     27,260   $ 4.23  
$0.51 - $4.23     1,704,131                 1,361,442        

The following summarizes additional information about the Company's stock options:

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2016
 
Number of:
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Non-vested options beginning of the year

    794,786     623,143     472,401  

Non-vested options end of the year

    623,143     472,401     342,689  

Vested options

    322,456     304,995     129,712  

 

 
  As of
December 31,
   
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2016
 
Weighted-average grant date fair value of:
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Non-vested options beginning of the year

  $ 0.59   $ 0.45   $ 2.85  

Non-vested options end of the year

  $ 0.45   $ 2.85   $ 2.74  

Vested options

  $ 0.54   $ 0.54   $ 0.68  

Forfeited options

  $ 0.45   $ 3.30   $ 6.03  

As of March 31, 2016, there was approximately $755 of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options not yet vested, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.5 years.

F-25


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 8 — Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Stock Warrants

The Company has also issued warrants to purchase shares of common stock which are summarized below:

 
  Number
outstanding
  Weighted-average
exercise
price
 

Warrants outstanding — December 31, 2013

    172,817   $ 3.84  

Exercised

         

Expired

         

Warrants outstanding — December 31, 2014

    172,817     4.43  

Exercised

    166,617     3.81  

Expired

    400      

Warrants outstanding — December 31, 2015

    5,800   $ 4.23  

Exercised (unaudited)

         

Expired (unaudited)

         

Warrants outstanding — March 31, 2016 (unaudited)

    5,800   $ 4.23  

Information regarding the warrants outstanding is as follows:

 
  As of December 31, 2015   As of March 31, 2016 (unaudited)  
Range of
exercise prices
  Warrants   Weighted-average remaining
contractual
life-years
  Warrants   Weighted-average remaining
contractual
life-years
 
$4.23     5,800     1.56     5,800     1.32  

NOTE 9 — Income Taxes

The provision for income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Current income taxes

  $ 167   $ 1,012   $   $  

Deferred income taxes

    1,558     852     (592 )   (801 )

Total provision for income taxes

  $ 1,725   $ 1,864   $ (592 ) $ (801 )

F-26


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 9 — Income Taxes (Continued)

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the reporting of amounts for financial statement purposes and income tax purposes. These differences relate primarily to different methods used for income tax purposes including depreciation and amortization, vacation accruals, deductions related to allowances for doubtful accounts, and net operating loss carryforwards.

The components of the Company's deferred tax assets are as follows:

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
March 31,
2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Deferred tax assets:

                   

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 874   $   $ 966  

Accounts receivable and inventory reserves

    977     1,253     1,008  

Intangible assets

    886     810     736  

Depreciation

    (219 )   (243 )   (243 )

Accrued liabilities

    462     309     410  

Other

    40     39     92  

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 3,020   $ 2,168   $ 2,969  

Net deferred tax assets — current

  $ 2,015   $ 1,766   $ 2,641  

Net deferred tax assets — long term

    1,005     402     328  

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 3,020   $ 2,168   $ 2,969  

A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) to the statutory federal tax rate of 34% is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Tax benefit at statutory rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %   (34.0 )%   (34.0 )%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    3.0     3.6     (3.1 )   (3.0 )

Permanent differences

    3.9     8.4     (2.6 )   (6.2 )

State tax rate adjustment

        9.2          

Other and uncertain tax positions

    4.5     2.0     (0.5 )   (1.8 )

Net effective rate

    45.4 %   57.2 %   (40.2 )%   (45.0 )%

The Company adjusted its deferred tax assets by $297 for the year ended December 31, 2015 related to a reduction in the state income tax rate used to calculate its deferred tax assets.

F-27


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 9 — Income Taxes (Continued)

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2011. The Company is not currently under examination by any taxing jurisdiction. In the event of any future tax assessments, the Company has elected to record the income taxes and any related interest and penalties as income tax expense on the Company's statement of operations.

NOTE 10 — Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,070   $ 1,393   $ (880 ) $ (980 )

Preferred stock dividends

    (1,761 )   (1,845 )   (460 )   (514 )

Allocation of undistributed earnings to preferred stockholders

    (216 )            

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 93   $ (452 ) $ (1,340 ) $ (1,494 )

Weighted average shares outstanding

   
2,491,108
   
2,929,438
   
2,640,807
   
3,293,326
 

Effect of common stock options

    1,306,580              

Weighted average shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share

    3,797,688     2,929,438     2,640,807     3,293,326  

Net income (loss) per share — Basic

 
$

0.04
 
$

(0.15

)

$

(0.51

)

$

(0.45

)

Net income (loss) per share — Diluted

  $ 0.02   $ (0.15 )   (0.51 )   (0.45 )

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding were excluded from the computation of weighted shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the three

F-28


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 10 — Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (Continued)

months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, because such securities have an antidilutive impact due to losses reported:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Convertible preferred stock outstanding

    5,794,957     5,794,957     5,794,957     5,794,957  

Common stock options

    2,791     1,840,447     2,264,094     1,704,131  

Common stock warrants

    172,817     5,800     172,817     5,800  

    5,970,565     7,641,204     8,231,868     7,504,888  

NOTE 11 — Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders during the year ended December 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2016 after giving effect to (a) the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,924,452 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; (b) the issuance of 1,569,549 additional shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of the offering that the Company's Series A and Series B preferred stockholders are entitled to receive in connection with its initial public offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; (c) the additional 539,338 shares of common stock that would have been required to be issued to generate sufficient proceeds to fund the cash payment of Series A convertible preferred stock dividends; (d) the issuance of 844,782 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering to pay accrued dividends on Series B preferred stock (assuming a closing date of June 27, 2016 and assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and (e) the effectiveness of the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation and adoption of the Company's amended and restated bylaws. Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the items set forth above as if such events had occurred at the beginning of the period presented.

F-29


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 11 — Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (Continued)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2015
  Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2016
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,393   $ (980 )

Denominator

             

Weighted average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stock, basic

    2,929,438     3,293,326  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock

    5,924,452     5,942,452  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the issuance of additional shares of common stock to the Series A and Series B preferred stockholders

    1,569,549     1,569,549  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the additional shares of common stock that would have been issued to generate sufficient proceeds to fund the cash payment of the Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

    539,338     539,338  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the issuance of additional shares of common stock for the payment of cumulative but unpaid dividends to the Series B preferred stockholders

    844,782     844,782  

Pro forma weighted average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders, basic

    11,807,560     12,171,448  

Effect of common stock options and warrants

   
1,699,830
   
 

Pro forma weighted average shares used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders, diluted

    13,507,390     12,171,448  

Pro forma net income per common share attributable to common stockholders:

   
 
   
 
 

Basic

  $ 0.12   $ (0.08 )

Diluted

  $ 0.10   $ (0.08 )

F-30


Table of Contents


TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Information as of March 31, 2016 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2015 and 2016 is unaudited)

(in thousands, except percentages and share data)

NOTE 12 — Subsequent Events

For the audited consolidated financial statements, management has reviewed and evaluated material subsequent events from the consolidated balance sheet date of December 31, 2015, through the consolidated financial statements' issue date of March 25, 2016. No subsequent events have been identified for disclosure except as disclosed.

Interim (unaudited)

In preparing the accompanying March 31, 2016 unaudited consolidated financial statements, the Company evaluated material subsequent events requiring recognition as of May 5, 2016. The Company evaluated disclosures and has appropriately included the effect of these events in the March 31, 2016 unaudited Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 8, 2016.

NOTE 13 — Subsequent Events

In connection with the IPO, the Company's board of directors approved a reverse stock split of the Company's common stock on a 1-for-2.820044 basis. The reverse stock split was approved and became effective on June 8, 2016. The par value of the common stock was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. Accordingly, all shares and per share amounts for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted retroactively, where applicable, to reflect the reverse stock split.

F-31


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

4,000,000 Shares

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Common Stock

LOGO


PROSPECTUS


Piper Jaffray

William Blair

Canaccord Genuity

BTIG

   

                           , 2016


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and stock exchange listing fee.

 
  Amount  

SEC registration fee

  $ 8,685.38  

FINRA fee

    13,437.50  

Stock exchange initial listing fee

    125,000.00  

Blue sky fees and expenses

    10,000.00  

Legal fees and expenses

    1,100,000.00  

Accounting fees and expenses

    850,000.00  

Printing and engraving expenses

    250,000.00  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    30,000.00  

Miscellaneous

    112,877.12  

Total expenses

  $ 2,500,000.00  

*
To be filed by amendment

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, provide that we will indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers (and may choose to indemnify and advance expenses to other employees and other agents) to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided, however, that if we enter into an indemnification agreement with such directors or officers, such agreement controls.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:

      breach of a director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

      act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

II-1


Table of Contents

      unlawful payment of dividends, stock repurchases or redemption of shares; or

      transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, provides that our directors are not personally liable for breaches of fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation. Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether the Delaware General Corporation Law permits indemnification. We intend to obtain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy prior to the completion of this offering.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that require us to indemnify such persons against various actions including, but not limited to, third-party actions where such director or officer, by reason of his or her corporate status, is a party or is threatened to be made a party to an action, or by reason of anything done or not done by such director or officer in any such capacity. We intend to indemnify directors and officers against all costs, judgments, penalties, fines, liabilities, amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf such directors and officers, and for any expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such directors and officers in connection with such action, if such directors or officers acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. We also intend to advance to our directors and officers expenses (including attorney's fees) incurred by such directors or officers in advance of the final disposition of any action after the receipt by us of a statement or statements from directors or officers requesting such payment or payments from time to time, provided that such statement or statements are accompanied by an undertaking, by or on behalf of such directors or officers, to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that they are not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses by us.

The indemnification agreements will also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses, including, among others, provisions about providing notice to us of any action in connection with which a director or officer seeks indemnification or advancement of expenses from us, and provisions concerning the determination of entitlement to indemnification or advancement of expenses.

Prior to the completion of this offering we plan to enter into an underwriting agreement, which will provide that the underwriters are obligated, under some circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against specified liabilities.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we issued the securities indicated below that were not registered under the Securities Act. All of the following securities are deemed

II-2


Table of Contents

restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Issuance of Preferred Stock

In September and October 2012, we sold 2,733,468 shares of our Series B preferred stock at the price of $3.80 per share, for aggregate consideration of $10.4 million. No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. We believe the offers, sales and issuances of these securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. The purchasers of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All purchasers had general access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Issuance of Common Stock

From January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015, we issued 166,617 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of previously issued warrants at an exercise price of $3.81 per share for aggregate consideration of $635,423. We believe the offers, sales and issuance of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) because the transactions were pursuant to outstanding warrants. The purchasers of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All purchasers had general access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

From January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015, we also issued 429,666 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of previously issued options at an exercise price of $0.65 per share for aggregate consideration of $277,869. We believe the offers, sales and issuance of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The purchasers of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All purchasers had general access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Stock Option Grants

From January 1, 2012 through June 8, 2016, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,151,223 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.38 per share, to certain of our employees, directors and consultants in connection with services provided to us by these individuals. We believe the offers, sales and issuance of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule or

II-3


Table of Contents

pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

See the Exhibit Index following the signature page.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)
For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4)
In a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if

II-4


Table of Contents

      the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

      (i)
      Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

      (ii)
      Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

      (iii)
      The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

      (iv)
      Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Minneapolis, Minnesota, on this 9th day of June, 2016.

    TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ROBERT J. FOLKES  
       
Robert J. Folkes
Chief Operating Officer


POWERS OF ATTORNEY

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Gerald R. Mattys
  Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Director   June 9, 2016

*

Lynn L. Blake

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

June 9, 2016

*

Peter H. Soderberg

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

June 9, 2016

*

William W. Burke

 

Director

 

June 9, 2016

*

Jordan S. Davis

 

Director

 

June 9, 2016

*

Richard Nigon

 

Director

 

June 9, 2016

*

Kevin H. Roche

 

Director

 

June 9, 2016

*

Stephen I. Shapiro

 

Director

 

June 9, 2016

*

Zubeen Shroff

 

Director

 

June 9, 2016

*By:

 

/s/ ROBERT J. FOLKES

Robert J. Folkes
Agent and Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

 
  Exhibit No.   Description
    1.1†   Form of Underwriting Agreement
    2.1†   Asset Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2012, by and between Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., Swelling Solutions, Inc., ConvaTec Inc. and ConvaTec Technologies, Inc.^
    3.1   Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective upon completion of the offering)
    3.2†   Bylaws (to be effective upon completion of the offering)
    3.3   Certificate of Incorporation (currently in effect)
    3.4†   Bylaws (currently in effect)
    4.1†   Specimen Certificate representing shares of common stock
    4.2   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated September 14, 2012
    5.1   Opinion of Faegre Baker Daniels LLP
    10.1#†   2003 Stock Option Plan
    10.2#†   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Option Plan
    10.3#†   Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Employee) under 2003 Stock Option Plan
    10.4#†   Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Director) under 2003 Stock Option Plan
    10.5#†   2007 Omnibus Stock Plan
    10.6#†   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan
    10.7#†   Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Employee) under 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan
    10.8#†   Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Directors) under 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan
    10.9#†   Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Consultants) under 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan
    10.10#†   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
    10.11#   2016 Equity Incentive Plan
    10.12#   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
    10.13#   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
    10.14#   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
    10.15#   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan
    10.16#   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (Director RSUs)
    10.17#   Employee Stock Purchase Plan
    10.18#   Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
    10.19#†   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
    10.20#   Form of Employment Agreement between Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. and its named executive officers
    10.21   Promissory Note, dated as of May 11, 2014, as amended May 11, 2015, by and between Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. and Venture Bank
    10.22#   Employment Agreement between Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. and Gerald Mattys
    10.23#   Employment Agreement between Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. and Lynn Blake
    10.24#   Employment Agreement between Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. and Bryan Rishe
    21.1†   Subsidiaries
    23.1   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP
    23.2   Consent of Faegre Baker Daniels LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
    24.1†   Power of Attorney (included in signature page)
    24.2†   Power of Attorney for Lynn L. Blake

^
Schedules to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule will be furnished supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

#
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Previously filed.

II-7




Exhibit 3.1

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

 

A.                                     That the name of the corporation is Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.  The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 21, 2006 under the name Tactile Systems Technology Merger Sub A, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation has been subsequently amended, and amended and restated at various times, most recently on June 8, 2016, 2016.

 

B.                                     This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL” ) and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

C.                                     The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

 

ARTICLE 2

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, located in New Castle County.  The name of the Corporation’s registered agent for service of process at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE 3

PURPOSE

 

3.1                                Purposes .  The Corporation will have general business purposes in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.2                                Powers .  The Corporation will have and may exercise all the powers granted or available under the laws of the State of Delaware and laws amendatory thereof and supplementary thereto, including all powers necessary or convenient to effect any or all of the business purposes for which the Corporation is incorporated.

 



 

ARTICLE 4

STOCK

 

4.1.                             Authorized Capital Stock .  The Corporation shall be authorized to issue 350,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 300,000,000 shares shall be shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 50,000,000 shares shall be shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

 

4.2                                Common Stock .  Except as otherwise provided by law or by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. All shares of Common Stock will be voting shares and will be entitled to one vote per share.  There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

4.3                                Preferred Stock Rights .  Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The board of directors of the Corporation is hereby authorized by resolution or resolutions to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences and the relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any unissued series of Preferred Stock, to fix the number of shares constituting such series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).

 

ARTICLE 5

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

5.1                                Number of Directors; Vacancies and Removal .

 

(a)                                  Number .  Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by the board of directors.

 

(b)                                  Removal .  Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors and to remove any director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any director (including persons elected by directors to fill vacancies in the board of directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors.  At least 45 days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

 

5.2                                No Written Ballot .  Unless and except to the extent that the by-laws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

ARTICLE 6

BY-LAWS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal the by-laws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws; provided, however, that, with respect to the power of holders of the capital stock to adopt, amend and repeal by-laws of the

 

2



 

Corporation, notwithstanding any other provision of the by-laws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation required by law, the by-laws or any Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66.67% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 7

AMENDING THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law. All rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

 

ARTICLE 8

DIRECTOR LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 

8.1                                Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors .  The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by law.  If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

8.2                                Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Right to Indemnification .  Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and excise taxes or penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that, except as provided in

 

3



 

paragraph (b) below, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of the board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

 

(b)                                  Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under paragraph (a) above is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(c)                                   Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended from time to time), by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

8.3                                Insurance .  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DCGL.

 

8.4                                Amendment or Repeal .  No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article, adoption of any provision in this Certificate of Incorporation, or change in the law or interpretation of the law

 

4



 

shall adversely affect any right or protection of any person under this Article 8 with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to the time of such amendment, modification, repeal, adoption or change.

 

ARTICLE 9

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

 

9.1                                No Consent in Lieu of a Meeting . The stockholders of the Corporation may not act by written consent in lieu of meeting.

 

9.2                                No Right to Call a Special Meeting .  Except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  Special meetings of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons.

 

ARTICLE 10

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

10.1                         Exclusive Forum .  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, any or all internal corporate claims, which shall include claims, including claims in the right of the Corporation, (i) that are based upon a violation of a duty by a current or former director or officer or stockholder in such capacity, or (ii) as to which Title 8 of the DGCL confers jurisdiction upon the Delaware Court of Chancery, shall be brought solely and exclusively in a state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located in the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware).

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. has caused this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation on this ____ day of ______, 2016.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Gerald R. Mattys, Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on July 21, 2006 under the name Tactile Systems Technology Merger Sub A, Inc.

 

2.                                       That on September 14, 2012, this corporation filed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

3.                                       That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing further to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation in the form of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, declaring said Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is as follows:

 

RESOLVED , that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be further amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST : The name of this corporation is Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND :  The name of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware are:

 

c/o Corporation Service Company
2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400
Wilmington, Delaware 19808
County of New Castle

 

THIRD :  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH :  For purposes hereof, the term “ Reverse Split Ratio ” means one (1) divided by 2.820044. Immediately upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (i) the number of shares of Common Stock held by each holder of Common Stock will be combined and converted into such number of shares multiplied by the Reverse Split Ratio, (ii) the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series A Preferred Stock will be combined and converted into such number of shares multiplied by the Reverse Split Ratio, and (iii) the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by each holder of Series B Preferred Stock will be combined and converted into such number of shares multiplied by the Reverse Split Ratio (the occurrence of all combinations and conversions set forth in (i)-(iii), the “ Reverse Split ”). No fractional shares shall be issued upon the Reverse Split. In lieu of the issuance of fractional shares and in accordance with Section 155 of the General Corporation Law, the corporation shall pay in cash the fair value of such fraction of a share as of

 



 

the consummation of the Reverse Split as determined by the corporation’s Board of Directors. Each outstanding stock certificate of the corporation, which represented one or more shares of the corporation’s Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, or Series B Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall immediately after the Reverse Split represent that number of shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, resulting from the Reverse Split (such adjusted shares, the “ Reverse Split Shares ”).

 

The corporation shall, upon the request of a record holder of a certificate representing shares of the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, or Series B Preferred Stock of the corporation issued and outstanding immediately before the date hereof, issue and deliver to such holder in exchange for such certificate a new certificate or certificates representing the Reverse Split Shares.

 

All further references to share and per share amounts set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation which would be affected by the Reverse Split have been appropriately adjusted to reflect the Reverse Split.

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 14,184,175 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 8,431,219 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.                                     COMMON STOCK

 

1.                                       General .  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Voting .  The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.  There shall be no cumulative voting.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

3,112,152 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and 5,319,066 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”.  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges, restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article  Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth .

 

2



 

1.                                       Dividends .

 

1.1                                Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock .  From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate of 6% of the Series A Original Issue Price per share per annum shall accrue on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Accruing Dividends ”).  Series A Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall compound on each anniversary of the date on which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock was issued and shall be payable (a) subject to Subsection 1.3.1 , when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) out of funds legally available therefor, (b) whether or not declared, upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including any Deemed Liquidation Event), (c) whether or not declared, upon conversion of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock or (d) whether or not declared, upon redemption of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock by the Corporation.  If any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are transferred, all accrued but unpaid Series A Accruing Dividends on such shares at the time of such transfer shall be transferred with such shares and the transferee shall be entitled to receive all such accrued but unpaid Series A Accruing Dividends, together with all Series A Accruing Dividends that accrue on and after the time of such transfer, upon any payment event set forth herein occurring after such transfer as if such transferee had held such shares from the Corporation’s original issuance of such shares.  The amount of all such accrued but unpaid Series A Accruing Dividends shall be payable in cash.  The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $4.2301 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

1.2                                Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock .  From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate of 6% of the Series B Original Issue Price per share per annum shall accrue on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Accruing Dividends ”).  Series B Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall compound on each anniversary of the Series B Original Issue Date and shall be payable (a) subject to Subsection 1.3.1 , when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor, (b) whether or not declared, upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including any Deemed Liquidation Event), (c) whether or not declared, upon conversion of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock or (d) whether or not declared, upon redemption of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock by the Corporation.  If any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are transferred, all accrued but unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends on such shares at the time of such transfer shall be transferred with such shares and the transferee shall be entitled to receive all such accrued but unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends, together with all Series B Accruing Dividends that accrue on and after the time of such transfer, upon any payment event set forth herein occurring after such transfer as if such transferee had held such shares from the Corporation’s original issuance of such shares.  Notwithstanding any other provision set forth herein, the amount of the accrued but unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends in respect of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be payable in cash or, at the option of the holder of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock (such number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be determined by dividing the amount of such accrued but unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends in respect of such shares by the Series B Original Issue Price).  The Corporation shall provide the holders of Series B Preferred Stock with at least 15 days prior written notice of any proposed authorization, declaration, set aside or payment of Series B Accruing Dividends and such holders shall have the right, within such 15 day period, to elect whether to receive such Series B Accruing Dividends in the form of cash or in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock as set forth herein; provided that such 15 day prior written notice shall not be required in connection with any voluntary conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock made by the holder thereof in accordance with Subsection 4 (in such case, the holder of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall make such election contemporaneously with, or within a reasonable time after, such holder’s election to convert such shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Subsection 4 hereof) but such 15 day prior written notice shall be required in connection with any mandatory conversion of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 5 ; and provided further that if no such election

 

3



 

is made by any such holder then all Series B Accruing Dividends payable in respect of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder at such time shall be made in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock as set forth herein.  At the time of any such payment on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock, if the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be sufficient to effect such payment in additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $3.8048 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock; provided that no adjustment to the Series B Original Issue Price shall be made as a result of the payment of the Series B Accruing Dividends in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

1.3                                Dividend Payments .

 

1.3.1                      Other than in connection with (a) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including any Deemed Liquidation Event), (b) conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock or (c) redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock by the Corporation, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividend or other distribution on any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of such series of Preferred Stock payable in shares of the same such series of Preferred Stock) unless and until: (i) all consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation have been obtained by the Corporation, (ii) prior to or contemporaneously with the declaration, payment or set aside of such dividend or distribution, all Series A Accruing Dividends on all then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been paid in full to the holders thereof and all Series B Accruing Dividends on all then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been paid in full to the holders thereof and (iii) except in the case of the declaration, payment or set aside of the Series A Accruing Dividends in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock or the declaration, payment or set aside of the Series B Accruing Dividends in respect of the Series B Preferred Stock, contemporaneously with the declaration, payment or set aside of such dividend or distribution, the Corporation also declares, pays or sets aside, as the case may be, a ratable dividend or distribution on each share of the other series of Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, in an amount equal to the product of (A) the amount of the dividend or distribution payable on all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock divided by the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of one share of such other series of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend.

 

1.3.2                      The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless and until: (a) all consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation have been obtained by the Corporation, (b) prior to or contemporaneously with the declaration, payment or set aside of such dividend or distribution, all Series A Accruing Dividends on all then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been paid in full to the holders thereof and all Series B Accruing Dividends on all then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have been paid in full to the holders thereof and (c) contemporaneously with the declaration, payment or set aside of such dividend or distribution, the Corporation also declares, pays or sets aside, as the case may be, a ratable dividend or distribution on each share of Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, in an amount equal to the product of (i) the amount of the dividend or distribution payable on one share of Common Stock and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend.

 

4



 

2.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1                                Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (a) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Original Issue Price plus all Series A Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon and (b) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price plus all Series B Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared (to be paid, at the election of the holder thereof, either in cash or in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 1 ), together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1 , the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.2                                Distribution of Remaining Assets .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock under Subsection 2.1 , the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.  The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount .”  The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount .”

 

2.3                                Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

2.3.1                      Definition .  Each of the following events shall constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as separate classes (collectively, the “ Required Holders ”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation:  (a) any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other entity but excluding any sale of capital stock by the Corporation for capital raising purposes) (i) in which the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock immediately before the first such transaction do not, immediately after any other such transaction, retain stock or other equity interests representing at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity of such transaction or (ii) in which at least 50% of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) is transferred; or (b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except

 

5



 

where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.3.2                      Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

 

(a)                                  Unless the Required Holders elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation, the Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event and no stockholder shall enter into any transaction that constitutes a Deemed Liquidation Event unless the consideration payable to the stockholders and/or the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 .

 

(b)                                  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(b) , if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock and (ii) if the Required Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to (x) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Liquidation Amount and (y) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Liquidation Amount.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.  The provisions of Subsections 6.2 through 6.4 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.3.2(b) .  Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.3.3                      Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed .  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.  Subject to Subsection 2.3.4 , the value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

2.3.4                      Contingent Consideration .  Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Section 2, in the event that any consideration payable to the Corporation and/or its stockholders in connection with any Deemed Liquidation Event is contingent upon the occurrence of any event or the passage of time (including, without limitation, any deferred purchase price payments, installment payments, payments made in respect of any promissory note issued in such transaction, payments from escrow, purchase price adjustment payments or payments in respect of “earnouts” or holdbacks) (the “ Contingent Consideration ”), such Contingent Consideration shall not be deemed received by the

 

6



 

Corporation or its stockholders or available for distribution to such stockholders unless and until such Contingent Consideration is indefeasibly received by the Corporation or its stockholders in accordance with the terms of such Deemed Liquidation Event. The definitive agreement with respect to such Deemed Liquidation Event shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Contingent Consideration (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (B) any Contingent Consideration which becomes payable to the Corporation or the stockholders of the Corporation upon the release from escrow or the satisfaction of the applicable contingencies shall be allocated among the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

 

3.                                       Voting .

 

3.1                                General .  In addition to any class or series voting rights provided to the holders of Preferred Stock under the Certificate of Incorporation, applicable law or otherwise, on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted to Common Stock basis (after aggregating all fractional shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole share (with one-half being rounded upward).  Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2                                Election of Directors .  The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Directors ”), the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Corporation (the “ Series B Directors ”) and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three directors of the Corporation.  Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.  If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.  Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2 , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the

 

7



 

holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .

 

3.3                                Preferred Stock Protective Provisions of the Required Holders .  At any time when any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent of the Required Holders:

 

(a)                                  liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)                                  amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation other than to the extent necessary to create the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of capital stock permitted to be authorized pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(i) without the written consent of the Required Holders;

 

(c)                                   (i) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to, or pari passu with, the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, (ii) increase the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof except with respect to an issuance of capital stock permitted to be authorized pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(i) without the written consent of the Required Holders or (iii) increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to, or pari passu with, the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, in each such case, other than other than issuances of (or in connection with issuances of): (A) shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of or around the Series B Original Issue Date, between the Corporation and the other parties thereto (the “ Series B Purchase Agreement ”) and (B) shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued in respect of the Series B Accruing Dividends in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(d)                                  (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock or the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

 

(e)                                   purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or distributions on any shares of Preferred Stock in connection with (A) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including any Deemed Liquidation Event), (B) conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock or (C) redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock by the Corporation, (iii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iv) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair

 

8



 

market value thereof or (v) as approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors that are not interested in such purchase, redemption, dividend or distribution, including the approval of at least one Series A Director and at least one Series B Director;

 

(f)                                    create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of, any indebtedness or any debt security if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $5,000,000, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security;

 

(g)                                   (i) create, or hold capital stock or other equity interests in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, (ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock or other equity securities of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, (iii) permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to (A) sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary, (B) merge or consolidate with or into any other entity other than in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event, (C) effect a reorganization, recapitalization or division or (D) liquidate, dissolve or wind up;

 

(h)                                  guaranty, or permit any subsidiary to guaranty, the debt of any other person or entity; or

 

(i)                                      increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

 

3.4                                Protective Provisions of the Majority Preferred Holders .  At any time when any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, recapitalization or reorganization, or consent to any of the foregoing without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class.

 

4.                                       Optional Conversion .  The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                                Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1                      Conversion Ratio . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price (as defined below) of the Series A Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion.  Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion.  The term “Conversion Price” means (a) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, initially $4.11874995, and (b) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, initially the Series B Original Issue Price.  Such initial Conversion Prices, and the rate at which shares of each series of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.  For an initial underwritten public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock, in addition to the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, there shall be issued immediately prior to the public offering to the holders of the Preferred Stock, (i) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock held, the number of shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the price per share of Common Stock in such public offering and (ii) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held,

 

9



 

the number of shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the price per share of Common Stock in such public offering.

 

4.1.2                      Termination of Conversion Rights .  In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full.

 

4.2                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.3                                Mechanics of Conversion .

 

4.3.1                      Notice of Conversion .  In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and, if such holder is converting shares of Series B Preferred Stock, whether such holder elects to receive the amount of the accrued but unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends in respect of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock in the form of cash or in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 1 .  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate and the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, if any, issuable as a dividend in accordance with Subsection 1 in respect of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends (in the form of cash or in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 1 ) and Series A Accruing Dividends (in the form of cash), whether or not declared, in accordance with Subsection 1 , together with any other dividends declared but unpaid on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

10



 

4.3.2                      Reservation of Shares .  The Corporation shall, at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  The Corporation shall, at all times when the Series B Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the payment of all unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 1 , such number of its duly authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the payment of such Series B Accruing Dividends in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 1 ; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the payment of all unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 1 , the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Series B Preferred Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing any Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

4.3.3                      Effect of Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of all Series B Accruing Dividends (in the form of cash or in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 1 ) and all Series A Accruing Dividends (in the form of cash), whether or not declared, together with all other dividends declared but unpaid on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.  Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock and the applicable series thereof accordingly.

 

4.3.4                      Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 .  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

11


 

4.4                                Adjustments to Conversion Prices for Diluting Issues .

 

4.4.1                      Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Article Fourth , the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(b)                                  Series B Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

 

(c)                                   Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series B Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)                                      shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 ;

 

(ii)                                   shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors including the approval of at least one Series A Director and at least one Series B Director or in effect at the time this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Delaware Secretary of State;

 

(iii)                                shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

(iv)                               shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial lending institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a bona fide debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(v)                                  shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to third party service providers in connection with the provision of services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(vi)                               shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or

 

12



 

to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(vii)                            shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar license agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(viii)                         shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued or issuable in respect of the Series B Accruing Dividends in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(ix)                               shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; or

 

(x)                                  shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities determined by the Required Holders to be “Excluded Stock.”

 

4.4.2                      No Adjustment of Conversion Prices .  No adjustment in any Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Required Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

4.4.3                      Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                                  If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to any Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, such Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b)  shall have the effect of increasing a Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) such

 

13



 

Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                   If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5 ) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than such Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series B Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series B Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) ) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)                                  Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)                                   If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to a Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3 ) .  If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to a Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to such Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4                      Adjustment of Conversion Prices Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series B Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1 *  (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

14



 

(a)                                  “CP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

 

(b)                                  “CP 1 ” shall mean the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(c)                                   “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock, including in the definition of ‘outstanding’ all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock);

 

(d)                                  “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(e)                                   “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5                      Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i)                                      insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii)                                   insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

(iii)                                in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

(i)                                      the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the

 

15



 

exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii)                                   the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.5                                Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Prices for each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices for each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment is to be made under this Section 4.5 by reason of the Reverse Split.

 

4.6                                Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Prices in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying each Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(1)                                  the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)                                  the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, each Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; (b) no such adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock if the holders of Series A Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock had been converted into Common

 

16



 

Stock on the date of such event; and (c) no such adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price of the Series B Preferred Stock if the holders of Series B Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7                                Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series B Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.8                                Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc .  Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of the applicable series of such Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Prices) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

4.9                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which each series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

4.10                         Definition of “Common Stock” .  As used in this Subsection 4 , the term “Common Stock” shall mean and include the Corporation’s authorized Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, as constituted on the Series B Original Issue Date and shall also include any security of the Corporation thereafter authorized which shall not be limited to a fixed sum or percentage in respect of the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; provided that the shares of Common Stock receivable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock shall include only shares

 

17



 

designated as Common Stock of the Corporation on the date of filing of this instrument, or in case of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), the stock, securities or assets provided for in Subsection 4.8 .

 

4.11                         Notice of Record Date .  In the event:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)                                  of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                                   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, unless the Required Holders elect otherwise, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.  Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

5.                                       Mandatory Conversion .

 

5.1                                Trigger Events .  Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $11.42 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $30,000,000 of aggregate proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation and after which the Common Stock is listed on a United States national securities exchange or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by the written consent of the Required Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.2                                Procedural Requirements .  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 .  Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate

 

18



 

affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice.  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2 .  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of all unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends (in the form of cash or in the form of additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with Subsection 1 ) and Series A Accruing Dividends (in the form of cash), whether or not declared, in accordance with Subsection 1 , together with any other dividends declared but unpaid on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.  Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

6.                                       Redemption .

 

6.1                                Redemption .  All shares of Preferred Stock held by Redeeming Holders (as defined below) shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price equal to (a) with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A Original Issue Price per share, plus all unpaid Series A Accruing Dividends thereon and (b) with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price per share, plus all unpaid Series B Accruing Dividends thereon in accordance with Subsection 1 (the “ Redemption Price ”), all of which may be paid, at the election of the Corporation, (i) as a lump sum or (ii) in three equal annual installments commencing not less than 30 days, and not more than 60 days, after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after September 14, 2017 from Galen Partners V, L.P. (“ Galen ”) or Radius Venture Partners III, L.P. (“ Radius ”) (so long as Galen or Radius, respectively, holds at least 35,460 shares of Common Stock calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations) of written notice requesting redemption of all of the shares of Preferred Stock then held by the Redeeming Holders. The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “ Redemption Date ”.  The Corporation shall send written notice of such redemption request to all holders of Preferred Stock within 10 days after it receives such redemption request and each such holder shall have 15 days after it receives such written notice from the Corporation to elect to have the Corporation redeem all, but not less than all, of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock (each such holder electing to have all of its shares of Preferred Stock redeemed by the Corporation hereunder shall be referred to herein as a “ Redeeming Holder ”).  In the event that Galen or Radius requests a redemption but the other entity holds at least 35,460 shares of Common Stock calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis ( subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations) and does not elect to be a Redeeming Holder in such redemption, such other entity shall continue to have the right to request that the Corporation redeem all of the shares of Preferred Stock held by such other entity at a later date in accordance with this Section 6 .  On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem from each Redeeming Holder such number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock held by such Redeeming Holder determined by dividing (i) the

 

19



 

total number of shares of each such series of Preferred Stock held by such Redeeming Holder immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies).  If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of such shares of Preferred Stock held by each Redeeming Holder (ratably between the series of Preferred Stock held by such Redeeming Holder based on the respective redemption amounts of such series of Preferred Stock held by such Redeeming Holder if such Redeeming Holder holds more than one series of Preferred Stock) out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor, provided that the redemption of any Preferred Stock shall be prior to and in preference to any junior ranking securities.

 

6.2                                Redemption Notice .  The Corporation shall send written notice of the redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to all Redeeming Holders not less than 30 days prior to each Redemption Date.  Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

(a)                                  the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by each Redeeming Holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

(b)                                  the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price;

 

(c)                                   the date upon which such Redeeming Holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 6.4 ); and

 

(d)                                  that such Redeeming Holder will surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

6.3                                Surrender of Certificates; Payment .  On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each Redeeming Holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed by the Corporation on such Redemption Date (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.  In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to the holder thereof.

 

6.4                                Rights Subsequent to Redemption .  If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed from the Redeeming Holders on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed from the Redeeming Holders shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the Redeeming Holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Redeeming Holders shall retain full rights as holders of Preferred Stock until the Redemption Price for such shares have been paid in full.

 

20



 

7.                                       Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares .  Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

8.                                       Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article  Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

9.                                       Waiver .  Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the written consent or vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.  Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock (as a single class) set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

FIFTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH :  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

SEVENTH :  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH : To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article  Eighth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article  Eighth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

NINTH : The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

 

1.                                       Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers .  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “ Indemnified Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director,

 

21



 

officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article  Ninth , the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                       Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers .  The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article  Ninth or otherwise.

 

3.                                       Claims by Directors and Officers .  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article  Ninth is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

4.                                       Indemnification of Employees and Agents .   The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding.  The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

5.                                       Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents .  The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

6.                                       Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The rights conferred on any person by this Article  Ninth shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

7.                                       Other Indemnification .  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

 

22



 

8.                                       Insurance .  The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance:  (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article  Ninth ; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article  Ninth .

 

9.                                       Amendment or Repeal .  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article  Ninth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.  The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

TENTH :  Pursuant to Section 122(17) of the General Corporation Law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any and all business opportunities that are presented to the holders of Preferred Stock or their affiliates other than holders who are employees of the Corporation (including, without limitation, any representative or affiliate of such holders of Preferred Stock serving on the Board of Directors or the board of directors or other governing body of any subsidiary of the Corporation (each a “ Board ”)) (collectively, the “ Investor Parties ”).  Without limiting the foregoing renunciation, the Corporation on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries (a) acknowledges that the Investor Parties are in the business of making investments in, and have or may have investments in, other businesses similar to and that may compete with the businesses of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (“ Competing Businesses ”) and (b) agrees that the Investor Parties shall have the unfettered right to make investments in or have relationships with other Competing Businesses independent of their investments in the Corporation.  By virtue of an Investor Party holding capital stock of the Corporation or by having persons designated by or affiliated with such Investor Party serving on or observing at meetings of any Board of Directors or otherwise, no Investor Party shall have any obligation to the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any other holder of capital stock or securities of the Corporation to refrain from competing with the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries, making investments in or having relationships with Competing Businesses, or otherwise engaging in any commercial activity and none of the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any other holder of capital stock or securities of the Corporation shall have any right with respect to any investment or activities undertaken by such Investor Party.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Investor Party may engage in or possess any interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, and none of the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any other holder of capital stock or securities of the Corporation shall have any rights or expectancy by virtue of such Investor Parties’ relationships with the Corporation, or otherwise in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom; and the pursuit of any such ventures, even if such investment is in a Competing Business, shall not for any purpose be deemed wrongful or improper.  No Investor Party shall be obligated to present any particular investment opportunity to the Corporation or its subsidiaries even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Corporation or such subsidiary, could be taken by the Corporation or such subsidiary, and each Investor Party shall continue to have the right for its own respective account or to recommend to others any such particular investment opportunity.

 

ELEVENTH :  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

*     *     *

 

23



 

4.                                       That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

5.                                       That this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 8 th  day of June, 2016.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Folkes

 

 

Robert Folkes, Chief Operating Officer

 

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

 




Exhibit 4.2

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of September 14, 2012, by and among Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the Persons listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor .”

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     The Company and certain of the Investors are parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2007 (the “ Existing Agreement ”).

 

B.                                     Pursuant to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and between the Company and certain Investors, the Company has agreed to sell and issue shares of its Series B Preferred Stock to such Investors.

 

C.                                     To induce such Investors to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce such Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the parties signatory hereto desire to amend and restate the Existing Agreement in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1                                Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

 

1.2                                Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

 

1.3                                Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

1.4                                Damages ” means all losses, damages and liabilities (joint or several) to which a Person entitled to indemnification hereunder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state law or otherwise insofar as such losses, damages or liabilities (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

1.5                                Deemed Liquidation Event ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.6                                Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

1



 

1.7                                Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.8                                Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

1.9                                Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

1.10                         Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

1.11                         GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

1.12                         Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

 

1.13                         Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

1.14                         Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

1.15                         IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

1.17                         Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 300,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

 

1.18                         New Securities ” means (i) all shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, (ii) all rights, options and warrants to purchase such shares of capital stock or other equity securities, (iii) all Derivative Securities, (iv) all securities entitling the holder thereof to participate in dividends or distributions from the Company or in the distribution of assets upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, (v) all phantom stock or stock appreciation rights and (vi) all other securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such shares of capital stock or other equity securities, except for shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

1.19                         Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

1.20                         Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock.

 

1.21                         Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) all shares of Common Stock acquired by any Investor after the date hereof; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant,

 

2



 

right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clause (i) or clause (ii) above or as a result of a stock split or other similar capital reorganization; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 6.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section  2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.13 of this Agreement.

 

1.22                   Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

1.23                   Required Holders ” means (i) the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as separate classes.

 

1.24                   Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b)  hereof.

 

1.25                   SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.26                   SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.27                   SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.28                   Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.29                   Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6.

 

1.30                   Series A Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.31                   Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

1.32                   Series B Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.33                   Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

2.                                       Registration Rights .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                                Demand Registration .

 

(a)                Form S-1 Demand .  If at any time after the earlier of (i) five years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $10,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as

 

3



 

practicable, and in any event within 60 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within 20 days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c)  and Section 2.3 .

 

(b)                Form S-3 Demand .  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least 20% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $2,500,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 45 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within 20 days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1(c)  and Section 2.3 .

 

(c)                 Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereunder shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than 90 days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any 12 month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such 90 day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(d)                The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  (i) during the period that is 60 days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 90 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected three registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  (i) during the period that is 30 days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is 90 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b)  within the 12 month period immediately preceding the date of such request.  A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d)  until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such

 

4



 

registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d).

 

2.2                                Company Registration .  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within 20 days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 .

 

2.3                                Underwriting Requirements .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Section 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Initiating Holders, subject only to the reasonable approval of the Company.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders.  Notwithstanding

 

5



 

the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below 30% of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.  For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b)  concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of Section 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 2.3(a) , fewer than 50% of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

2.4                                Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 120 days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however , that (i) such 120 day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120 day period shall be extended for up to one year, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

6



 

(f)                                    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

(i)                                      notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed;

 

(j)                                     after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus; and

 

(k)                                  furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such Registrable Securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (b) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

 

2.5                                Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.6                                Expenses of Registration .  All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; exchange listing fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or Section 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information

 

7



 

then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or Section 2.1(b) .  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders that incurred such Selling Expenses.

 

2.7                                Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

 

2.8                                Indemnification .  If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, managers, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against all Damages and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person and other aforementioned Person all legal and other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to a Holder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against all Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such indemnifying Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person all legal and other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 2.8(b)  and 2.8(d)  exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to

 

8


 

which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The indemnifying party shall not be entitled to assume or maintain control of the defense of any claim and shall pay the fees and expenses of one counsel retained by the indemnified party if (1) the claim relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment or allegation, (2) the claim seeks an injunction or equitable relief against the indemnified party or any of its affiliates or (3) the indemnifying party has failed or is failing to prosecute or defend the claim.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8 , except to the extent such failure to give notice materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend the action.  No indemnifying party in the defense of any such action shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such action.

 

(d)                                  To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability and expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under

 

9



 

this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.9                                Reports Under Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

2.10                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of (i) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (if any) and (iii) the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (if any), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to (i) include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder.

 

2.11                         “Market Stand-off” Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter, such period not to initially exceed 180 days; provided, however, that if during the last 17 days of the initial lock-up period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or prior to the expiration of the initial lock-up period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial lock-up period, then in each case the lock-up period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the managing underwriter waives, in writing, such extension, (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common

 

10



 

Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions.  The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

2.12                         Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and state securities laws.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c) ) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT AND SUCH LAWS.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12.

 

(c)                                   The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2 .  Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration

 

11



 

statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and state securities laws; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC or a state securities regulator that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and state securities laws, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12 .  Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) , except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act or state securities laws.

 

2.13                         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of:

 

(a)                                  the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event (provided that if the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event was waived under the Certificate of Incorporation, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall not be deemed to occur for purposes of this provision);

 

(b)                                  the date on which all shares of Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be sold under Rule 144; or

 

(c)                                   that is the third anniversary of the consummation of the IPO.

 

3.                                       Information Rights .

 

3.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .  The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Section 3.1(e) ) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, and (iv) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, with the financial statements set forth under (i), (ii) and (iv) above to be audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal

 

12



 

year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares subject to issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

 

(d)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

(e)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event 30 days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

 

(f)                                    with respect to the financial statements called for in Section 3.1(a) , Section 3.1(b)  and Section 3.1(d) , an instrument executed by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.1(b)  and Section 3.1(d) ) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and

 

(g)                                   such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide information the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date 30 days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

3.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor and its agents, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided,

 

13



 

that the Company shall not be obligated to provide information the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

3.3                                Termination of Information Rights .  The covenants set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the date immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii) the date that the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

3.4                                Confidentiality .  Each Investor severally agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company or to enforce its rights under this Agreement or otherwise) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company or to enforce its rights under this Agreement or otherwise; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.4 ; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) pursuant to a court decree, subpoena, or other judicial or administrative order or process reasonably believed by such Investor to compel disclosure of such confidential information, provided that , to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

4.                                       Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

 

4.1                                Right of First Offer .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1 , if the Company proposes to offer or issue any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor.  A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.  Each Major Investor that desires to exercise his, her or its rights under this Section 4 must be an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D as promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.  If the consideration to be paid by others for the New Securities is not cash, the fair market value of the consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and a reasonably detailed explanation of the Board of Director’s determination of such value shall be included in the Offer Notice.  All Major Investors electing to participate in the offering of such New Securities shall pay the cash equivalent thereof as so determined.

 

(b)                                  By notification to the Company within 20 days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and then held by such Major Investor as a result of the conversion of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held by such Major Investor bears to the sum of the number of

 

14



 

shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding as a result of the conversion of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.  At the expiration of such 20 day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire its full ratable portion of the New Securities available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the ten day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to its portion of the New Securities specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and then held by such Fully Exercising Investor who desires to purchase such unsubscribed New Securities as a result of the conversion of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and then held by all Fully Exercising Investors who desire to purchase such unsubscribed New Securities as a result of the conversion of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held by all Fully Exercising Investors who desire to purchase such unsubscribed New Securities.  The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b)  shall occur within the later of 90 days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c) .

 

(c)                                   If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b) , the Company may, during the 90 day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b) , offer, sell or enter into an agreement to sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within the later of such 90 day period or 30 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1 .

 

(d)                                  The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO.

 

4.2                                Termination .  The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the date immediately before the consummation of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $4.05 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization) in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $30,000,000 of aggregate proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Company and after which the Common Stock is listed on a United States national securities exchange; or (ii) the date of a Deemed Liquidation Event (provided that if the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event was waived under the Certificate of Incorporation, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall not be deemed to occur for purposes of this provision).

 

5.                                       Additional Covenants .

 

5.1                                Insurance .  The Company shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors and the Required Holders and shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior written approval by the Board of Directors and the Required Holders.  The Company shall maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, a term “key-person” life insurance on the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in the amount of at least $1,000,000 and on terms and conditions satisfactory to

 

15


 

the Board of Directors and the Required Holders and the policy or binder for such insurance shall name the Company as loss payee and shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior written approval by the Board of Directors and the Required Holders.  Within 60 days after the date hereof, the Company shall increase the amount of its product liability insurance coverage to $5,000,000 and, thereafter, maintain such coverage with financially sound and reputable insurers on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors and the Required Holders and the policy or binder for such insurance shall not be cancelable by the Company without prior written approval by the Board of Directors and the Required Holders.

 

5.2                                Employee Agreements .  The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement and (ii) its Chief Executive Officer and Vice President of Sales to enter into a one year noncompetition and nonsolicitation agreement, substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors.  In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of the Board of Directors.

 

5.3                                Employee Stock .  Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four year period, with the first 25% of such shares vesting following 12 months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 2.11 .  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company shall retain for all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

 

5.4                                Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval .  So long as the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect two Series A Directors or the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect two Series B Directors, the Company shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof), which approval must include the affirmative vote of at least one of the Series A Directors and at least one of the Series B Directors:

 

(a)                make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(b)                guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                 make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(d)                otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person, except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement; or transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable

 

16



 

requirements of the Company’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors; or

 

(e)                 (i) issue awards exceeding 2,334,026 shares of Common Stock under the Company’s 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan (provided, that awards that are issued but terminate prior to the actual issuance of shares of Common Stock without restrictions shall not be counted towards the 2,334,026 share limit once the shares are returned for issuance to the Company’s 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan), (ii) amend the 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan to increase the number of shares issuable under the Plan, (iii) otherwise issue any shares of Common Stock, options, warrants or other securities under any other equity incentive plan or arrangement established for the benefit of the employees, officers, directors and/or consultants of the Company or the subsidiary or (iv) adopt any new equity incentive plan or arrangement established for the benefit of the employees, officers, directors and/or consultants of the Company or the subsidiary.

 

5.5                                Board Matters .  Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.  The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors or the meetings of the board of directors (or other governing body) of any subsidiary of the Company or in connection with other activities requested by the Company.  The Company shall maintain an audit and compensation committee, each of which shall consist solely of non-management directors.  At least one Series A Director and at least one Series B Director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of each committee of the Board of Directors and each committee of the board of directors (or other governing body) of any subsidiary of the Company (if any).  The Company’s board of directors shall be permitted to elect a chair by majority vote.

 

5.6                                Successor Indemnification .  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

5.7                                Reservation of Capital Stock .  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the payment of accrued dividends on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, such number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock from time to time to ensure that there will be sufficient shares of Series B Preferred Stock available for issuance to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock in connection with the payment of such dividends.

 

5.8                                Directors’ Liability and Indemnification .  The Company’s and each of its subsidiaries’ certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other organizational documents shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

5.9                                Proprietary Rights Agreement .  The Company and each of its subsidiaries shall require all employees, officers and consultants hired after the date hereof to execute and deliver an Employee Confidentiality and Assignment of Inventions Agreement that is substantially in the form attached to the Purchase Agreement.

 

17



 

5.10                         Chief Clinical Officer Recruitment .  The Company promptly shall recruit a part- or full-time employee or consultant to become the Company’s Chief Clinical Officer or Chief Medical Officer who shall be responsible for, among other things, developing and executing on the Company’s clinical development program (trial strategy, trial administration, key opinion leader relations and publishing) and who shall be acceptable to the Board of Directors including the approval of the Series B Directors.

 

5.11                         Convertible Securities .  All securities or obligations that are exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, other than shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock, shall, by their terms, terminate in their entirety at the time of a Deemed Liquidation Event if not exercised, converted or exchanged into shares of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to such Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

5.12                         Termination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section 5 , except for Section 5.6 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the date immediately before the consummation of a Qualified IPO, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation or (ii) the date of a Deemed Liquidation Event (provided that if the occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event was waived under the Certificate of Incorporation, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall not be deemed to occur for purposes of this provision).

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Successors and Assigns .  The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 100,000 Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11 .  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

6.2                                Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.

 

6.3                                Counterparts; Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic signatures and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18



 

6.4                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5 .  If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Faegre Baker Daniels LLP, 2200 Wells Fargo Center, 90 South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, MN 55402-3901, Attention Jonathan R. Zimmerman.

 

6.6                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and the Required Holders; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c)  (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.12(c)  shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any right of any party hereunder may be waived by the waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction).  The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver.  Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

6.7                                Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

6.8                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

6.9                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties (including, without limitation, the Existing Agreement) is expressly canceled.

 

19



 

The Existing Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein.  All provisions of, rights granted under and covenants made in the Existing Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect.

 

6.10                         Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.11                         Acknowledgment .  The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

20



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald R. Mattys

 

 

Gerald R. Mattys

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

GALEN PARTNERS V, L.P.

 

By: Galen V, L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Zubeen Shroff

 

Name:

Zubeen Shroff

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

GALEN PARTNERS INTERNATIONAL V, L.P.

 

By: Galen V, L.L.C., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Zubeen Shroff

 

Name:

Zubeen Shroff

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Radius Venture Partners III, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jordan Davis

 

 

Jordan Davis

 

 

Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

WORTHY VENTURE RESOURCES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter H. Soderberg

 

Name:

Peter H. Soderberg

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III QP, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Radius Venture Partners III, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jordan Davis

 

 

Jordan Davis

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

RADIUS VENTURE PARTNERS III (OHIO), L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Radius Venture Partners III (Ohio) LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Radius Venture Partners III LLC,

 

 

its Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jordan Davis

 

 

Jordan Davis

 

 

Managing Member

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

 

Jonathan R. Zimmerman
Partner

 

Faegre Baker Daniels LLP
2200 Wells Fargo Center 90 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis Minnesota 55402-3901
Main +1 612 766 7000
Fax +1 612 766 1600

 

June 8, 2016

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

1331 Tyler Street NE, Suite 200

Minneapolis, MN 55413

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-209115) (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), relating to the issuance by the Company of up to 4,600,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company  in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement (the “ Shares ”). The term “Shares” also includes any additional shares of Common Stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement.

 

We have examined the Registration Statement and the form of amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company, which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate and other records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth.  As to questions of fact material to this opinion, with your consent we have relied upon certificates or assurances of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company

 

In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed (i) the genuineness of all signatures, (ii) the legal capacity of natural persons, (iii) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, (iv) the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies, (v) the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents and (vi) that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 



 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and (a) when the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, (b) when the pricing committee of the Company’s board of directors (the “ Pricing Committee ”) has taken all necessary action to approve the issuance and sale of the Shares, including determination of a specific number of Shares to be sold and a specific price for the sale of the Shares (which total number of shares shall not exceed the total number of shares available under the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), (c) upon payment and delivery for the Shares in accordance with the underwriting agreement in the form most recently filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and approved by the Pricing Committee, (d) when paid for in cash in an amount equal to or in excess of, on a per share basis, the par value of the shares, and (e) when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.  We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act with respect to the Shares.  In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein.  This opinion speaks only as of the date the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion thereafter.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

FAEGRE BAKER DANIELS LLP

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jonathan R. Zimmerman

 

Jonathan R. Zimmerman

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose .   The purpose of the Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of responsibility with the Company, to provide additional incentives to them and align their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders, and to thereby promote the Company’s long-term business success.

 

2.                                       Definitions .   In this Plan, the following definitions will apply.

 

(a)                                     “Affiliate” means any entity that is a Subsidiary or Parent of the Company.

 

(b)                                     “Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement, notice or other document containing the terms and conditions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan.  An Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(c)                                      “Award” means a grant made under the Plan in the form of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Stock Units, or an Other Stock-Based Award.

 

(d)                                     “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                      “Cause” means what the term is expressly defined to mean in a then-effective written agreement (including an Agreement) between a Participant and the Company or any Affiliate, or in the absence of any such then-effective agreement or definition, means a Participant’s (i) ongoing failure or refusal to perform satisfactorily the duties reasonably required of the Participant by the Company (other than by reason of Disability); (ii) material violation of any law, rule, regulation, court order or regulatory directive (other than traffic violations, misdemeanors or other minor offenses); (iii) material breach of the Company’s business conduct or ethics code or of any fiduciary duty or nondisclosure, non-solicitation, non-competition or similar obligation owed to the Company or any Affiliate; (iv) engaging in any act or practice that involves personal dishonesty on the part of the Participant or demonstrates a willful and continuing disregard for the best interests of the Company and its Affiliates; or (v) engaging in dishonorable or disruptive behavior, practices or acts which would be reasonably expected to harm or bring disrepute to the Company or any of its Affiliates, their business or any of their customers, employees or vendors.

 

(f)                                    “Change in Control” means, unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, one of the following:

 

(1)                                 An Exchange Act Person becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, except that the following will not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition of securities of the Company by an Exchange Act Person from the Company for the purpose of providing financing to the Company; (ii) any formation of a Group consisting solely of beneficial owners of the Company’s Voting Securities as of the effective date of this Plan; (iii) any repurchase or other acquisition by the Company of its Voting Securities that causes any Exchange Act Person to become the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the Company’s Voting Securities; or (iv) with respect to any particular Participant, any acquisition of securities of the Company by the Participant, any Group including the Participant, or any entity controlled by the Participant or a Group including the Participant.  If, however, an Exchange Act Person or Group

 



 

referenced in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above acquires beneficial ownership of additional Company Voting Securities after initially becoming the beneficial owner of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s Voting Securities by one of the means described in those clauses, then a Change in Control will be deemed to have occurred.

 

(2)                                      Individuals who are Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board.

 

(3)                                      A Corporate Transaction is consummated, unless, immediately following such Corporate Transaction, all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Company’s Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving or acquiring entity resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including beneficial ownership through any Parent of such entity) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Company’s Voting Securities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Award constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Code Section 409A, and if that Award provides for a change in the time or form of payment upon a Change in Control, then no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred upon an event described in this Section 2(f) unless the event would also constitute a change in ownership or effective control of, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of, the Company under Code Section 409A.

 

(g)                                      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.  For purposes of the Plan, references to sections of the Code shall be deemed to include any applicable regulations thereunder and any successor or similar statutory provisions.

 

(h)                                     “Committee” means two or more Non-Employee Directors designated by the Board to administer the Plan under Section 3, each member of which shall be (i) an independent director within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market, (ii) a non-employee director within the meaning of Exchange Act Rule 16b-3, and (iii) an outside director for purposes of Code Section 162(m).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Committee” means the Board with respect to Awards made to Non-Employee Directors.

 

(i)                                         “Company” means Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

(j)                                        “Continuing Director” means an individual (i) who is, as of the effective date of the Plan, a director of the Company, (ii) who is elected as a director of the Company subsequent to the effective date hereof pursuant to a nomination or board representation right of preferred stockholders of the Company, or (iii) who becomes a director of the Company after the effective date hereof and whose initial election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors, but excluding, for purposes of this clause (iii), an individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors.

 

(k)                                     “Corporate Transaction” means (i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) a merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar transaction involving the Company, regardless of whether the Company is the surviving corporation.

 

2



 

(l)                                         “Disability” means (A) any permanent and total disability under any long-term disability plan or policy of the Company or its Affiliates that covers the Participant, or (B) if there is no such long-term disability plan or policy, “total and permanent disability” within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3).

 

(m)                                 “Employee” means an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

(n)                                  “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

(o)                                  “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, entity or Group other than (i) the Company or any Affiliate; (ii) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate; (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities in connection with a registered public offering of such securities; or (iv) an entity whose Voting Securities are beneficially owned by the beneficial owners of the Company’s Voting Securities in substantially the same proportions as their beneficial ownership of the Company’s Voting Securities.

 

(p)                                  “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a Share determined as follows:

 

(1)                                   If the Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market (as determined under Code Section 409A), then Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for a Share on the principal securities market on which it trades on the date for which it is being determined, or if no sale of Shares occurred on that date, on the next preceding date on which a sale of Shares occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

 

(2)                                 If the Shares are not then readily tradable on an established securities market (as determined under Code Section 409A), then Fair Market Value will be determined by the Committee as the result of a reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

(q)                                     “Full Value Award” means an Award other than an Option Award or Stock Appreciation Right Award.

 

(r)                                        “Grant Date” means the date on which the Committee approves the grant of an Award under the Plan, or such later date as may be specified by the Committee on the date the Committee approves the Award.

 

(s)                                       “Group” means two or more persons who act, or agree to act together, as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of securities of the Company.

 

(t)                                        “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

 

(u)                                     “Option” means a right granted under the Plan to purchase a specified number of Shares at a specified price.  An “Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means any Option designated as such and granted in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 422.  A “Non-Qualified Stock Option” or “NQSO,” means an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(v)                                  “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award described in Section 11 of this Plan.

 

3



 

(w)                                “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” as defined in Code Section 424(e).

 

(x)                                  “Participant” means a person to whom a then-outstanding Award has been granted under the Plan.

 

(y)                                  “Performance-Based Compensation” means an Award to a person who is, or is determined by the Committee to likely become, a “covered employee” (as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code) and that is intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

(z)                                      “Plan” means this Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

(aa)                           “Prior Plans” means the Company’s 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan and the Company’s 2003 Stock Option Plan.

 

(bb)                           “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued to a Participant that are subject to such restrictions on transfer, vesting conditions and other restrictions or limitations as may be set forth in this Plan and the applicable Agreement.

 

(cc)                                “Service” means the provision of services by a Participant to the Company or any Affiliate in any Service Provider capacity.  A Service Provider’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual cessation of providing services to the Company or any Affiliate or upon the entity to which the Service Provider provides services ceasing to be an Affiliate.  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or any Agreement, Service shall not be deemed terminated in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence; (ii) transfers among the Company and any Affiliates in any Service Provider capacity; or (iii) any change in status so long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or any Affiliate in any Service Provider capacity.

 

(dd)                              “Service Provider” means an Employee, a Non-Employee Director, or any consultant or advisor who is a natural person and who provides services (other than in connection with (i) a capital-raising transaction or (ii) promoting or maintaining a market in Company securities) to the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(ee)                                “Share” means a share of Stock.

 

(ff)                                  “Stock” means the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

 

(gg)                                “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means the right to receive, in cash and/or Shares as determined by the Committee, an amount equal to the appreciation in value of a specified number of Shares between the Grant Date of the SAR and its exercise date.

 

(hh)                              “Stock Unit” means a right to receive, in cash and/or Shares as determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of a Share, subject to such restrictions on transfer, vesting conditions and other restrictions or limitations as may be set forth in this Plan and the applicable Agreement.

 

(ii)                                      “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” as defined in Code Section 424(f), of the Company.

 

4



 

(jj)                                    “Substitute Award” means an Award granted upon the assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, outstanding awards granted by a company or other entity acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines.  The terms and conditions of a Substitute Award may vary from the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan to the extent that the Committee at the time of the grant may deem appropriate to conform, in whole or in part, to the provisions of the award in substitution for which it has been granted.

 

(kk)                           “Voting Securities” of an entity means the outstanding equity securities (or comparable equity interests) entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of such entity.

 

3.                                       Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)                                     Administration .  The authority to control and manage the operations and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee in accordance with this Section 3.

 

(b)                                     Scope of Authority .  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to take such actions as it deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan, including:

 

(1)                                 determining the Service Providers to whom Awards will be granted, the timing of each such Award, the types of Awards and the number of Shares covered by each Award, the terms, conditions, performance criteria, restrictions and other provisions of Awards, and the manner in which Awards are paid or settled;

 

(2)                                 cancelling or suspending an Award, accelerating the vesting or extending the exercise period of an Award, or otherwise amending the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award, subject to the requirements of Sections 15(d) and 15(e);

 

(3)                                 adopting sub-plans or special provisions applicable to Awards, establishing, amending or rescinding rules to administer the Plan, interpreting the Plan and any Award or Agreement, reconciling any inconsistency, correcting any defect or supplying an omission in the Plan or any Agreement, and making all other determinations necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan;

 

(4)                                 granting Substitute Awards under the Plan;

 

(5)                                 taking such actions as are provided in Section 3(c) with respect to Awards to foreign Service Providers; and

 

(6)                                 requiring or permitting the deferral of the settlement of an Award, and establishing the terms and conditions of any such deferral.

 

(c)                                      Awards to Foreign Service Providers .  The Committee may grant Awards to Service Providers who are foreign nationals, who are located outside of the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory requirements of countries outside of the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to comply with applicable foreign laws and regulatory requirements and to promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan.  In connection therewith, the Committee may establish such subplans and modify exercise procedures and other Plan rules and

 

5



 

procedures to the extent such actions are deemed necessary or desirable, and may take any other action that it deems advisable to obtain local regulatory approvals or to comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions.

 

(d)                                     Acts of the Committee; Delegation .  A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for any meeting of the Committee, and any act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or any act unanimously approved in writing by all members of the Committee shall be the act of the Committee.  Any such action of the Committee shall be valid and effective even if the members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied all of the criteria for membership in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 2(h).  To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law or stock exchange rules, the Committee may delegate all or any portion of its authority under the Plan to any one or more of its members or, as to Awards to Participants who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to one or more directors or executive officers of the Company or to a committee of the Board comprised of one or more directors of the Company.  The Committee may also delegate non-discretionary administrative responsibilities in connection with the Plan to such other persons as it deems advisable.

 

(e)                                      Finality of Decisions .  The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan and of any Award or Agreement made under the Plan and all related decisions or resolutions of the Board or Committee shall be final and binding on all parties with an interest therein.

 

(f)                                    Indemnification .  Each person who is or has been a member of the Committee or of the Board, and any other person to whom the Committee delegates authority under the Plan, shall be indemnified by the Company, to the maximum extent permitted by law, against liabilities and expenses imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such person in connection with or resulting from any claims against such person by reason of the performance of the individual’s duties under the Plan.  This right to indemnification is conditioned upon such person providing the Company an opportunity, at the Company’s expense, to handle and defend the claims before such person undertakes to handle and defend them on such person’s own behalf.  The Company will not be required to indemnify any person for any amount paid in settlement of a claim unless the Company has first consented in writing to the settlement.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such person or persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise.

 

4.                                       Shares Available Under the Plan .

 

(a)                                     Maximum Shares Available .  Subject to Sections 4(b) and 4(c) and to adjustment as provided in Section 12(a), the number of Shares that may be the subject of Awards and issued under the Plan shall be 4,800,000, which shall include any Shares of Stock which remain available for future grants under the Company’s 2007 Omnibus Stock Plan on the effective date of this Plan and which shall be rolled over into this Plan’s share reserve.  No further awards shall be made under the 2007 Plan after the effective date of this Plan.  Shares issued under the Plan may come from authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.  In determining the number of Shares to be counted against this share reserve in connection with any Award, the following rules shall apply:

 

(1)                                 Where the number of Shares subject to an Award is variable on the Grant Date, the number of Shares to be counted against the share reserve shall be the maximum number of Shares that could be received under that particular Award, until such time as it can be determined that only a lesser number of shares could be received.

 

6



 

(2)                                 Where two or more types of Awards are granted to a Participant in tandem with each other, such that the exercise of one type of Award with respect to a number of Shares cancels at least an equal number of Shares of the other, the number of Shares to be counted against the share reserve shall be the largest number of Shares that would be counted against the share reserve under either of the Awards.

 

(3)                                 Shares subject to Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the share reserve, nor shall they reduce the Shares authorized for grant to a Participant in any calendar year.

 

(4)                                 Awards that will be settled solely in cash shall not be counted against the share reserve, nor shall they reduce the Shares authorized for grant to a Participant in any calendar year.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The share reserve specified in Section 4(a) will be automatically increased on January 1 of each year commencing in 2017 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2026 in an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) 5% of the total number of Shares outstanding as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, or (ii) 2,500,000 Shares; provided, however, that the Board may determine that any annual increase in the share reserve shall be for a number of Shares that is less than the number of Shares as provided by the lesser of clauses (i) and (ii).

 

(c)                                      Effect of Forfeitures and Other Actions .  Any Shares subject to an Award, or to an award granted under one of the Prior Plans that is outstanding on the effective date of this Plan (a “Prior Plan Award”), that expires, is cancelled or forfeited, is settled for cash or otherwise does not result in the issuance of all of the Shares subject to such Award (including as a result of the settlement in Shares of the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right) shall, to the extent of such cancellation, forfeiture, expiration, cash settlement or non-issuance, again become available for Awards under this Plan, and the share reserve under Section 4(a) shall be correspondingly replenished.  In addition, if (i) payment of the exercise price of any Award or Prior Plan Award is made through the tendering (either actually or by attestation) of Shares by the Participant or by the withholding of Shares by the Company, or (ii) satisfaction of any tax withholding obligations arising from any Award or Prior Plan Award occurs through the tendering (either actually or by attestation) of Shares by the Participant or by the withholding of Shares by the Company, then the Shares so tendered or withheld shall become available for Awards under this Plan and the share reserve under Section 4(a) shall be correspondingly replenished.

 

(d)                                  Effect of Plans Operated by Acquired Companies .  If a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall supplement the Share reserve under Section 4(a).  Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Employees or Non-Employee Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

(e)                                      No Fractional Shares .  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the number of Shares subject to an Award shall always be a whole number.  No fractional Shares may be issued under the Plan, but the Committee may, in its discretion, pay cash in lieu of any fractional Share in settlement of an Award.

 

7



 

(f)                                    Individual Option and SAR Limit .  The aggregate number of Shares subject to Option and/or Stock Appreciation Right Awards granted during any calendar year to any one Participant other than a Non-Employee Director shall not exceed 1,000,000 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12(a)).

 

(g)                                   Performance-Based Compensation Limit .  With respect to Awards of Performance-Based Compensation, (i) the maximum number of Shares that may be the subject of Full Value Awards that are denominated in Shares or Share equivalents and that are granted to any Participant during any calendar year shall not exceed 1,000,000 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12(a)); and (ii) the maximum amount payable with respect to Full Value Awards that are denominated other than in Shares or Share equivalents and that are granted to any one Participant during any calendar year shall not exceed $5,000,000.

 

(h)                                  Limit on Awards to Non-Employee Directors .  The aggregate grant date fair value (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applicable in the United States) of all Awards granted during any calendar year to any Non-Employee Director (excluding any Awards granted at the election of a Non-Employee Director in lieu of all or any portion of retainers or fees paid to Non-Employee Directors in cash) shall not exceed $500,000.

 

5.                                       Eligibility .   Participation in the Plan is limited to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

6.                                       General Terms of Awards .

 

(a)                                  Award Agreement .  Except for any Award that involves only the immediate issuance of unrestricted Shares, each Award shall be evidenced by an Agreement setting forth the amount of the Award together with such other terms and conditions applicable to the Award (and not inconsistent with the Plan) as determined by the Committee.  An Award to a Participant may be made singly or in combination with any form of Award.  Two types of Awards may be made in tandem with each other such that the exercise of one type of Award with respect to a number of Shares reduces the number of Shares subject to the related Award by at least an equal amount.

 

(b)                                  Vesting and Term .  Each Agreement shall set forth the period until the applicable Award is scheduled to expire (which shall not be more than ten years from the Grant Date), and the applicable vesting conditions and any applicable performance period.  The Committee may provide in an Agreement for such vesting conditions and timing as it may determine.

 

(c)                                   Transferability .  Except as provided in this Section 6(c), (i) during the lifetime of a Participant, only the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative may exercise an Option or SAR, or receive payment with respect to any other Award; and (ii) no Award may be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged or encumbered, voluntarily or involuntarily, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any attempted transfer in violation of this Section 6(c) shall be of no effect.  The Committee may, however, provide in an Agreement or otherwise that an Award (other than an Incentive Stock Option) may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order or may be transferable by gift to any “family member” (as defined in General Instruction A(5) to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933) of the Participant.  Any Award held by a transferee shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to that Award immediately before the transfer thereof.  For purposes of any provision of the Plan relating to notice to a Participant or to acceleration or termination of an Award upon the death or termination of Service of a Participant, the references to “Participant” shall mean the original grantee of an Award and not any transferee.

 

8



 

(d)                                  Designation of Beneficiary .  To the extent permitted by the Committee, a Participant may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive a payment under any Award that is exercisable or payable on or after the Participant’s death.  Any such designation shall be on a form approved by the Company and shall be effective upon its receipt by the Company.

 

(e)                                      Termination of Service .  Unless otherwise provided in an applicable Agreement or another then-effective written agreement between a Participant and the Company, and subject to Section 12 of this Plan, if a Participant’s Service with the Company and all of its Affiliates terminates, the following provisions shall apply (in all cases subject to the scheduled expiration of an Option or SAR Award, as applicable):

 

(1)                                 Upon termination of Service for Cause, all unexercised Option and SAR Awards and all unvested portions of any other outstanding Awards shall be immediately forfeited without consideration.

 

(2)                                 Upon termination of Service for any other reason, all unvested and unexercisable portions of any outstanding Awards shall be immediately forfeited without consideration.

 

(3)                                 Upon termination of Service for any reason other than Cause, death or Disability, the currently vested and exercisable portions of Option and SAR Awards may be exercised for a period of three months after the date of such termination.  However, if a Participant thereafter dies during such three-month period, the vested and exercisable portions of the Option and SAR Awards may be exercised for a period of one year after the date of such termination.

 

(4)                                 Upon termination of Service due to death or Disability, the currently vested and exercisable portions of Option and SAR Awards may be exercised for a period of one year after the date of such termination.

 

(f)                                    Rights as Stockholder .  No Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by an Award unless and until the date the Participant becomes the holder of record of the Shares, if any, to which the Award relates.

 

(g)                                   Performance-Based Awards .  Any Award may be granted as a performance-based Award if the Committee establishes one or more measures of corporate, business unit or individual performance which must be attained, and the performance period over which the specified performance is to be attained, as a condition to the grant, vesting, exercisability, lapse of restrictions and/or settlement in cash or Shares of such Award.  In connection with any such Award, the Committee shall determine the extent to which performance measures have been attained and other applicable terms and conditions have been satisfied, and the degree to which vesting, exercisability, lapse of restrictions and/or settlement of such Award has been earned.  Any performance-based Award that is intended by the Committee to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall additionally be subject to the requirements of Section 16 of this Plan.  Except as provided in Section 16 with respect to Performance-Based Compensation, the Committee shall also have the authority to provide, in an Agreement or otherwise, for the modification of a performance period and/or an adjustment or waiver of the achievement of performance measures under specified circumstances such as (i) the occurrence of events that are unusual in nature or infrequently occurring, such as a Change in Control, acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring activities, recapitalizations, or asset write-downs, (ii) a change in applicable tax laws or accounting principles, or (iii) the Participant’s death or Disability.

 

9



 

(h)                                     Dividends and Dividend Equivalents .  No dividends, dividend equivalents or distributions will be paid with respect to Shares subject to an Option or SAR Award.  Other than regular cash dividends, any dividends or distributions paid with respect to Shares that are subject to the unvested portion of a Restricted Stock Award will be subject to the same restrictions as the Shares to which such dividends or distributions relate. In its discretion, the Committee may provide in a Restricted Stock Award Agreement for restrictions on regular cash dividends with respect to unvested restricted Shares, and in an Agreement for a Stock Unit Award or an Other Stock-Based Award that the Participant will be entitled to receive dividend equivalents on the units or other Share equivalents subject to the Award based on dividends actually declared and paid on outstanding Shares. The terms of any dividend equivalents will be as set forth in the applicable Agreement, including the time and form of payment and whether such dividend equivalents will be credited with interest or deemed to be reinvested in additional units or Share equivalents. Any Shares issued or issuable during the term of this Plan as the result of the reinvestment of dividends or the deemed reinvestment of dividend equivalents in connection with an Award or a Prior Plan Award shall be counted against, and replenish upon any subsequent forfeiture, the Plan’s share reserve as provided in Section 4.

 

(i)                                      Deferrals of Full Value Awards .  The Committee may, in its discretion, permit or require the deferral by a Participant of the issuance of Shares or payment of cash in settlement of any Full Value Award, subject to such terms, conditions, rules and procedures as it may establish or prescribe for such purpose and with the intention of complying with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A.  The terms, conditions, rules and procedures for any such deferral shall be set forth in writing in the relevant Agreement or in such other agreement, plan or document as the Committee may determine, or some combination of such documents.  The terms, conditions, rules and procedures for any such deferral shall address, to the extent relevant, matters such as: (i) the amount of compensation that may or must be deferred (or the method for calculating the amount); (ii) the permissible time(s) and form(s) of payment of deferred amounts; (iii) the terms and conditions of any deferral elections by a Participant or of any deferral required by the Company; and (iv) the crediting of interest or dividend equivalents on deferred amounts.

 

7.                                       Stock Option Awards .

 

(a)                                     Type and Exercise Price .  The Agreement pursuant to which an Option Award is granted shall specify whether the Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  The exercise price at which each Share subject to an Option Award may be purchased shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Agreement, and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, except in the case of Substitute Awards (to the extent consistent with Code Section 409A and, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, Code Section 424).

 

(b)                                     Payment of Exercise Price .  The purchase price of the Shares with respect to which an Option Award is exercised shall be payable in full at the time of exercise.  The purchase price may be paid in cash or in such other manner as the Committee may permit, including by payment under a broker-assisted sale and remittance program, by withholding Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon exercise of the Option or by delivery to the Company of Shares (by actual delivery or attestation) already owned by the Participant (in each case, such Shares having a Fair Market Value as of the date the Option is exercised equal to the purchase price of the Shares being purchased).

 

(c)                                      Exercisability and Expiration .  Each Option Award shall be exercisable in whole or in part on the terms provided in the Agreement.  No Option Award shall be exercisable at any time after its scheduled expiration.  When an Option Award is no longer exercisable, it shall be deemed to have terminated.

 

10


 

(d)                                     Incentive Stock Options .

 

(1)                                  An Option Award will constitute an Incentive Stock Option Award only if the Participant receiving the Option Award is an Employee, and only to the extent that (i) it is so designated in the applicable Agreement and (ii) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Option Award’s Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options held by the Participant first become exercisable in any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Company and its Affiliates) does not exceed $100,000 or such other amount specified by the Code.  To the extent an Option granted to a Participant exceeds this limit, the Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  The maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be equal to 4,800,000 plus the maximum number of Shares by which the Plan’s share reserve may be increased pursuant to Section 4(b), subject in each case to adjustment as provided in Section 12(a).

 

(2)                                  No Participant may receive an Incentive Stock Option Award under the Plan if, immediately after the grant of such Award, the Participant would own (after application of the rules contained in Code Section 424(d)) Shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or an Affiliate, unless (i) the per Share exercise price for such Award is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date and (ii) such Award will expire no later than five years after its Grant Date.

 

(3)                                       For purposes of continued Service by a Participant who has been granted an Incentive Stock Option Award, no approved leave of absence may exceed three months unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is provided by statute or contract.  If reemployment is not so provided, then on the date six months following the first day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(4)                                       If an Incentive Stock Option Award is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Code Section 422, such Option shall thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

(5)                                       The Agreement covering an Incentive Stock Option Award shall contain such other terms and provisions that the Committee determines necessary to qualify the Option Award as an Incentive Stock Option Award.

 

8.                                       Stock Appreciation Right Awards .

 

(a)                                  Nature of Award .  An Award of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as are determined by the Committee, and shall provide a Participant the right to receive upon exercise of the SAR Award all or a portion of the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise of the SAR Award of the number of Shares as to which the SAR Award is being exercised, over (ii) the aggregate exercise price for such number of Shares.  The per Share exercise price for any SAR Award shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Agreement, and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date, except in the case of Substitute Awards (to the extent consistent with Code Section 409A).

 

(b)                                  Exercise of SAR .  Each SAR Award may be exercisable in whole or in part at the times, on the terms and in the manner provided in the Agreement.  No SAR Award shall be exercisable at any time after its scheduled expiration.  When a SAR Award is no longer exercisable, it shall be deemed to

 

11



 

have terminated.  Upon exercise of a SAR Award, payment to the Participant shall be made at such time or times as shall be provided in the Agreement in the form of cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares as determined by the Committee.  The Agreement may provide for a limitation upon the amount or percentage of the total appreciation on which payment (whether in cash and/or Shares) may be made in the event of the exercise of a SAR Award.

 

9.                                       Restricted Stock Awards .

 

(a)                                     Vesting and Consideration .  Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to vesting and the lapse of applicable restrictions based on such conditions or factors and occurring over such period of time as the Committee may determine in its discretion.  The Committee may provide whether any consideration other than Services must be received by the Company or any Affiliate as a condition precedent to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, and may correspondingly provide for Company reacquisition or repurchase rights if such additional consideration has been required and some or all of a Restricted Stock Award does not vest.

 

(b)                                     Shares Subject to Restricted Stock Awards .  Unvested Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by a book-entry in the name of the Participant with the Company’s transfer agent or by one or more Stock certificates issued in the name of the Participant.  Any such Stock certificate shall be deposited with the Company or its designee, together with an assignment separate from the certificate, in blank, signed by the Participant, and bear an appropriate legend referring to the restricted nature of the Restricted Stock evidenced thereby.  Any book-entry shall be subject to comparable restrictions and corresponding stop transfer instructions.  Upon the vesting of Shares of Restricted Stock, and the Company’s determination that any necessary conditions precedent to the release of vested Shares (such as satisfaction of tax withholding obligations and compliance with applicable legal requirements) have been satisfied, such vested Shares shall be made available to the Participant in such manner as may be prescribed or permitted by the Committee.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an applicable Agreement, a Participant with a Restricted Stock Award shall have all the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote the Shares of Restricted Stock.

 

10.                                Stock Unit Awards .

 

(a)                                  Vesting and Consideration .  A Stock Unit Award shall be subject to vesting and the lapse of applicable restrictions based on such conditions or factors and occurring over such period of time as the Committee may determine in its discretion.  If vesting of a Stock Unit Award is conditioned on the achievement of specified performance goals, the extent to which they are achieved over the specified performance period shall determine the number of Stock Units that will be earned and eligible to vest, which may be greater or less than the target number of Stock Units stated in the Agreement. The Committee may provide whether any consideration other than Services must be received by the Company or any Affiliate as a condition precedent to the settlement of a Stock Unit Award.

 

(b)                                  Payment of Award .  Following the vesting of a Stock Unit Award, and the Company’s determination that any necessary conditions precedent to the settlement of the Award (such as satisfaction of tax withholding obligations and compliance with applicable legal requirements) have been satisfied, settlement of the Award and payment to the Participant shall be made at such time or times in the form of cash, Shares (which may themselves be considered Restricted Stock under the Plan) or a combination of cash and Shares as determined by the Committee.

 

11.                                Other Stock-Based Awards .   The Committee may from time to time grant Shares and other Awards that are valued by reference to and/or payable in whole or in part in Shares under the Plan.  The

 

12



 

Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards, which shall be consistent with the terms and purposes of the Plan.  The Committee may direct the Company to issue Shares subject to restrictive legends and/or stop transfer instructions that are consistent with the terms and conditions of the Award to which the Shares relate.

 

12.                                Changes in Capitalization, Corporate Transactions, Change in Control .

 

(a)                                  Adjustments for Changes in Capitalization .  In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of FASB ASC Topic 718) that causes the per share value of Shares to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend, the Committee shall make such adjustments as it deems equitable and appropriate to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities issued or reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the exercise price of outstanding Options and SARs, and (iv) any maximum limitations prescribed by the Plan with respect to certain types of Awards or the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards.  In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such equitable adjustments described in the foregoing sentence may be made as determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of Participants.  In either case, any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of the Plan.  No adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 12(a) in connection with the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company, or in a manner that would cause Incentive Stock Options to violate Section 422(b) of the Code or cause an Award to be subject to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Transactions .  Unless otherwise provided in an applicable Agreement or another written agreement between a Participant and the Company, the following provisions shall apply to outstanding Awards in the event of a Change in Control that involves a Corporate Transaction.

 

(1)                                  Continuation, Assumption or Replacement of Awards .  In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then the surviving or successor entity (or its Parent) may continue, assume or replace Awards outstanding as of the date of the Corporate Transaction (with such adjustments as may be required or permitted by Section 12(a)), and such Awards or replacements therefor shall remain outstanding and be governed by their respective terms, subject to Section 12(b)(4) below.  A surviving or successor entity may elect to continue, assume or replace only some Awards or portions of Awards.  For purposes of this Section 12(b)(1), an Award shall be considered assumed or replaced if, in connection with the Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with Code Sections 409A and 424, either (i) the contractual obligations represented by the Award are expressly assumed by the surviving or successor entity (or its Parent) with appropriate adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to the Award and the exercise price thereof that preserves the intrinsic value of the Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction, or (ii) the Participant has received a comparable equity-based award that preserves the intrinsic value of the Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and contains terms and conditions that are substantially similar to those of the Award.

 

(2)                                  Acceleration .  If and to the extent that outstanding Awards under the Plan are not continued, assumed or replaced in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then (i) all outstanding Option and SAR Awards shall become fully vested and exercisable for such period of time prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction as is deemed fair and equitable by the Committee, and shall terminate at the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and (ii) all outstanding Full Value Awards shall fully vest immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction.  The Committee shall provide written notice of the period of accelerated exercisability of Option and SAR Awards to all

 

13



 

affected Participants.  The exercise of any Option or SAR Award whose exercisability is accelerated as provided in this Section 12(b)(2) shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction and shall be effective only immediately before such consummation.

 

(3)                                  Payment for Awards .  If and to the extent that outstanding Awards under the Plan are not continued, assumed or replaced in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then the Committee may provide that some or all of such outstanding Awards shall be canceled at or immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction in exchange for payments to the holders as provided in this Section 12(b)(3).   The Committee will not be required to treat all Awards similarly for purposes of this Section 12(b)(3).  The payment for any Award surrendered shall be in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Committee) of the consideration that would otherwise be received in the Corporate Transaction for the number of Shares subject to the Award, and (ii) the aggregate exercise price (if any) for the Shares subject to such Award.  If the amount determined pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence is less than or equal to the amount determined pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence with respect to any Award, such Award may be canceled pursuant to this Section 12(b)(3) without payment of any kind to the affected Participant.  Payment of any amount under this Section 12(b)(3) shall be made in such form, on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Committee determines in its discretion, which may or may not be the same as the form, terms and conditions applicable to payments to the Company’s stockholders in connection with the Corporate Transaction, and may, in the Committee’s discretion, include subjecting such payments to vesting conditions comparable to those of the Award surrendered, subjecting such payments to escrow or holdback terms comparable to those imposed upon the Company’s stockholders under the Corporate Transaction, or calculating and paying the present value of payments that would otherwise be subject to escrow or holdback terms.

 

(4)                                  Termination After a Corporate Transaction .  If and to the extent that Awards are continued, assumed or replaced under the circumstances described in Section 12(b)(1), and if within twelve months after the Corporate Transaction a Participant experiences an involuntary termination of Service for reasons other than Cause, then (i) outstanding Options and SARs issued to the Participant that are not yet fully exercisable shall immediately become exercisable in full and shall remain exercisable for one year following the Participant’s termination of employment, and (ii) any Full Value Awards that are not yet fully vested shall immediately vest in full.

 

(c)                                   Other Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control that does not involve a Corporate Transaction, the Committee may, in its discretion, take such action as it deems appropriate with respect to outstanding Awards, which may include: (i)  providing for the cancellation of any Award in exchange for payments in a manner similar to that provided in Section 12(b)(3) or (ii) making such adjustments to the Awards then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change in Control, which may include the acceleration of vesting in full or in part. The Committee will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in such circumstances, and may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award Agreement as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  Unless otherwise provided in an applicable Agreement, in the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Committee will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.  An Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

13.                                Plan Participation and Service Provider Status .   Status as a Service Provider shall not be construed as a commitment that any Award will be made under the Plan to that Service Provider or to

 

14



 

eligible Service Providers generally.  Nothing in the Plan or in any Agreement or related documents shall confer upon any Service Provider or Participant any right to continued Service with the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall it interfere with or limit in any way any right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate the person’s Service at any time with or without Cause or change such person’s compensation, other benefits, job responsibilities or title.

 

14.                                Tax Withholding .   The Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, shall have the right to (i) withhold from any cash payment under the Plan or any other compensation owed to a Participant an amount sufficient to cover any required withholding taxes related to the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of an Award, and (ii) require a Participant or other person receiving Shares under the Plan to pay a cash amount sufficient to cover any required withholding taxes before actual receipt of those Shares.  In lieu of all or any part of a cash payment from a person receiving Shares under the Plan, the Committee may permit the individual to cover all or any part of the required tax withholdings (but not to exceed the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld if such limitation is necessary to avoid an adverse accounting impact) by authorizing the Company to withhold a number of the Shares that would otherwise be delivered to the Participant, or by delivering to the Company Shares already owned by the Participant, with the Shares so withheld or delivered having a Fair Market Value on the date the taxes are required to be withheld equal to the amount of taxes to be withheld.

 

15.                                Effective Date, Duration, Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Effective Date .  The Plan shall become effective on the date it is approved by the Company’s stockholders, which shall be considered the date of its adoption for purposes of Treasury Regulation §1.422-2(b)(2)(i).  No Awards shall be made under the Plan prior to its effective date.

 

(b)                                  Duration of the Plan .  The Plan shall remain in effect until all Shares subject to it are distributed, all Awards have expired or terminated, the Plan is terminated pursuant to Section 15(c), or the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan, whichever occurs first (the “Termination Date”).  Awards made before the Termination Date shall continue to be outstanding in accordance with their terms and the terms of the Plan unless otherwise provided in the applicable Agreements.

 

(c)                                   Amendment and Termination of the Plan .  The Board may at any time terminate, suspend or amend the Plan.  The Company shall submit any amendment of the Plan to its stockholders for approval only to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or the rules of any securities exchange on which the Shares may then be listed.  No termination, suspension, or amendment of the Plan may materially impair the rights of any Participant under a previously granted Award without the Participant’s consent, unless such action is necessary to comply with applicable law or stock exchange rules.

 

(d)                                  Amendment of Awards .  Subject to Section 15(e), the Committee may unilaterally amend the terms of any Agreement evidencing an Award previously granted, except that no such amendment may materially impair the rights of any Participant under the applicable Award without the Participant’s consent, unless such amendment is necessary to comply with applicable law or stock exchange rules or any compensation recovery policy as provided in Section 17(h).

 

(e)                                   No Option or SAR Repricing .  Except as provided in Section 12(a), no Option or Stock Appreciation Right Award granted under the Plan may be (i) amended to decrease the exercise price thereof, (ii) cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Option or Stock Appreciation Right Award with a lower exercise price, (iii) cancelled in exchange for cash, other property or the grant of any Full Value Award at a time when the per share exercise price of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right

 

15



 

Award is greater than the current Fair Market Value of a Share, or (iv) otherwise subject to any action that would be treated under accounting rules as a “repricing” of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right Award, unless such action is first approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

16.                                Performance-Based Compensation .

 

(a)                                  Designation of Awards .  If the Committee determines at the time a Full Value Award is granted to a Participant that such Participant is, or is likely to be, a “covered employee” for purposes of Code Section 162(m) as of the end of the tax year in which the Company would ordinarily claim a tax deduction in connection with such Award, then the Committee may provide that this Section 16 will be applicable to such Award, which shall be considered Performance-Based Compensation.

 

(b)                                  Compliance with Code Section 162(m) .  If an Award is subject to this Section 16, then the grant of the Award, the vesting and lapse of restrictions thereon and/or the distribution of cash, Shares or other property pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be subject to the achievement over the applicable performance period of one or more performance goals based on one or more of the performance measures specified in Section 16(c).  The Committee will select the applicable performance measure(s) and specify the performance goal(s) based on those performance measures for any performance period, specify in terms of an objective formula or standard the method for calculating the amount payable to a Participant if the performance goal(s) are satisfied, and certify the degree to which applicable performance goals have been satisfied and any amount that vests and is payable in connection with an Award subject to this Section 16, all within the time periods prescribed by and consistent with the other requirements of Code Section 162(m).  In specifying the performance goals applicable to any performance period, the Committee may provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to the performance measures on which the performance goals are based, which may include adjustments that would cause such measures to be considered “non-GAAP financial measures” within the meaning of Rule 101 under Regulation G promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, including adjustments for events that are unusual in nature or infrequently occurring, such as a Change in Control, acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring activities or asset write-downs, or for changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles.  The Committee may also adjust performance measures for a performance period to the extent permitted by Code Section 162(m) in connection with an event described in Section 12(a) to prevent the dilution or enlargement of a Participant’s rights with respect to Performance-Based Compensation.  The Committee may adjust downward, but not upward, any amount determined to be otherwise payable in connection with an Award subject to this Section 16.  The Committee may also provide, in an Agreement or otherwise, that the achievement of specified performance goals in connection with an Award subject to this Section 16 may be waived upon the death or Disability of the Participant or under any other circumstance with respect to which the existence of such possible waiver will not cause the Award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).

 

(c)                                   Performance Measures .  For purposes of any Full Value Award considered Performance-Based Compensation subject to this Section 16, the performance measures to be utilized shall be limited to one or a combination of two or more of the following performance measures: (i) net earnings or net income; (ii) earnings before one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) revenue; (v) gross profit; (vi) operating income; (vii) profitability as measured by return ratios (including, but not limited to, return on assets, return on equity, return on invested capital and return on revenue) or by the degree to which any of the foregoing earnings measures exceed a percentage of revenue or gross profit; (viii) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow and cash flow return on capital); (ix) market share; (x) margins (including, but not limited to, one or more of gross, operating and net earnings margins); (xi) stock

 

16



 

price; (xii) total stockholder return; (xiii) asset quality; (xiv) non-performing assets; (xv) operating assets; (xvi) balance of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities; (xvii) product cost and expense management; (xviii) economic value added or similar value added measurements; (xix) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xx) productivity ratios; (xxi) employee retention or satisfaction measures; (xxii) safety record; (xxiii) customer satisfaction; (xxiv) debt, credit or other leverage measures or ratios; (xxv) implementation or completion of critical projects, (xxvi) accounts receivable days outstanding; (xxvii) reimbursement approvals; (xxviii) achievement of specified acquisitions or divestitures; (xxix) acquisition synergies or achievements; (xxx) market penetration goals; (xxxi) geographic business expansion goals; (xxxii) research and development goals, including publication of studies; (xxxiii) new product development and introduction goals; (xxxiv) clinical study goals; (xxxv) regulatory achievements; (xxxvi) compliance measures; (xxxvii) quality measures; (xxxviii) contracts with payers; and (xxxix) analyst coverage.  Any performance goal based on one or more of the foregoing performance measures may be expressed in absolute amounts, on a per share basis (basic or diluted), relative to one or more other performance measures, as a growth rate or change from preceding periods, or as a comparison to the performance of specified companies, indices or other external measures, and may relate to one or any combination of Company, Affiliate, division, business unit, operational unit or individual performance.

 

17.                                Other Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Unfunded Plan .  The Plan shall be unfunded and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by Awards under the Plan.  Neither the Company, its Affiliates, the Committee, nor the Board shall be deemed to be a trustee of any amounts to be paid under the Plan nor shall anything contained in the Plan or any action taken pursuant to its provisions create or be construed to create a fiduciary relationship between the Company and/or its Affiliates, and a Participant.   To the extent any person has or acquires a right to receive a payment in connection with an Award under the Plan, this right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Limits of Liability .  Except as may be required by law, neither the Company nor any member of the Board or of the Committee, nor any other person participating (including participation pursuant to a delegation of authority under Section 3(c) of the Plan) in any determination of any question under the Plan, or in the interpretation, administration or application of the Plan, shall have any liability to any party for any action taken, or not taken, in good faith under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Compliance with Applicable Legal Requirements and Company Policies .  No Shares distributable pursuant to the Plan shall be issued and delivered unless and until the issuance of the Shares complies with all applicable legal requirements, including compliance with the provisions of applicable state and federal securities laws, and the requirements of any securities exchanges on which the Company’s Shares may, at the time, be listed.  During any period in which the offering and issuance of Shares under the Plan is not registered under federal or state securities laws, Participants shall acknowledge that they are acquiring Shares under the Plan for investment purposes and not for resale, and that Shares may not be transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under, or an exemption from the registration requirements of, such securities laws.  Any stock certificate or book-entry evidencing Shares issued under the Plan that are subject to securities law restrictions shall bear or be accompanied by an appropriate restrictive legend or stop transfer instruction.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the acquisition, holding or disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan shall in all events be subject to compliance with applicable Company policies, including those relating to insider trading, pledging or hedging transactions, stock ownership guidelines, and post-vesting holding periods, and to forfeiture or recovery of compensation as provided in Section 17(h).

 

17



 

(d)                                  Other Benefit and Compensation Programs .  Payments and other benefits received by a Participant under an Award made pursuant to the Plan shall not be deemed a part of a Participant’s regular, recurring compensation for purposes of the termination, indemnity or severance pay laws of any country and shall not be included in, nor have any effect on, the determination of benefits under any other employee benefit plan, contract or similar arrangement provided by the Company or an Affiliate unless expressly so provided by such other plan, contract or arrangement, or unless the Committee expressly determines that an Award or portion of an Award should be included to accurately reflect competitive compensation practices or to recognize that an Award has been made in lieu of a portion of competitive cash compensation.

 

(e)                                   Governing Law .  To the extent that federal laws do not otherwise control, the Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts-of-law principles and shall be construed accordingly.

 

(f)                                    Severability .  If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

(g)                                   Code Section 409A .  It is intended that (i) all Awards of Options, SARs and Restricted Stock under the Plan will not provide for the deferral of compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A and thereby be exempt from Code Section 409A, and (ii) all other Awards under the Plan will either not provide for the deferral of compensation within the meaning of Code Section 409A, or will comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and Awards shall be structured and the Plan administered and interpreted in accordance with this intent.  The Plan and any Agreement may be unilaterally amended by the Company in any manner deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee or Board in order to maintain such exemption from or compliance with Code Section 409A, and any such amendment shall conclusively be presumed to be necessary to comply with applicable law.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Agreement, with respect to any Award that constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Code Section 409A:

 

(1)                                  If any amount is payable under such Award upon a termination of Service, a termination of Service will be deemed to have occurred only at such time as the Participant has experienced a “separation from service” as such term is defined for purposes of Code Section 409A;

 

(2)                                  If any amount shall be payable with respect to any such Award as a result of a Participant’s “separation from service” at such time as the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, then no payment shall be made, except as permitted under Code Section 409A, prior to the first business day after the earlier of (i) the date that is six months after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death.  Unless the Committee has adopted a specified employee identification policy as contemplated by Code Section 409A, specified employees will be identified in accordance with the default provisions specified under Code Section 409A.

 

None of the Company, the Board, the Committee nor any other person involved with the administration of this Plan shall (i) in any way be responsible for ensuring the exemption of any Award from, or compliance by any Award with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, (ii) have any obligation to design or administer the Plan or Awards granted thereunder in a manner that minimizes a Participant’s tax liabilities, including the avoidance of any additional tax liabilities under Code Section 409A, and (iii) shall have any liability to any Participant for any such tax liabilities.

 

18



 

(h)                                  Forfeiture and Compensation Recovery .

 

(1)                                  The Committee may specify in an Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recovery by the Company upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award.  Such events may include termination of Service for Cause; violation of any material Company or Affiliate policy; breach of noncompetition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions that apply to the Participant; a determination that the payment of the Award was based on an incorrect determination that financial or other criteria were met or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

(2)                                  Awards and any compensation associated therewith may be made subject to forfeiture, recovery by the Company or other action pursuant to any compensation recovery policy adopted by the Board or the Committee at any time, including in response to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any implementing rules and regulations thereunder, or as otherwise required by law.  Any Agreement may be unilaterally amended by the Committee to comply with any such compensation recovery policy.

 

19




Exhibit 10.12

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

Under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants an Option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock to you, the Participant named below.  The terms and conditions of the Option Award are set forth in this Agreement, consisting of this cover page and the Option Terms and Conditions on the following pages, and in the Plan document, a copy of which has been provided to you.  Any capitalized term that is not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan as it currently exists or as it is amended in the future.

 

Name of Participant:  **[                         ]

 

 

No. of Shares Covered:  **[         ]

 

Grant Date:

               , 20     

Exercise Price Per Share:  $**[        ]

 

Expiration Date:

               , 20     

Vesting and Exercise Schedule:

 

 

 

 

 

Portion of Shares as to Which

Dates

 

Option Becomes Vested and Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By signing below or otherwise evidencing your acceptance of this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, you agree to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan document.  You acknowledge that you have received and reviewed these documents and that they set forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding your right to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to this Option.

 

PARTICIPANT:

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement

 

Option Terms and Conditions

 

1.                                       Non-Qualified Stock Option .  This Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

2.                                       Vesting and Exercisability of Option .

 

(a)                                  Scheduled Vesting . This Option will vest and become exercisable as to the number of Shares and on the dates specified in the Vesting and Exercise Schedule on the cover page to this Agreement, so long as your Service to the Company does not end.  The Vesting and Exercise Schedule is cumulative, meaning that to the extent the Option has not already been exercised and has not expired or been terminated or cancelled, you or the person otherwise entitled to exercise the Option as provided in this Agreement may at any time purchase all or any portion of the Shares subject to the vested portion of the Option.

 

(b)                                  Accelerated Vesting . Notwithstanding Section 2(a):

 

(1)                                  Death or Disability .  If your Service terminates prior to the final scheduled vesting date due to your death or Disability, this Option will vest and become exercisable in full as of such termination date, and will remain exercisable for one year thereafter.

 

(2)                                  Change in Control .  If and to the extent this Award is continued, assumed or replaced in connection with a Change in Control, and if within one year after the Change in Control you experience an involuntary termination of Service for reasons other than Cause, [or you terminate your Service for Good Reason (as defined below),] then this Option shall vest and become exercisable in full as of such termination date, and will remain exercisable for one year thereafter.  In addition, vesting of Option may be accelerated during the term of the Award under the circumstances described in Sections 12(b) and 12(c) of the Plan.

 

[(3)                              Definition of “Good Reason .”  “Good Reason” shall, if you have an employment agreement with the Company, have the meaning set forth in your employment agreement.  If you do not have an employment agreement with the Company, “Good Reason” means the existence of one or more of the following conditions without your written consent, so long as you provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition not later than 90 days after the initial existence of the condition, the condition has not been remedied by the Company within 30 days after its receipt of such notice and your Service terminates no later than 130 days after the condition’s initial occurrence: (i) any material, adverse change in your duties, responsibilities, or authority; (ii) a material reduction in your base salary or bonus opportunity that is not part of a general reduction applicable to

 

2



 

employees in the same classification or grade as you; or (iii) a geographical relocation of your principal office location by more than 50 miles.]

 

3.                                       Expiration .  This Option will expire and will no longer be exercisable at 5:00 p.m. Central Time on the earliest of:

 

(a)                                  The expiration date specified on the cover page of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  Upon your termination of Service for Cause;

 

(c)                                   Upon the expiration of any applicable period specified in Section 6(e) of the Plan or Section 2 of this Agreement during which this Option may be exercised after your termination of Service; or

 

(d)                                  The date (if any) fixed for termination or cancellation of this Option pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan.

 

4.                                       Service Requirement .   Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(e) of the Plan or Section 2 of this Agreement, this Option may be exercised only while you continue to provide Service to the Company or any Affiliate, and only if you have continuously provided such Service since the Grant Date of this Option.

 

5.                                       Exercise of Option .  Subject to Section 4, the vested and exercisable portion of this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term by delivering a written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or to such other party as may be designated by such officer, and by providing for payment of the exercise price of the Shares being acquired and any related withholding taxes.  The notice of exercise must be in a form approved by the Company and state the number of Shares to be purchased, the method of payment of the aggregate exercise price and the directions for the delivery of the Shares to be acquired, and must be signed or otherwise authenticated by the person exercising the Option.  If you are not the person exercising the Option, the person submitting the notice also must submit appropriate proof of his/her right to exercise the Option.

 

6.                                       Payment of Exercise Price .  When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the exercise price of the Shares being purchased through one or a combination of the following methods:

 

(a)                                  Cash (including personal check, cashier’s check or money order);

 

(b)                                  By means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise in which you irrevocably instruct your broker to deliver proceeds of a sale of all or a portion of the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise to the Company in payment of the exercise price of such Shares; or

 

(c)                                   By delivery to the Company of Shares (by actual delivery or attestation of ownership in a form approved by the Company) already owned by you that are not subject to any security interest and that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price of the Shares being purchased; or

 

(d)                                  By authorizing the Company to retain, from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of

 

3



 

exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised.

 

However, if the Committee determines, in any given circumstance, that payment of the exercise price with Shares or by authorizing the Company to retain Shares is undesirable for any reason, you will not be permitted to pay any portion of the exercise price in that manner.

 

7.                                       Withholding Taxes .  You may not exercise this Option in whole or in part unless you make arrangements acceptable to the Company for payment of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the exercise of this Option.  You hereby authorize the Company (or any Affiliate) to withhold from payroll or other amounts payable to you any sums required to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, and otherwise agree to satisfy such obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan.  If you wish to satisfy some or all of such withholding tax obligations by delivering Shares you already own or by having the Company retain a portion of the Shares being acquired upon exercise of the Option, you must make such a request which shall be subject to approval by the Company.  Delivery of Shares upon exercise of this Option is subject to the satisfaction of applicable withholding tax obligations.

 

8.                                       Delivery of Shares .    As soon as practicable after the Company receives the notice of exercise and payment of the exercise price as provided above, and has determined that all other conditions to exercise, including satisfaction of withholding tax obligations and compliance with applicable laws as provided in Section 17(c) of the Plan, have been satisfied, it shall deliver to the person exercising the Option, in the name of such person, the Shares being purchased, as evidenced by issuance of a stock certificate or certificates, electronic delivery of such Shares to a brokerage account designated by such person, or book-entry registration of such Shares with the Company’s transfer agent.  The Company shall pay any original issue or transfer taxes with respect to the issue or transfer of the Shares and all fees and expenses incurred by it in connection therewith.  All Shares so issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

9.                                       Transfer of Option .  During your lifetime, only you (or your guardian or legal representative in the event of legal incapacity) may exercise this Option except in the case of a transfer described below.  You may not assign or transfer this Option except (i) for a transfer upon your death in accordance with your will, by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a beneficiary designation submitted in accordance with Section 6(d) of the Plan, (ii) pursuant to a domestic relations order, or (iii) with the prior written approval of the Company, by gift to a “family member” as the term is defined under General Instruction A.1(a)(5) to Form S-8 under the Securities Act.  The Option held by any such transferee will continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the Option immediately prior to its transfer and may be exercised by such transferee as and to the extent that the Option has become exercisable and has not terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

10.                                No Stockholder Rights Before Exercise .  Neither you nor any permitted transferee of this Option will have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to this Option until a certificate evidencing such Shares has been issued, electronic delivery of such Shares has been made to your designated brokerage account, or an appropriate book entry in the Company’s stock register has been made.  No adjustments shall be made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate has been issued, electronic delivery of your Shares has been made to your designated brokerage account, or an appropriate book entry in the

 

4



 

Company’s stock register has been made, except as otherwise described in the Plan.

 

11.                                Governing Plan Document .  This Agreement and Option are subject to all the provisions of the Plan, and to all interpretations, rules and regulations which may, from time to time, be adopted and promulgated by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.  If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.

 

12.                                Choice of Law .  This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to its conflicts or choice of law principles).

 

13.                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement will be binding in all respects on your heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, and on the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

14.                                Other Agreements .   You agree that in connection with the exercise of this Option, you will execute such documents as may be necessary to become a party to any stockholder, voting or similar agreements as the Company may require.

 

15.                                Restrictive Legends .   The Company may place a legend or legends on any certificate representing Shares issued upon the exercise of this Option summarizing transfer and other restrictions to which the Shares may be subject under applicable securities laws, other provisions of this Agreement, or other agreements contemplated by Section 14 of this Agreement.  You agree that in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to in this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

 

16.                                Compensation Recovery Policy .  To the extent that any compensation paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement is considered “incentive-based compensation” within the meaning and subject to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act, such compensation shall be subject to potential forfeiture or recovery by the Company in accordance with any compensation recovery policy adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof in response to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any implementing rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then listed.  This Agreement may be unilaterally amended by the Company to comply with any such compensation recovery policy.

 

17.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance .  The Company may deliver any documents related to this Option Award by electronic means and request your acceptance of this Agreement by electronic means.  You hereby consent to receive all applicable documentation by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line (and/or voice activated) system established and maintained by the Company or the Company’s third-party stock plan administrator.

 

By signing the cover page of this Agreement or otherwise accepting this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, you agree to all the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan document.

 

5




Exhibit 10.13

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

Under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants an Option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock to you, the Participant named below.  The terms and conditions of the Option Award are set forth in this Agreement, consisting of this cover page and the Option Terms and Conditions on the following pages, and in the Plan document, a copy of which has been provided to you.  Any capitalized term that is not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan as it currently exists or as it is amended in the future.

 

Name of Participant:  **[                         ]

 

 

No. of Shares Covered:  **[         ]

 

Grant Date:

               , 20     

Exercise Price Per Share:  $**[        ]

 

Expiration Date:

               , 20     

Vesting and Exercise Schedule:

 

 

 

 

 

Portion of Shares as to Which

Dates

 

Option Becomes Vested and Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By signing below or otherwise evidencing your acceptance of this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, you agree to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan document.  You acknowledge that you have received and reviewed these documents and that they set forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding your right to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to this Option.

 

PARTICIPANT:

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

 

Option Terms and Conditions

 

1.                                       Incentive Stock Option .  This Option is intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and will be interpreted accordingly.  To the extent that, for any reason, the Option does not qualify as an incentive stock option under Code Section 422, the Option will be treated as a non-statutory stock option, subject to the tax consequences applicable to such options.

 

2.                                       Vesting and Exercisability of Option .

 

(a)                                  Scheduled Vesting .  This Option will vest and become exercisable as to the number of Shares and on the dates specified in the Vesting and Exercise Schedule on the cover page to this Agreement, so long as your Service to the Company does not end.  The Vesting and Exercise Schedule is cumulative, meaning that to the extent the Option has not already been exercised and has not expired or been terminated or cancelled, you or the person otherwise entitled to exercise the Option as provided in this Agreement may at any time purchase all or any portion of the Shares subject to the vested portion of the Option.

 

(b)                                  Accelerated Vesting .  Notwithstanding Section 2(a):

 

(1)                                  Death or Disability .  If your Service terminates prior to the final scheduled vesting date due to your death or Disability, this Option will vest and become exercisable in full as of such termination date, and will remain exercisable for one year thereafter.

 

(2)                                  Change in Control .  If and to the extent this Award is continued, assumed or replaced in connection with a Change in Control, and if within one year after the Change in Control you experience an involuntary termination of Service for reasons other than Cause, [or you terminate your Service for Good Reason (as defined below),] then this Option shall vest and become exercisable in full as of such termination date, and will remain exercisable for one year thereafter.  In addition, vesting of the Option may be accelerated during the term of the Award under the circumstances described in Sections 12(b) and 12(c) of the Plan.

 

[(3)                              Definition of “Good Reason .”  “Good Reason” shall, if you have an employment agreement with the Company, have the meaning set forth in your employment agreement.  If you do not have an employment agreement with the Company, “Good Reason” means the existence of one or more of the following conditions without your written consent, so long as you provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition not later than 90 days after the initial existence of the condition, the condition has not been remedied by the Company within 30 days after its receipt of such notice and your Service terminates no later than 130 days after the condition’s initial occurrence: (i) any material, adverse

 

2



 

change in your duties, responsibilities, or authority; (ii) a material reduction in your base salary or bonus opportunity that is not part of a general reduction applicable to employees in the same classification or grade as you; or (iii) a geographical relocation of your principal office location by more than 50 miles.]

 

3.                                       Expiration .  This Option will expire and will no longer be exercisable at 5:00 p.m. Central Time on the earliest of:

 

(a)                                  The expiration date specified on the cover page of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  Upon your termination of Service for Cause;

 

(c)                                   Upon the expiration of any applicable period specified in Section 6(e) of the Plan or Section 2 of this Agreement during which this Option may be exercised after your termination of Service; or

 

(d)                                  The date (if any) fixed for termination or cancellation of this Option pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan.

 

4.                                       Service Requirement .   Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(e) of the Plan or Section 2 of this Agreement, this Option may be exercised only while you continue to provide Service to the Company or any Affiliate, and only if you have continuously provided such Service since the Grant Date of this Option.

 

5.                                       Exercise of Option .  Subject to Section 4, the vested and exercisable portion of this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term by delivering a written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or to such other party as may be designated by such officer, and by providing for payment of the exercise price of the Shares being acquired and any related withholding taxes.  The notice of exercise must be in a form approved by the Company and state the number of Shares to be purchased, the method of payment of the aggregate exercise price and the directions for the delivery of the Shares to be acquired, and must be signed or otherwise authenticated by the person exercising the Option.  If you are not the person exercising the Option, the person submitting the notice also must submit appropriate proof of his/her right to exercise the Option.

 

6.                                       Payment of Exercise Price .  When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the exercise price of the Shares being purchased through one or a combination of the following methods:

 

(a)                                  Cash (including personal check, cashier’s check or money order);

 

(b)                                  By means of a broker-assisted cashless exercise in which you irrevocably instruct your broker to deliver proceeds of a sale of all or a portion of the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise to the Company in payment of the exercise price of such Shares; or

 

(c)                                   By delivery to the Company of Shares (by actual delivery or attestation of ownership in a form approved by the Company) already owned by you that are not subject to any security interest and that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price of the Shares being purchased.

 

3



 

However, if the Committee determines, in any given circumstance, that payment of the exercise price with Shares is undesirable for any reason, you will not be permitted to pay any portion of the exercise price in that manner.

 

7.                                       Tax Consequences .  You hereby acknowledge that if any Shares received pursuant to the exercise of any portion of this Option are sold within two years from the Grant Date or within one year from the effective date of exercise of this Option, or if certain other requirements of the Code are not satisfied, such Shares will be deemed under the Code not to have been acquired by you pursuant to an “incentive stock option” as defined in the Code.  You agree to promptly notify the Company if you sell any Shares received upon the exercise of this Option within the time periods specified in the previous sentence.  The Company shall not be liable to you if this Option for any reason is deemed not to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of the Code.

 

8.                                       Delivery of Shares .   As soon as practicable after the Company receives the notice of exercise and payment of the exercise price as provided above, and has determined that all other conditions to exercise, including compliance with applicable laws as provided in Section 17(c) of the Plan, have been satisfied, it shall deliver to the person exercising the Option, in the name of such person, the Shares being purchased, as evidenced by issuance of a stock certificate or certificates, electronic delivery of such Shares to a brokerage account designated by such person, or book-entry registration of such Shares with the Company’s transfer agent.  The Company shall pay any original issue or transfer taxes with respect to the issue or transfer of the Shares and all fees and expenses incurred by it in connection therewith.  All Shares so issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

9.                                       Transfer of Option .  During your lifetime, only you (or your guardian or legal representative in the event of legal incapacity) may exercise this Option.  You may not assign or transfer this Option except for a transfer upon your death in accordance with your will, by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a beneficiary designation submitted in accordance with Section 6(d) of the Plan.  The Option held by any such transferee will continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the Option immediately prior to its transfer and may be exercised by such transferee as and to the extent that the Option has become exercisable and has not terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

10.                                No Stockholder Rights Before Exercise .  Neither you nor any permitted transferee of this Option will have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to this Option until a certificate evidencing such Shares has been issued, electronic delivery of such Shares has been made to your designated brokerage account, or an appropriate book entry in the Company’s stock register has been made.  No adjustments shall be made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your stock certificate has been issued, electronic delivery of your Shares has been made to your designated brokerage account, or an appropriate book entry in the Company’s stock register has been made, except as otherwise described in the Plan.

 

11.                                Governing Plan Document .  This Agreement and Option are subject to all the provisions of the Plan, and to all interpretations, rules and regulations which may, from time to time, be adopted and promulgated by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.  If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.

 

12.                                Choice of Law .  This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to its conflicts or choice of law principles).

 

4



 

13.                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement will be binding in all respects on your heirs, representatives, successors and assigns , and on the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

14.                                Other Agreements .   You agree that in connection with the exercise of this Option, you will execute such documents as may be necessary to become a party to any stockholder, voting or similar agreements as the Company may require.

 

15.                                Restrictive Legends .   The Company may place a legend or legends on any certificate representing Shares issued upon the exercise of this Option summarizing transfer and other restrictions to which the Shares may be subject under applicable securities laws, other provisions of this Agreement, or other agreements contemplated by Section 14 of this Agreement.  You agree that in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to in this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

 

16.                                Compensation Recovery Policy .  To the extent that any compensation paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement is considered “incentive-based compensation” within the meaning and subject to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act, such compensation shall be subject to potential forfeiture or recovery by the Company in accordance with any compensation recovery policy adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof in response to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any implementing rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then listed.  This Agreement may be unilaterally amended by the Company to comply with any such compensation recovery policy.

 

17.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance .  The Company may deliver any documents related to this Option Award by electronic means and request your acceptance of this Agreement by electronic means.  You hereby consent to receive all applicable documentation by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line (and/or voice activated) system established and maintained by the Company or the Company’s third-party stock plan administrator.

 

By signing the cover page of this Agreement or otherwise accepting this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, you agree to all the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan document.

 

5




Exhibit 10.14

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

Under the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants an award of Restricted Stock to you, the Participant named below.  The terms and conditions of this Restricted Stock Award are set forth in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Agreement”), consisting of this cover page and the Terms and Conditions on the following pages, and in the Plan document, a copy of which has been provided to you.  Any capitalized term that is not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan as it currently exists or as it is amended in the future.

 

Name of Participant:  **[                         ]

 

 

Number of Shares of Restricted Stock:  **[         ]

 

Grant Date:

              , 20    

Vesting Schedule:

 

 

 

 

Vesting Dates

 

Number of Restricted Shares that Vest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By signing below or otherwise evidencing your acceptance of this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, you agree to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan document.  You acknowledge that you have received and reviewed these documents and that they set forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the grant to you of the number of Shares of Restricted Stock specified in the table above.

 

PARTICIPANT:

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

 

Terms and Conditions

 

1.                                       Grant of Restricted Stock .  The Company hereby grants to you, as of the Grant Date specified on the cover page of this Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, an Award of the number of Shares of Restricted Stock specified on the cover page of this Agreement.  Unless and until these Shares vest as provided in Section 4 below, they are subject to the restrictions provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement and are referred to as “Restricted Shares.”

 

2.                                       Issuance of Restricted Shares .  Until the Restricted Shares vest as provided in Section 4, the Restricted Shares will be evidenced either by a book-entry in your name with the Company’s transfer agent or by one or more stock certificates issued in your name.  Any such stock certificate(s) will be deposited with the Company or its designee and will bear the following legend:

 

“This Certificate and the shares of stock evidenced hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including possible forfeiture and restrictions on transfer) contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the registered owner of the shares evidenced hereby and the Company.  Release from such terms and conditions shall be made only in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, a copy of which is on file in the office of the Company’s Secretary.”

 

Any book-entry will be accompanied by a similar legend and shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable.  Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, you shall deliver to the Company one or more stock powers endorsed in blank relating to the Restricted Shares.

 

3.                                       Transfer Restrictions, Possible Forfeiture and Rights as Shareholder .  Until the Restricted Shares vest as provided in Section 4, you are not entitled to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of the Restricted Shares, and the Restricted Shares remain subject to possible forfeiture as provided in Section 5.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Plan, you are entitled at all times on and after the Grant Date specified on the cover page of this Agreement to all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote the Restricted Shares and the right to receive regular cash dividends thereon (subject to applicable tax withholding).  Any Shares distributed as a stock dividend or in a stock split or otherwise with respect to the Restricted Shares before they vest shall be considered additional Restricted Shares subject to the same transfer restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the underlying Restricted Shares and shall be held as prescribed in Section 2.

 

4.                                       Vesting of Restricted Shares .

 

(a)                                  Scheduled Vesting .  If you remain a Service Provider continuously from the Grant Date specified on the cover page of this Agreement, then the Restricted Shares will vest in the number(s) and on the date(s) specified in the Vesting Schedule on the cover page of this Agreement.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Accelerated Vesting .  Notwithstanding Section 4(a):

 

(1)                                  Death or Disability .  If your Service terminates prior to the final scheduled vesting date due to your death or Disability, all of the Restricted Shares shall vest as of such termination date.

 

(2)                                  Change in Control .  If and to the extent this Award is continued, assumed or replaced in connection with a Change in Control, and if within one year after the Change in Control you experience an involuntary termination of Service for reasons other than Cause, [or you terminate your Service for Good Reason (as defined below),] then all of the Restricted Shares shall vest as of such termination date.  In addition, vesting of the Restricted Shares may be accelerated during the term of the Award under the circumstances described in Sections 12(b) and 12(c) of the Plan.

 

[(3)                              Definition of “Good Reason .”  “Good Reason” shall, if you have an employment agreement with the Company, have the meaning set forth in your employment agreement.  If you do not have an employment agreement with the Company, “Good Reason” means the existence of one or more of the following conditions without your written consent, so long as you provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition not later than 90 days after the initial existence of the condition, the condition has not been remedied by the Company within 30 days after its receipt of such notice and your Service terminates no later than 130 days after the condition’s initial occurrence: (i) any material, adverse change in your duties, responsibilities, or authority; (ii) a material reduction in your base salary or bonus opportunity that is not part of a general reduction applicable to employees in the same classification or grade as you; or (iii) a geographical relocation of your principal office location by more than 50 miles.]

 

5.                                       Effect of Termination of Service .  Except as otherwise provided in accordance with Section 4(b), if you cease to be a Service Provider, you will immediately forfeit all unvested Restricted Shares.

 

6.                                       Delivery of Unrestricted Shares .  After any Restricted Shares vest pursuant to Section 4, the Company shall, as soon as practicable, cause to be delivered to you, or to your designated beneficiary or estate in the event of your death, the applicable number of unrestricted Shares.  Delivery of the unrestricted Shares shall be effected by the removal of restrictions on the book-entry in the stock register maintained by the Company’s transfer agent with a corresponding notice provided to you, by the electronic delivery of the Shares to a brokerage account you designate, or by delivery to you of a stock certificate without restrictive legend, and shall be subject to the tax withholding provisions of Section 7 and compliance with all applicable legal requirements as provided in Section 17(c) of the Plan.

 

7.                                       Tax Consequences and Withholding .   You acknowledge that unless you make a proper and timely Section 83(b) election as described below, then at the time the Restricted Shares vest, you will be obligated to recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value as of the date of vesting of the Restricted Shares then vesting.  No unrestricted Shares will be delivered to you

 

3



 

unless you have made arrangements acceptable to the Company for payment of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the vesting of the Restricted Shares.  You hereby authorize the Company (or any Affiliate) to withhold from payroll or other amounts payable to you any sums required to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, and otherwise agree to satisfy such obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan.  If you wish to satisfy some or all of such withholding tax obligations by delivering Shares you already own or by having the Company retain a number of unrestricted Shares otherwise deliverable to you, you must make such a request which shall be subject to approval by the Company.

 

You understand that, with respect to the grant of this Restricted Stock Award, you may file an election with the Internal Revenue Service, within 30 days of the Grant Date, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code to be taxed on the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Shares as of the Grant Date.  You acknowledge that it is your sole responsibility to timely file an election under Section 83(b) of the Code.  If you make such an election, you must promptly provide the Company with a copy, and make arrangements acceptable to the Company for the payment of withholding taxes as described above.

 

8.                                       Governing Plan Document .  This Agreement and the Award are subject to all the provisions of the Plan, and to all interpretations, rules and regulations which may, from time to time, be adopted and promulgated by the Board or the Committee pursuant to the Plan.  If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.

 

9.                                       Choice of Law .  This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to its conflicts or choice of law principles).

 

10.                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement will be binding in all respects on your heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, and on the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

11.                                Compensation Recovery Policy .  To the extent that any compensation paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement is considered “incentive-based compensation” within the meaning and subject to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act, such compensation shall be subject to potential forfeiture or recovery by the Company in accordance with any compensation recovery policy adopted by the Board or any committee thereof in response to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any implementing rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then listed.  This Agreement may be unilaterally amended by the Company to comply with any such compensation recovery policy.

 

12.                                Other Agreements .   You agree that in connection with this award of Restricted Shares or the delivery of unrestricted Shares, you will execute such documents as may be necessary to become a party to any stockholder, voting or similar agreements as the Company may require.

 

13.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance .  The Company may deliver any documents related to this Restricted Stock Award by electronic means and request your acceptance of this Agreement by electronic means.  You hereby consent to receive all applicable documentation by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line (and/or voice activated) system established and maintained by the Company or the Company’s third-party stock plan administrator.

 

4



 

By signing the cover page of this Agreement or otherwise accepting this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, you agree to all the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan document.

 

5




Exhibit 10.15

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

2016 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants an award of Restricted Stock Units to you, the Participant named below.  The terms and conditions of this Award are set forth in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Agreement”), consisting of this cover page and the Terms and Conditions on the following pages, and in the Plan document, a copy of which has been provided to you.  Any capitalized term that is not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan as it currently exists or as it is amended in the future.

 

Name of Participant:  **[                         ]

 

 

Number of Restricted Stock Units:  **[         ]

 

Grant Date:

               , 20     

Vesting Schedule:

 

 

 

 

Vesting Dates

 

Number of Restricted Stock Units that Vest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By signing below or otherwise evidencing your acceptance of this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, you agree to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan document.  You acknowledge that you have received and reviewed these documents and that they set forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the grant to you of the number of Restricted Stock Units specified in the table above.

 

PARTICIPANT:

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

 

Terms and Conditions

 

1.                                       Grant of Restricted Stock Units .  The Company hereby confirms the grant to you, as of the Grant Date and subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, of the number of Restricted Stock Units specified on the cover page of this Agreement (the “Units”).  Each Unit represents the right to receive one Share of the Company’s common stock.  The Units granted to you will be credited to an account in your name maintained by the Company.  This account shall be unfunded and maintained for book-keeping purposes only, with the Units simply representing an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

2.                                       Restrictions Applicable to Units .  Neither this Award nor the Units subject to this Award may be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged or encumbered other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any attempted transfer in violation of this Section 2 shall be of no effect and shall result in the forfeiture of all Units.  The Units and your right to receive Shares in settlement of the Units under this Agreement shall be subject to forfeiture as provided in Section 4 until satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Section 3.

 

3.                                       Vesting of Units .

 

(a)                                  Scheduled Vesting .  If you remain a Service Provider continuously from the Grant Date specified on the cover page of this Agreement, then the Units will vest in the numbers and on the dates specified in the Vesting Schedule on the cover page of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Accelerated Vesting .  Notwithstanding Section 3(a):

 

(1)                                  Death or Disability .  If your Service terminates prior to the final scheduled vesting date due to your death or Disability, all of the unvested Units shall vest as of such termination date.

 

(2)                                  Change in Control .  If and to the extent this Award is continued, assumed or replaced in connection with a Change in Control, and if within one year after the Change in Control you experience an involuntary termination of Service for reasons other than Cause, [or you terminate your Service for Good Reason (as defined below),] then all of the unvested Units shall vest as of such termination date.  In addition, vesting of the Units may be accelerated during the term of the Award under the circumstances described in Sections 12(b) and 12(c) of the Plan.

 

[(3)                              Definition of “Good Reason .”  “Good Reason” shall, if you have an employment agreement with the Company, have the meaning set forth in your employment agreement.  If you do not have an employment agreement with the Company, “Good Reason” means the existence of one or more of the following conditions without your written consent, so long as you provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the condition not later than 90 days after the initial

 

2



 

existence of the condition, the condition has not been remedied by the Company within 30 days after its receipt of such notice and your Service terminates no later than 130 days after the condition’s initial occurrence: (i) any material, adverse change in your duties, responsibilities, or authority; (ii) a material reduction in your base salary or bonus opportunity that is not part of a general reduction applicable to employees in the same classification or grade as you; or (iii) a geographical relocation of your principal office location by more than 50 miles.]

 

4.                                       Effect of Termination of Service .  Except as otherwise provided in accordance with Section 3(b), if you cease to be a Service Provider, you will forfeit all unvested Units.

 

5.                                       Settlement of Units .  After any Units vest pursuant to Section 3, the Company shall, as soon as practicable (but no later than March 15 of the year following the calendar year in which such Units vest), cause to be issued and delivered to you, or to your designated beneficiary or estate in the event of your death, one Share in payment and settlement of each vested Unit.  Delivery of the Shares shall be effected by the issuance of a stock certificate to you, by an appropriate entry in the stock register maintained by the Company’s transfer agent with a notice of issuance provided to you, or by the electronic delivery of the Shares to a brokerage account you designate, and shall be subject to the tax withholding provisions of Section 6 and compliance with all applicable legal requirements as provided in Section 17(c) of the Plan, and shall be in complete satisfaction and settlement of such vested Units.

 

6.                                       Tax Consequences and Withholding .  No Shares will be delivered to you in settlement of vested Units unless you have made arrangements acceptable to the Company for payment of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes that may be due as a result of the delivery of the Shares.  You hereby authorize the Company (or any Affiliate) to withhold from payroll or other amounts payable to you any sums required to satisfy such withholding tax obligations, and otherwise agree to satisfy such obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan.  If you wish to satisfy some or all of such withholding tax obligations by delivering Shares you already own or by having the Company retain a number of Shares upon settlement of the Units, you must make such a request which shall be subject to approval by the Company.

 

7.                                       No Shareholder Rights .  The Units subject to this Award do not entitle you to any rights of a shareholder of the Company’s common stock.  You will not have any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company in connection with the grant of Units subject to this Agreement unless and until Shares are issued to you upon settlement of the Units as provided in Section 5.

 

8.                                       Governing Plan Document .  This Agreement and the Award are subject to all the provisions of the Plan, and to all interpretations, rules and regulations which may, from time to time, be adopted and promulgated by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.  If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.

 

9.                                       Choice of Law .  This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to its conflicts or choice of law principles).

 

10.                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement will be binding in all respects on your heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, and on the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

3



 

11.                                Section 409A of the Code .  The award of Units as provided in this Agreement and any issuance of Shares or payment pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-l(b)(4).

 

12.                                Compensation Recovery Policy .  To the extent that any compensation paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement is considered “incentive-based compensation” within the meaning and subject to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act, such compensation shall be subject to potential forfeiture or recovery by the Company in accordance with any compensation recovery policy adopted by the Board or any committee thereof in response to the requirements of Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any implementing rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is then listed.  This Agreement may be unilaterally amended by the Company to comply with any such compensation recovery policy.

 

13.                                Other Agreements .   You agree that in connection with the settlement of vested Units, you will execute such documents as may be necessary to become a party to any stockholder, voting or similar agreements as the Company may require.

 

14.                                Restrictive Legends .   The Company may place a legend or legends on any certificate representing Shares issued in settlement of vested Units summarizing transfer and other restrictions to which the Shares may be subject under applicable securities laws, other provisions of this Agreement, or other agreements contemplated by Section 13 of this Agreement.  You agree that in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to in this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent.

 

15.                                Electronic Delivery and Acceptance .  The Company may deliver any documents related to this Restricted Stock Unit Award by electronic means and request your acceptance of this Agreement by electronic means.  You hereby consent to receive all applicable documentation by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line (and/or voice activated) system established and maintained by the Company or the Company’s third-party stock plan administrator.

 

By signing the cover page of this Agreement or otherwise accepting this Agreement in a manner approved by the Company, you agree to all the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan document.

 

4




Exhibit 10.16

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

(Quarterly Awards)

 

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), effective as of                , 20    , is between Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and you,                          .  Any capitalized term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan as it currently exists or as it is amended in the future (the “Plan”).

 

Background

 

A.  Under the Plan, the Board has the authority to determine Awards and administer the Plan with respect to Awards involving Non-Employee Directors.

 

B.  The Board has determined that Non-Employee Directors may elect to receive their annual cash retainers for service as a member of the Board in the form of restricted stock units (“RSUs”).  Settlement and payment of RSUs will be effected in Shares as provided in Section 5 hereof.

 

C.  In accordance with the Company’s Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”), such annual cash retainers to Non-Employee Directors are payable in quarterly installments, in arrears, on the last business day of each calendar quarter.  If a Non-Employee Director has elected to receive payment of such retainer amounts in the form of RSUs, the resulting RSUs will be granted as of the last business day of each calendar quarter with respect to the annual cash retainer installment that would otherwise have been payable on such date.

 

D.  You have elected to receive the annual cash retainer quarterly installments to which you would otherwise be entitled for service as a Non-Employee Director in the form of RSUs, each of which represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock.

 

E.  Each quarterly RSU grant hereunder will be evidenced by a Grant Notification in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , and each such Grant Notification when issued by the Company will be incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of each quarterly RSU grant are set forth in this Agreement, including the applicable Grant Notification, and in the Plan document.

 

Terms and Conditions of Quarterly RSU Grants

 

1.             Grant .  Subject to Sections 7 and 8 below, on the last business day of each calendar quarter commencing with the [third] calendar quarter of 2016, you will be granted the number of RSUs specified in the applicable Grant Notification.  The number of RSUs that will be subject to each of these quarterly RSU grants (the “RSU Grants”) will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the annual cash retainer installment otherwise payable for that calendar quarter by the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the applicable RSU Grant Date.  Each RSU will represent the right to receive one Share of the Company’s common stock.  The RSUs granted to you will be credited to an account in your name maintained by the Company.  This account shall be unfunded and maintained for book-keeping purposes only, with the RSUs simply representing an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 



 

2.             Restrictions on RSUs .  Prior to settlement of the RSUs in accordance with Section 5, the RSUs subject to this Agreement may not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged or encumbered other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any attempted transfer in violation of this Section 2 shall be of no effect.

 

3.             No Stockholder Rights .  The RSUs subject to this Agreement do not entitle you to any rights of a stockholder of the Company’s common stock.  You will not have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company in connection with the grant of RSUs subject to this Agreement unless and until Shares are issued to you upon settlement of the RSUs as provided in Section 5.

 

4.             Vesting of RSUs .  The RSUs subject to this Agreement are 100% vested as of their respective Grant Dates.

 

5.             Settlement of RSUs .  The Company shall cause to be issued and delivered to you, or to your designated beneficiary or estate in the event of your death, one Share in payment and settlement of each RSU subject to this Agreement upon the earlier of (i) a termination of your Service to the Company and its Affiliates that constitutes a “separation from service” as such term is defined for purposes of Code Section 409A, or (ii) a Change in Control within the meaning of Section 2(f)(3) of the Plan.  Delivery of Shares in settlement of a RSU Grant subject to this Agreement shall be effected by an appropriate entry in the stock register maintained by the Company’s transfer agent with a notice of issuance provided to you, or by the electronic delivery of the Shares to a brokerage account you designate, and shall be subject to compliance with all applicable legal requirements, including compliance with the requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

6.             Dividend Equivalents .  If cash dividends are declared and paid by the Company with respect to its common stock, then the Company will credit to your account, as of each dividend payment date, a number of additional RSUs (the “Dividend RSUs”).  The number of Dividend RSUs so credited as of any dividend payment date will be equal to (i) the total cash dividends you would have received on that dividend payment date if your outstanding RSUs as of the record date for such dividend payment (including any previously credited Dividend RSUs) had been actual Shares, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the dividend payment date (with the quotient rounded down to the nearest whole number).  Once credited to your account, Dividend RSUs will be considered RSUs for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

7.             Termination of Future Awards .  You will no longer be entitled to receive any additional quarterly RSU Grants pursuant to this Agreement upon the earliest to occur of (i) the termination of your Service with the Company and all Affiliates, (ii) the beginning of the calendar year immediately following the Company’s receipt of written notice from you that you are terminating your election to receive RSUs in lieu of annual cash retainer installments, or (iii) a Change in Control within the meaning Section 2(f)(3) of the Plan.

 

8.             Changes in Capitalization .  If an “equity restructuring” (as defined in Section 12(a) of the Plan) occurs that causes the per share value of the Shares to change, the Board shall make such equitable adjustments to any RSUs subject to this Agreement as are contemplated by Section 12(a) of the Plan in order to avoid dilution or enlargement of your rights hereunder.  The Board may make such equitable adjustments to any RSUs subject to this Agreement as and to the extent provided in Section 12(a) of the Plan in connection with other changes in the Company’s capitalization contemplated by Section 12(a) of the Plan.

 

9.             Interpretation of This Agreement .  All decisions and interpretations made by the Board with regard to any question arising hereunder or under the Plan shall be binding and conclusive upon you and the Company.

 

2



 

10.          Governing Plan Document .  The RSU Grants evidenced by this Agreement (including any Grant Notifications issued hereunder) are granted pursuant to the Plan, the terms of which are hereby made a part of this Agreement.  This Agreement (including any Grant Notifications issued hereunder) shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  If any terms of this Agreement or any Grant Notification issued hereunder conflict with the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as the Plan may specifically provide otherwise.  This Agreement (including any Grant Notifications issued hereunder) and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the quarterly RSU Grants and supersede all prior oral or written negotiations, commitments, representations and agreements with respect thereto.

 

11.          Discontinuance of Service .  Neither this Agreement nor any RSU Grant subject to this Agreement shall confer on you any right with respect to continued Service with the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor limit or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliate to terminate such Service or otherwise deal with you without regard to the effect it may have upon you under this Agreement.

 

12.          Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding in all respects on your heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, and on the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

13.          Choice of Law .  This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the state of Delaware (without regard to its conflicts or choice of law principles).

 

You and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date specified at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

PARTICIPANT

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

   Its

 

 

3



 

Exhibit A

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

(Quarterly Awards)

 

Grant Notification

 

Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Quarterly Awards) dated               , 20    (the “Agreement”) between the Company and you, the Participant named below, hereby grants to you an award of Deferred Stock Units (“RSUs”), each such RSU representing the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock.  The terms and conditions of this RSU Award are set forth in this Grant Notification, the Agreement, and the Plan document, and these documents set forth the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the grant to you of the number of RSUs shown in the table below.

 

Name of Participant:

 

 

 

Number of RSUs:

Grant Date:

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

 

Vesting Date

 

Percentage of Units That Vest

 

 

 

 

 

[Grant Date]

 

100

%

 

 

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose of the Plan .   The purpose of this Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide the employees of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) and its participating subsidiaries with a convenient means of purchasing shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at a discount to market prices through the use of payroll deductions.  The Company intends that the Plan shall qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code.

 

2.                                       Definitions .   The terms defined in this section are used (and capitalized) elsewhere in this Plan.

 

2.1.                             Affiliate ” means each domestic or foreign entity that is a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Code Sections 424(e) and 424(f) or any successor provisions.

 

2.2                                Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.3                                Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.  For purposes of the Plan, references to sections of the Code shall be deemed to include any applicable regulations thereunder and any successor or similar statutory provisions.

 

2.4                                Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of non-employee directors appointed by the Board to administer the Plan as provided in Section 13.

 

2.5                                Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

2.6                                Company ” means Tactile Systems Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

2.7                                Corporate Transaction ” means (i) a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company with or into another corporation, or (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

2.8                                Designated Affiliate ” means any Affiliate which has been expressly designated by the Board or Committee as a corporation whose Eligible Employees may participate in the Plan.

 

2.9                                Eligible Compensation ” means the total cash compensation (including wages, salary, commission, bonus, and overtime earnings) paid by the Company or any Affiliate to a Participant in accordance with the Participant’s terms of employment, but shall not include any employer contributions to a 401(k) or other retirement plan, any expense reimbursements or allowances, or any income (whether paid in Shares or cash) realized by the Participant as a result of participation in any equity-based compensation plan of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

2.10                         Eligible Employee ” means any employee of the Company or a Designated Affiliate, except for any employee who, immediately after a right to purchase is granted under the Plan, would be deemed, for purposes of Code Section 423(b)(3), to own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Offering, the Committee may provide for the exclusion of certain employees within the limitations described in Treasury Regulations §1.423-2(e)(1), (2) and (3).

 



 

2.11                         Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.12                         Fair Market Value ” of a Share of Common Stock as of any date means (i) if the Company’s Common Stock is then listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sale price for a Share on such exchange on said date, or, if no sale has been made on such exchange on said date, on the last preceding day on which any sale shall have been made; (ii) if the Company’s Common Stock is not then listed on a national securities exchange, such value as the Committee in its discretion may in good faith determine, provided that , for the IPO Purchase Period, the Fair Market Value of a Share on the applicable Offering Date will be the price per share at which Shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.  The determination of Fair Market Value shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.1.

 

2.13                         IPO Date ” means the effective date of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 for the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

 

2.14                         IPO Purchase Period ” means the initial Purchase Period under the Plan which begins on the IPO Date and ends on the next May 15 or November 15 to occur at least six months thereafter.

 

2.15                         Offering ” means the right provided to Participants to purchase Shares under the Plan with respect to a Purchase Period.

 

2.16                         Offering Date ” means the first Trading Day of a Purchase Period, which shall be the IPO Date for the IPO Purchase Period.

 

2.17                         Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who has elected to participate in the Plan in the manner set forth in Section 4 and whose participation has not ended pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 9.

 

2.18                         Plan ” means this Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.19                         Purchase Date ” means the last Trading Day of a Purchase Period.

 

2.20                         Purchase Period ” means a period of six months beginning either (i) on May 16 of each calendar year and ending on the next November 15, or (ii) on November 16 in each calendar year and ending on the next May 15, such other period of time (but not to exceed 27 months or such longer period as may be permitted under Code Section 423) commencing on such date as may be established by the Committee, or the IPO Purchase Period.

 

2.21                         Recordkeeping Account ” means the account maintained in the books and records of the Company recording the amount contributed to the Plan by each Participant through payroll deductions .

 

2.22                         Shares ” means shares of Common Stock.

 

2.23                         Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchanges in the United States are open for trading.

 

3.                                       Shares Available .   Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.1, the maximum number of Shares that may be sold by the Company to Eligible Employees under the Plan shall be 1,600,000 Shares, plus an automatic annual increase in such amount on January 1 of each year beginning in 2017 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2026 equal to the lesser of: (i) 1% of the total number of Shares outstanding

 

2



 

as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, or (ii) 500,000 Shares, provided, however , that the Board may determine that any annual increase shall be for a number of Shares that is less than the number of Shares determined by the application of clauses (i) and (ii).  If the purchases by all Participants in an Offering would otherwise cause the aggregate number of Shares to be sold under the Plan to exceed the number specified in this Section 3, each Participant in that Offering shall be allocated a ratable portion of the remaining number of Shares which may be sold under the Plan.

 

4.                                       Eligibility and Participation .   To be eligible to participate in the Plan for a given Purchase Period, an employee must be an Eligible Employee on the first day of such Purchase Period.

 

4.1                                Enrollment for IPO Purchase Period.  Each individual who, on the IPO Date, qualifies as an Eligible Employee shall automatically become a Participant on such day and shall be deemed to have been granted the right to participate in the Offering occurring during the IPO Purchase Period at the maximum applicable participation rate.  Adoption of the Plan by the Board constitutes the approval of the grant of such a right to all Eligible Employees as of the IPO Date.  Each Participant who was automatically enrolled in the Plan on the IPO Date shall file a payroll deduction election form in the manner prescribed by Section 6.2 below within 30 calendar days after the IPO Date.  If a Participant who was automatically enrolled on the IPO Date fails to file such election form in a timely manner, then such Participant shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Plan in accordance with Section 8.1 below.  A former Participant who is deemed to have withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall not again be a Participant in the Plan until he or she reenters the Plan for a subsequent Purchase Period through the enrollment process described in Sections 4.2 and 6.2 below.

 

4.2                                Enrollment After the IPO Purchase Period .  An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in the Plan by filing an election form with the Company before the Offering Date for a Purchase Period occurring after the IPO Purchase Period that authorizes regular payroll deductions from Eligible Compensation beginning with the first payday in such Purchase Period and continuing until the Plan is terminated or the Eligible Employee withdraws from the Plan, modifies his or her authorization, or ceases to be an Eligible Employee, as hereinafter provided.

 

5.                                       Amount of Common Stock Each Eligible Employee May Purchase .

 

5.1.                             Purchase Amounts and Limitations .  Subject to the provisions of this Plan, each Participant shall be offered the right to purchase on the Purchase Date the maximum number of Shares (including fractional Shares) that can be purchased with the entire balance in the Participant’s Recordkeeping Account at the per Share price specified in Section 5.2.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant shall be entitled to:

 

(a)                                  the right to purchase Shares under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans (within the meaning of Code Section 423(b)), if any, of the Company and its Affiliates that accrues at a rate which in the aggregate exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value (determined on the Offering Date of a Purchase Period when the right is granted) for each calendar year in which such right is outstanding at any time; or

 

(b)                                  purchase more than 5,000 Shares in any Offering under this Plan, such limit subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 14.1.

 

5.2.                             Purchase Price .  Unless a greater purchase price is established by the Committee for an Offering prior to the commencement of the applicable Purchase Period, the purchase price of each Share sold pursuant to this Plan will be the lesser of (i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such Share on the Offering Date of the applicable Purchase Period, or (ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such Share on the Purchase Date.

 

3



 

6.                                       Method of Participation .

 

6.1.                             Notice and Date of Grant .  The Company shall give notice to each Eligible Employee of the opportunity to purchase Shares pursuant to this Plan and the terms and conditions of such Offering.  The Company contemplates that for tax purposes the Offering Date for a Purchase Period will be considered the date of the grant of the right to purchase such Shares.

 

6.2.                             Contribution Elections .  Each Eligible Employee who desires to participate in the Plan for a Purchase Period shall signify his or her election to do so by signing and filing with the Company an election form approved by the Committee.  An Eligible Employee may elect to have any whole percent of Eligible Compensation (that is, 1%, 2%, 3%, etc.) withheld as a payroll deduction, but not exceeding 15% per pay period (or such other maximum percentage as the Committee may establish from time to time prior to the commencement of an Offering).  Except with respect to the IPO Purchase Period, an election to participate in the Plan and to authorize payroll deductions as described herein must be made before the Offering Date of a Purchase Period, and shall be effective beginning with the first payday in the Purchase Period immediately following the filing of such election form.  With respect to the IPO Purchase Period, an election to authorize payroll deductions (which may be in an amount less than the maximum participation percentage) is to be submitted following the IPO Date, but no later than 30 days thereafter, by any Participant who was automatically enrolled in the Plan.  Any election form submitted shall remain in effect until the Plan is terminated or such Participant withdraws from the Plan, modifies his or her authorization, or ceases to be an Eligible Employee, as hereinafter provided.

 

6.3                                Additional Contributions .  If specifically provided by the Committee in connection with an Offering (including for purposes of complying with applicable local law), or in connection with the IPO Purchase Period as provided below, in addition to or instead of making contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make additional contributions to his or her Recordkeeping Account through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date.  A Participant may make such additional contributions into his or her Recordkeeping Account only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.1.  Subject to the preceding sentence, a Participant will be permitted to make such an additional contribution into his or her Recordkeeping Account in connection with the IPO Purchase Period only if the Participant made a timely election as provided in Section 6.2 above to authorize payroll deductions for the IPO Purchase Period at the maximum participation percentage, and such additional contribution is limited in amount to the maximum contribution percentage applied to Eligible Compensation received on paydays occurring during the IPO Purchase Period before the Participant’s initial payroll deduction election became effective.

 

6.4.                             Offering Terms and Conditions .  Each Offering shall consist of a single Purchase Period and shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate, consistent with the terms of the Plan.  The Committee may provide for separate Offerings for different Designated Affiliates, and the terms and conditions of the separate Offerings, including the applicable Purchase Period, need not be consistent.  Any Offering shall comply with the requirement of Code Section 423 that all Participants shall have the same rights and privileges for such Offering.  The terms and conditions of any Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan.

 

7.                                       Recordkeeping Accounts .

 

7.1.                             Crediting Payroll Deduction Contributions .  The Company shall maintain a Recordkeeping Account for each Participant.  Payroll deductions pursuant to Section 6 will be credited to such Recordkeeping Accounts on each payday.

 

4



 

7.2.                             No Interest Payable .  No interest will be credited to a Participant’s Recordkeeping Account (unless required under local law).

 

7.3.                             No Segregation of Accounts .  The Recordkeeping Account is established solely for accounting purposes, and all amounts credited to the Recordkeeping Account will remain part of the general assets of the Company and need not be segregated from other corporate funds (unless required under local law).

 

7.4.                             Additional Contributions .  A Participant may not make any separate cash payment into a Recordkeeping Account, except as may be permitted in accordance with Section 6.3, and any such additional contributions will be credited to the Recordkeeping Accounts when received by the Company.

 

8.                                       Right to Adjust Participation; Withdrawals from Recordkeeping Account .

 

8.1.                             Withdrawal from Plan .  A Participant may at any time withdraw from the Plan.  If a Participant withdraws from the Plan, the Company will pay to the Participant in cash the entire balance in such Participant’s Recordkeeping Account and no further deductions will be made from the Participant’s Eligible Compensation during such Purchase Period.  A Participant who withdraws from the Plan will not be eligible to reenter the Plan until the next succeeding Purchase Period, and any such reentry shall be through the enrollment process described in Section 6.2.

 

8.2.                             Adjusting Level of Participation .  A Participant may adjust his or her rate of payroll deduction contributions to the Plan as follows:

 

(a)                                  A Participant may, by written notice, direct the Company to increase or decrease his or her rate of payroll deduction contributions, with such change to be effective as of the first day of the next Purchase Period.

 

(b)                                  A Participant may, by written notice, direct the Company to decrease his or her rate of payroll deduction contributions for a Purchase Period (including a decrease to 0%) one time during the applicable Purchase Period, with such change to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable.  Any Participant who has decreased his or her rate of payroll deductions to 0% and does not increase such rate of payroll deductions from 0% to at least 1% in accordance with Section 8.2(a) prior to the start of the next Purchase Period will be withdrawn from the Plan effective as of the first day of that next Purchase Period.

 

8.3.                             Submission of Notices .  Notification of a Participant’s election to withdraw from the Plan as provided in Section 8.1 or to change his or her rate of payroll deductions as provided in Section 8.2 shall be made by signing and submitting to the Company an appropriate form for that purpose approved by the Committee.  The Committee may promulgate rules regarding the time and manner for submitting any such written notice, which may include a requirement that the notice be on file with the Company’s designated office for a reasonable period before it will be effective.

 

8.4                                Adjustments by Company .  To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code or Section 5.1 of the Plan, a Participant’s payroll deduction contributions to the Plan may be decreased by the Company to 0% at any time during a Purchase Period.

 

9.                                       Termination of Employment .   If the employment of a Participant is terminated for any reason, including death, disability, or retirement, the entire balance in the Participant’s Recordkeeping Account will be refunded in cash to the Participant within 30 days after the date of termination of employment.  For purposes of the Plan, a Participant will not be deemed to have terminated employment while the

 

5



 

Participant is on sick leave, military leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company.  Where the period of leave exceeds 90 days and the Participant’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the ninety-first day of such leave.

 

10.                                Purchase of Shares .

 

10.1.                      Number of Shares Purchased .  As of each Purchase Date, the entire balance in each Participant’s Recordkeeping Account will be used to purchase the maximum number of Shares (including fractional Shares) (subject to the limitations of Section 5.1) at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 5.2, unless the Participant has filed an appropriate form with the Company in advance of that date to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 8.1.  Any amount in a Participant’s Recordkeeping Account that, for any reason, is not used to purchase Shares pursuant to this Section 10.1 will be refunded to the Participant.

 

10.2.                      Conversion of Foreign Currency .  In circumstances where payroll deductions have been taken from a Participant’s Eligible Compensation in a currency other than United States dollars, Shares shall be purchased by converting the balance in the Participant’s Recordkeeping Account to United States dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the end of the fifth Trading Day preceding the Purchase Date, as published by Bloomberg.com if available or otherwise as determined with respect to a particular jurisdiction by the Committee or its delegate for this purpose, and such dollar amount shall be used to purchase Shares as of the Purchase Date.

 

10.3.                      Crediting of Shares .  Promptly after the end of each Purchase Period, the number of Shares purchased by all Participants as of the applicable Purchase Date shall be issued and delivered to an agent selected by the Company.  Delivery of the shares to the agent shall be effected by an appropriate book-entry in the stock register maintained by the Company’s transfer agent or delivery of a certificate.  The agent will hold the Shares for the benefit of all Participants who have purchased Shares and will maintain a Share subaccount for each Participant reflecting the number of Shares (including fractional Shares) credited to each Participant.  Each Participant will be entitled to direct the voting by the agent of all Shares credited to such Participant’s Share subaccount, and the agent may reinvest any dividends paid on Shares credited to a Participant’s Share subaccount in additional Shares in accordance with such rules as the Committee may prescribe.  Each Participant may also direct the agent to sell any or all of the Shares credited to the Participant’s Share subaccount and distribute the net proceeds of such sale to the Participant.

 

10.4                         Withdrawal of Shares From Share Subaccount .  Except for sales through the agent as provided in Section 10.3, a Participant may not withdraw Shares from the Participant’s Share subaccount until after the Participant has satisfied the minimum holding period requirements established by Code Section 423(a)(1).  Once these holding period requirements have been satisfied with respect to Shares credited to a Participant’s Share subaccount, the Participant may request that the agent transfer any or all of those Shares directly to the Participant or to a brokerage account maintained by the Participant.  The agent shall deliver the requested number of whole Shares by the issuance of a stock certificate, the electronic delivery of the Shares to a brokerage account designated by the Participant, or an appropriate book-entry in the stock register maintained by the Company’s transfer agent with a notice of issuance provided to the Participant, and will pay the Participant a cash amount representing the Fair Market Value of any applicable fractional Share withdrawn.

 

11.                                Rights as a Shareholder .   A Participant shall not be entitled to any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to Shares, including the right to vote or direct the voting or to receive any dividends that may be declared by the Company, until (i) the Participant actually has paid the

 

6



 

purchase price for such Shares and (ii) certificates for such Shares have been issued either to the agent or to the Participant, as provided in Section 10.3.

 

12.                                Rights Not Transferable .   A Participant’s rights under this Plan are exercisable only by the Participant during his or her lifetime, and may not be sold, pledged, assigned, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Any attempt to sell, pledge, assign, transfer or dispose of the same shall be void and without effect.  The amounts credited to a Recordkeeping Account may not be sold, pledged, assigned, transferred or disposed of in any way, and any attempted sale, pledge, assignment, transfer or other disposition of such amounts will be void and without effect.

 

13.                                Administration of the Plan .

 

13.1.                      Authority of the Committee .  This Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Subject to the express provisions of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to:

 

(a)                                  Determine when each Purchase Period under this Plan shall occur, and the terms and conditions of each related Offering (which need not be identical);

 

(b)                                  Designate from time to time which Affiliates of the Company shall be eligible to participate in the Plan;

 

(c)                                   Construe and interpret the Plan and establish, amend and revoke rules, regulations and procedures for the administration of the Plan.  The Committee may, in the exercise of this power, correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in such manner and to the extent it may deem necessary, desirable or appropriate to make the Plan fully effective;

 

(d)                                  Exercise such powers and perform such acts as the Committee may deem necessary, desirable or appropriate to promote the best interests of the Company and its Designated Affiliates and to carry out the intent that the Offerings made under the Plan are treated as qualifying under Code Section 423(b);

 

(e)                                   As more fully described in Section 18, to adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans as may be necessary, desirable or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States by a non-U.S. Designated Affiliate, and to achieve tax, securities law and other compliance objectives in particular locations outside the United States; and

 

(f)                                    Adopt and amend as the Committee deems appropriate a Plan rule specifying that Shares purchased by a Participant during a Purchase Period may not be sold by the Participant for a specified period of time after the Purchase Date on which the Shares were purchased by the Participant, and establish such procedures as the Committee may deem necessary to implement such rule.

 

13.2.                      Interpretations and Decisions by the Committee .  Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant and any Eligible Employee.

 

7



 

13.3.                      Delegation by the Committee .  Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee may delegate ministerial duties associated with the administration of the Plan to such of the Company’s officers, employees or agents as the Committee may determine.

 

13.4.                      Indemnification .  No member of the Board or Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.  In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Company or a Designated Affiliate, members of the Board and Committee and any officers or employees of the Company or Designated Affiliate to whom authority to act for the Committee is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company from and against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act or omission to act in connection with the performance of such person’s duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan if such person has acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believes to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company.

 

14.                                Changes in Capitalization and Corporate Transactions .

 

14.1.                      Adjustments .  In the event of any change in the Common Stock of the Company by reason of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, corporate separation, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares and the like, the Committee shall make such equitable adjustments as it deems appropriate in the aggregate number and class of Shares or other securities available under this Plan, the Share limitation expressed in Section 5.1(b) of the Plan, and the number, class and purchase price of Shares or other securities subject to purchase under any pending Offering.

 

14.2.                      Corporate Transactions .  In the event of a Corporate Transaction, each right to acquire Shares on any Purchase Date that is scheduled to occur after the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction may be continued or assumed or an equivalent right may be substituted by the surviving or successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such corporation.  If such surviving or successor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof refuses to continue, assume or substitute for such outstanding rights, then the Board may, in its discretion, either terminate the Plan or shorten the Purchase Period then in progress by setting a new Purchase Date for a specified date before the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.  Each Participant shall be notified in writing, prior to any new Purchase Date, that the Purchase Date for the existing Offering has been changed to the new Purchase Date and that the Participant’s right to acquire Shares will be exercised automatically on the new Purchase Date unless prior to such date the Participant’s employment has been terminated or the Participant has withdrawn from the Plan.  In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering and Purchase Period then in progress will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise provided by the Board.

 

15.                                Amendment or Suspension of Plan .  The Board may at any time suspend this Plan or amend it in any respect, but no such amendment may, without shareholder approval, increase the number of shares reserved under this Plan, increase the rate of automatic annual increase in the number of shares reserved as provided in Section 3, or effect any other change in the Plan that would require shareholder approval under applicable law or regulations or the rules of any securities exchange on which the Shares may then be listed, or to maintain compliance with Code Section 423.  No such amendment or suspension shall adversely affect the rights of Participants pursuant to Shares previously acquired under the Plan.  During any suspension of the Plan, no new Offering or Purchase Period shall begin and no Eligible Employee shall be offered any new right to purchase Shares under the Plan or any opportunity to elect to participate in the Plan, and any existing payroll deduction authorizations shall be suspended, but any such right to purchase Shares previously granted for a Purchase Period that began prior to the Plan suspension shall remain

 

8



 

subject to the other provisions of this Plan and the discretion of the Board and the Committee with respect thereto.

 

16.                                Effective Date and Term of Plan The Plan will become effective on the IPO Date.  No rights to purchase Shares granted under this Plan will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board of Directors.  The Plan and all rights of Participants hereunder shall terminate (i) at any time, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, or (ii) upon the completion of any Offering under which the limitation on the total number of shares to be issued during the entire term of the Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 3 and including the annual increased provided thereby, has been reached.  Except as otherwise determined by the Board, upon termination of this Plan, the Company shall pay to each Participant cash in an amount equal to the entire remaining balance in such Participant’s Recordkeeping Account.

 

17.                                Governmental Regulations and Listing .   All rights granted or to be granted to Eligible Employees under this Plan are expressly subject to all applicable laws and regulations and to the approval of all governmental authorities required in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale or transfer of the Shares reserved for this Plan, including, without limitation, there being a current registration statement of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Shares purchasable on the Purchase Date applicable to such Shares, and if such a registration statement shall not then be effective, the term of such Purchase Period shall be extended until the first Trading Day after the effective date of such a registration statement, or post-effective amendment thereto.  If applicable, all such rights hereunder are also similarly subject to effectiveness of an appropriate listing application to a national securities exchange covering the Shares issuable under the Plan upon official notice of issuance.

 

18.                                Rules for Foreign Jurisdictions .  The Committee may adopt rules, procedures or subplans relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding handling of payroll deductions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, payroll tax, the definition of Eligible Compensation, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with local requirements.

 

19.                                Miscellaneous .

 

19.1.                      Effect on Employment Status .  This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Company and any Participant, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Company to terminate the employment of any Participant and treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her under this Plan.

 

19.2.                      Governing Law .  This Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

19.3.                      Electronic Documentation and Signatures .  Any reference in the Plan to election or enrollment forms, notices, authorizations or any other document to be provided in writing shall include the provision of any such form, notice, authorization or document by electronic means, including through the Company’s intranet, and any reference in the Plan to the signing of any document shall include the authentication of any such document provided in electronic form, in each case in accordance with procedures established by the Committee.

 

19.4.                      Book-Entry and Electronic Transfer of Shares.   Any reference in this Plan to the issuance or transfer of a stock certificate evidencing Shares shall be deemed to include, in the Committee’s discretion, the issuance or transfer of such Shares in book-entry or electronic form.  Uncertificated Shares shall be deemed

 

9



 

delivered for all purposes of this Plan when the Company or its agent shall have provided to the recipient of the Shares a notice of issuance or transfer by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, and have recorded the issuance or transfer in its records.

 

19.5.                      Registration of Share Accounts and Certificates.   Any Share account contemplated by Section 10.3 and certificate to be issued to a Participant shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or jointly in the name of the Participant and another person, as the Participant may direct on an appropriate form filed with the Company or the agent.

 

10




Exhibit 10.18

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

 

Adopted [           ], 2016

 

Each non-management director of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (the “ Company ”) will receive:

 

·                  An annual stock option grant on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders at which the director is elected to the board or continues to serve as a director with a grant date fair value of $50,000 computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718, Stock Compensation .  Each grant will vest in full on the earlier of one year after the date of grant or the date of the next year’s annual meeting of stockholders, provided the director remains a member of the board as of the vesting date, and will have a term of ten years.  The exercise price shall be the closing sale price for a share of the Company’s common stock on the Company’s principal stock exchange on the date of the Company’s grant.

 

·                  An annual restricted stock unit (RSU) grant on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders at which the director is elected to the board or continues to serve as a director, the number of RSUs calculated by dividing $50,000 by the closing sale price for a share of the Company’s common stock on the Company’s principal stock exchange on the date of grant. Each grant will vest in full on the earlier of one year after the date of grant or the date of the next year’s annual meeting of stockholders, provided the director remains a member of the board as of the vesting date.  RSUs will settle in shares no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the date of vesting.

 

·                  An annual retainer of $35,000, payable in quarterly installments, in arrears, on the last business day of each calendar quarter.  A non-management director may elect to receive a grant of fully-vested RSUs in lieu of each such annual retainer installment, with the grant date being the last business day of each calendar quarter and the number of RSUs equal to the amount of the annual retainer installment divided by the closing sale price for a share of the Company’s common stock on the Company’s principal stock exchange on the date of grant.  Each RSU will represent the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock upon the earlier of the director’s separation from service as a director of the Company or the occurrence of a change in control of the Company.  Any election to receive RSUs in lieu of cash, and the settlement of such RSUs shall be made in accordance with the requirements with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Each non-management director of the Company that chairs of a committee will receive an annual fee as follows:

 

Committee Chair

 

Annual Cash Fee

 

Audit

 

$16,000

 

Compensation and Organization

 

$12,000

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance

 

$  8,000

 

Compliance and Reimbursement

 

$  8,000

 

 

Each non-management director of the Company, other than the chair, that serves on a committee will receive an annual fee as follows:

 

Non-Chair

 

 

 

Committee Members

 

Annual Cash Fee

 

Audit

 

$8,000

 

Compensation and Organization

 

$6,000

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance

 

$4,000

 

Compliance and Reimbursement

 

$4,000

 

 

The chairman of the Company’s board of directors will receive an additional annual fee of $35,000.

 



 

The Company will reimburse a director’s reasonable expenses in connection with attending board and committee meetings.

 

For directors joining the Company during a period between annual meetings, all amounts will be prorated based on the percentage of the year until the next annual meeting.  All directors will receive the equity awards set forth above in granted upon pricing of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

2




Exhibit 10.20

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective              ,        (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and             , a resident of             (“ Executive ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company and Executive have been parties to an Employment Agreement, dated              (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

 

B.                                     The Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

D.                                     This Agreement shall govern the employment relationship between the Executive and the Company from and after the Effective Date hereof, and supersedes and negates any previous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to such relationship, including without limitation the Prior Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective agreements of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       EMPLOYMENT . The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until terminated in accordance with Section 10 hereof (the “ Term ”).

 

2.                                       POSITION AND DUTIES .

 

(a)                                  Position with the Company .  During the Term, Executive will serve as the Company’s                  and will perform such duties and responsibilities as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer will assign to Executive from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Performance of Duties and Responsibilities .  Executive will serve the Company faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company during Executive’s employment with the Company.  Executive will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive will not accept other employment or engage in other material business activity, except as approved in writing by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 



 

3.                                       COMPENSATION .  While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, and in exchange for Executive fulfilling Executive’s duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Agreement, the Company will provide Executive the compensation and benefits set forth in this Section 3.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  The Company will pay to Executive an annual base salary of $          , less deductions and withholdings, which base salary will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and procedures.  During each year after the first year of Executive’s employment hereunder, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”) may review and increase Executive’s base salary in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                  Bonus.   For each calendar year Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall be eligible for an annual target bonus in an amount of     % of Executive’s base salary earned during such calendar year, based upon and subject to criteria set by the Committee from time to time.  In order to earn and receive payment of an annual bonus, Executive must be an employee of the Company on the date the bonus is paid by the Company, provided, however, that if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as herein defined) or by Executive for Good Reason (as herein defined) and the Termination Date (as defined herein) is after the completion of a calendar year but before the annual bonus for such calendar year has been paid to Executive, then Executive will earn and receive payment of an annual bonus for such prior calendar year in accordance with the bonus plan in effect for such year. In any case, any annual bonus earned under this Section 3(b) will be paid not later than March 15 immediately following the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

 

(c)                                   Equity Awards .  During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive one or more equity-based incentive awards at the discretion of the Committee.  The terms of such awards, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, including the types of awards, the number of securities covered by each award, the vesting conditions applicable to each award, and the manner in which awards are to be paid or settled.  Nothing herein shall obligate the Company to make an equity award to Executive at any time.

 

(d)                                  Employee Benefits .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs of the Company to the extent that Executive meets the eligibility requirements for each individual plan or program.  The Company provides no assurance as to the adoption or continuance of any particular employee benefit plan or program, and Executive’s participation in any such plan or program will be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

 

(e)                                   Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of the duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to the Company’s normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

 

(f)                                    Paid Time Off .  Executive shall be entitled to paid time off (“ PTO ”) of     days per year.  PTO days shall be taken at such times so as not to disrupt the operations of the Company, as approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  Any accrued and unused

 



 

PTO upon termination of employment will not be paid out pursuant to the Company’s standard policies addressing PTO.

 

4.                                       AFFILIATED ENTITIES .  As used in this Agreement, “ Affiliates ” includes the Company and each corporation, partnership, or other entity which controls the Company, is controlled by the Company, OR is under common control with the Company (in each case “ control ” meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of all outstanding equity interests).

 

5.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .  Except as permitted by the Company, Executive will not at any time divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone or use in any way other than in the ordinary course of the business of the Company or its Affiliates, any confidential, proprietary or secret knowledge or information of the Company or its Affiliates that Executive has acquired or will acquire about the Company or its Affiliates, whether developed by Executive or by others, concerning (i) any trade secrets, (ii) any confidential, proprietary or secret designs, programs, processes, formulae, plans, devices or material (whether or not patented or patentable) directly or indirectly useful in any aspect of the business of the Company or of its Affiliates, (iii) any customer or supplier lists, (iv) any confidential, proprietary or secret development or research work, (v) any strategic or other business, marketing or sales plans, (vi) any financial data or plans, or (viii) any other confidential or proprietary information or secret aspects of the business of the Company or of its Affiliates.  Executive acknowledges that the above-described knowledge and information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of the Company and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by the Company, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the sole benefit of the Company or its Affiliates would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to the Company.  Executive will refrain from intentionally committing any acts that would materially reduce the value of such knowledge or information to the Company or its Affiliates.  The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge or information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally publicly known, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement, (ii) is independently made available to Executive in good faith by a third party who has not violated a confidential relationship with the Company or its Affiliates, or (iii) is required to be disclosed by law or legal process.  Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s obligations under this Agreement to maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s confidential information are in addition to any obligations of Executive under applicable statutory or common law.

 

6.                                       VENTURES .  If, during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive is engaged in or provides input into the planning or implementing of any project, program or venture involving the Company, all rights in such project, program or venture belong to the Company.  Except as approved in writing by the Board, Executive will not be entitled to any interest in any such project, program or venture or to any commission, finder’s fee or other compensation in connection therewith.  Executive will have no interest, direct or indirect, in any customer or supplier that conducts business with the Company.

 

7.                                       NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION COVENANTS .

 

(a)                                  Agreement Not to Compete .  During the Restricted Period (defined below), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage in any business, in the United States or in any

 



 

other location in which the Company is then doing business, for the development, sale, service, or distribution of medical devices to treat lymphedema patients or any other business that is competitive with the then-current businesses of the Company or its Affiliates, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise.  Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than 2.5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s direct or indirect engagement in a business whose sole purpose is the development, sale, service, or distribution of compression garments (but not pumps or other devices) to treat lymphedema patients or other patients shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7(a).

 

(b)                                  Agreement Not to Solicit or Hire Employees or Contractors . During Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment, whether such termination is with or without cause, or whether such termination is at the instance of Executive or the Company, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, hire or engage any person who is then an employee or contractor of the Company or who was an employee of the Company at any time during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Executive’s termination of employment, in any manner or capacity, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise, or otherwise directly or indirectly request, advise or induce any then current employee or contractor of the Company to terminate or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company.

 

(c)                                   Agreement Not to Solicit Others . During Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment, whether such termination is with or without cause, or whether such termination is at the instance of Executive or the Company, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, request, advise or induce any then current customer, supplier or other business contact of the Company to cancel, curtail or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company, in any manner or capacity, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Restricted Period .  For purposes of this Agreement “ Restricted Period ” is defined as follows.

 

(i)                                      If (x) Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (defined below) or by Executive for Good Reason (defined below), and (y) Executive signs a release of claims as provided for in Section 11(g), then the Restricted Period shall be the period during Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of      (  ) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion elect to extend the Restricted Period by an additional six (6) months by providing Executive at least thirty (30) days’ notice of such extension and the

 



 

payments and reimbursements provided for in Section 11(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or by Executive under any conditions other than as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Restricted Period shall be the period during Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

(e)                                   Acknowledgment .  Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of this Section 7 by Executive will cause substantial and irreparable harm to the Company to such an extent that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy therefor.  Executive represents and warrants that Executive is not subject to any other agreements prohibiting the performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including any non-competition agreement.

 

(f)                                    Blue Pencil Doctrine .  If the duration of, the scope of or any business activity covered by any provision of this Section 7 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision will be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable.  Executive hereby acknowledges that this Section 7 will be given the construction which renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent, not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

 

8.                                       PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS AND RELATED MATTERS .

 

(a)                                  Disclosure and Assignment .  Executive must immediately disclose to the Company any and all improvements and inventions that Executive may conceive and/or reduce to practice individually or jointly or commonly with others while Executive is employed with the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to (i) any methods, processes or apparatus concerned with the development, use or production of any type of products, goods or services sold or used by the Company or its Affiliates, and (ii) any type of products, goods or services sold or used by the Company or its Affiliates.  Any such improvements and inventions will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and Executive hereby immediately assigns, transfers and sets over to the Company Executive’s entire right, title and interest in and to any and all of such improvement and inventions as are specified in this Section 8(a), and in and to any and all applications for letters patent that may be filed on such inventions, and in and to any and all letters patent that may issue, or be issued, upon such applications.  In connection therewith and for no additional compensation therefor, but at no expense to Executive, Executive will sign any and all instruments deemed necessary by the Company for:

 

(i)                                      the filing and prosecution of any applications for letters patent of the United States or of any foreign country that the Company may desire to file upon such inventions as are specified in this Section 8(a);

 



 

(ii)                                   the filing and prosecution of any divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part or reissue applications that the Company may desire to file upon such applications for letters patent; and

 

(iii)                                the reviving, re-examining or renewing of any of such applications for letters patent.

 

This Section 8(a) will not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, confidential, proprietary or secret knowledge or information, or other trade secret information of the Company was used and that was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, and (i) that does not relate (A) directly to the business of the Company, or (B) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) that does not result from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

 

(b)                                  Copyrightable Material .  All right, title and interest in all copyrightable material that Executive shall conceive or originate individually or jointly or commonly with others, and that arise in connection with Executive’s services hereunder or knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, will be the property of the Company and are hereby assigned by Executive to the Company of its Affiliates, along with ownership of any and all copyrights in the copyrightable material. Where applicable, works of authorship created by Executive relating to the Company or its Affiliates and arising out of Executive’s knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of the Company shall be considered “works made for hire,” as defined in the U.S. Copyright Act, as amended.

 

(c)                                   Remedies .                                         Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for monetary damages resulting from any breach by Executive of this Section 8.  Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any such provisions, the Company will, in addition to any other remedies it may have, be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to enforce such provisions, and such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual monetary damages.

 

9.                                       RETURN OF RECORDS AND PROPERTY .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment or at any time upon the Company’s request, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company any and all Company and Affiliate records and any and all Company and Affiliate property in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control, including without limitation manuals, books, blank forms, documents, letters, memoranda, notes, notebooks, reports, printouts, computer disks, computer tapes, source codes, data, tables or calculations and all copies thereof, documents that in whole or in part contain any trade secrets or confidential, proprietary or other secret information of the Company or its Affiliates and all copies thereof, and keys, access cards, access codes, passwords, credit cards, personal computers, telephones and other electronic equipment belonging to the Company or its Affiliates.

 

10.                                TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Executive’s employment with the Company will terminate immediately upon:

 



 

(i)                                      Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company of the termination of Executive’s employment, effective as of the date indicated in such notice;

 

(ii)                                   the Company’s receipt of Executive’s written resignation from the Company, effective as of the date indicated in such resignation;

 

(iii)                                Executive’s Disability (as defined below); or

 

(iv)                               Executive’s death.

 

(b)                                  The date upon which Executive’s termination of employment with the Company occurs is the “ Termination Date .” For purposes of Section 11(a) of this Agreement only, the Termination Date shall mean the date on which a “separation from service” has occurred for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance thereunder (the “ Code .”)

 

(c)                                   Immediately upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall resign all positions then held as an Executive of the Company and any Affiliates of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall cooperate with the Company in the transition of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder to the extent reasonably requested by the Board; provided that Executive will be fairly compensated to the extent such cooperation requires more than an incidental amount of time and effort on Executive’s part, and further that Executive will not be required to incur any out-of-pocket expenses in doing so.

 

11.                                PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 11(g) of this Agreement, if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, then, in addition to paying Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date, the Company will provide to Executive the following payments:

 

(i)                                      Separation Pay .  The Company will pay to Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current base salary for a period of       (    ) months plus an amount equal to     % of Executive’s then current target bonus, with such sum, less applicable withholdings, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing with the first normal payroll date of the Company following the Termination Date and continuing for        (    ) months thereafter, provided that any installments that would have been paid during the sixty (60) day period immediately following the Termination Date shall be held by the Company until the first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 


 

(ii)                                   Value of Accrued and Unused PTO .  The Company will pay to Executive the value of Executive’s accrued and unused PTO as of the Termination Date (based on Executive’s base salary as of the Termination Date), less applicable withholdings, payable in a lump sum on the Company’s first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 

(iii)                                Continued Benefits . If Executive is eligible for and takes all steps necessary to continue Executive’s group health insurance coverage with the Company following the Termination Date, the Company will pay for the portion of the premium costs for such coverage that the Company would pay if Executive remained employed by the Company, at the same level of coverage that was in effect as of the Termination Date, for a period of        (    ) consecutive months after the Termination Date (or until Executive receives group health or dental coverage from another employer, if earlier).

 

(iv)                               Restricted Period Extension Payments .  If the Company elects to extend the Restricted Period for six (6) additional months as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Company will (A) pay to Executive an amount equal to the monthly amount payable to Executive under Section 11(a)(i), with such additional amounts payable to Executive in installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing on the first normal payroll date of the Company following the nine (9) month anniversary of the Termination Date and continuing for six (6) months thereafter, and (B) extend for six (6) additional months (after the end of the nine (9) month period identified in Section 11(a)(iii)) the period during which it will pay a portion of the premium costs for group health insurance coverage as provided in, and subject to the same conditions of, Section 11(a)(iii).

 

(v)                                  Accelerated Vesting of Equity .  In addition to the payments identified above in Sections 11(a)(i)-(iv), if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 11(g) of this Agreement and notwithstanding any language in any equity plan or applicable equity award agreement to the contrary, upon the expiration of the all rescission periods provided by law with respect to the release of claims described in Section 11(g), any equity awards issued to Executive that have any portion of such award unvested as of the Termination Date (each an “ Award ”) will vest as to the number of shares, options or other securities (the “ Securities ”)  calculated as follows (rounded up to the nearest whole share):

 

Additional Securities Vested = (Number of Securities Issued Under Award x ((Number of Days between Date of Grant of Award and Termination Date) / (Number of Days between Date of Grant of Award and Final

 



 

Vesting Date of Award))) — Number of Securities Vested Under Award as of the Termination Date.

 

(b)           If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any of the following reasons:

 

(i)                                      Executive’s abandonment of Executive’s employment or Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason;

 

(ii)                                   termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause; or

 

(iii)          Executive’s death or Disability.

 

then the Company will pay Executive or Executive’s estate, as the case may be, Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date.

 

(c)           “ Cause ” hereunder means:

 

(i)                                      an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by Executive and intended to result in personal gain or enrichment of Executive or others at the expense of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   unlawful conduct or gross misconduct by Executive that, in either event, is injurious to the Company;

 

(iii)                                the conviction of Executive of a felony; or

 

(iv)                               material breach of any terms or conditions of this Agreement by Executive which breach has not been cured by Executive within 15 days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company.

 

For the purposes of Sections 11(c)(ii) and (iv), no act or failure to act on Executive’s part shall be considered “Cause” if done by Executive pursuant to specific authorization evidenced by a resolution duly adopted by the Board or pursuant to specific advice given by counsel for the Company, unless such specific authorization or advice results in whole or in part from material misrepresentations or omissions of Executive.

 

(d)           “ Disability ” hereunder means the inability of Executive to perform on a full-time basis the duties and responsibilities of Executive’s employment with the Company by reason of Executive’s illness or other physical or mental impairment or condition, if such inability continues for an uninterrupted period of 90 days or more during any 180-day period.  A period of inability is “uninterrupted” unless and until Executive returns to full-time work for a continuous period of at least 30 days.

 

(e)           “ Good Reason ” hereunder means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent:

 



 

(i)                                      the assignment of Executive to a position with responsibilities or duties of a materially lesser status or degree than the position specified in Section 2(a);

 

(ii)                                   material breach of any terms or conditions of this Agreement by the Company not caused by Executive;

 

(iii)                                the requirement by the Company that Executive relocate out of the Minneapolis/St. Paul Metropolitan area.

 

For the purposes of Section 11(e), “Good Reason” shall not exist unless Executive has first provided written notice to the Company of the occurrence of one or more of the conditions under clauses (i) through (iii) above within ninety (90) days of the condition’s initial occurrence,  such condition is not fully remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of written notice from Executive, and the Termination Date occurs no later than one hundred and thirty (130) days after the condition’s initial occurrence.

 

(f)            In the event of termination of Executive’s employment, the sole obligation of the Company to pay post-termination severance and benefits under this Agreement will be its obligation to make the payments called for by Sections 11(a) or 11(b) hereof, as the case may be, and the Company will have no other obligation to Executive, except as otherwise provided by law, under the terms of any other applicable agreement between Executive and the Company or under the terms of any employee benefit plans or programs then maintained by the Company in which Executive participates.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, the Company will not be obligated to make any payments under Section 11(a) hereof unless Executive has signed a release of claims in favor of the Company and its Affiliates in a form to be prescribed by the Company, all applicable consideration and rescission periods provided by law shall have expired, and Executive is in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement as of the dates of such payments.

 

12.          MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)           Governing Law .  All matters relating to the interpretation, construction, application, validity and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule, whether of the State of Minnesota or any other jurisdiction, that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Minnesota.

 

(b)           Jurisdiction and Venue .  Executive and the Company consent to jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Minnesota and/or the federal courts, District of Minnesota, for the purpose of resolving all issues of law, equity, or fact, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.  Any action involving claims of a breach of this Agreement must be brought in such courts.  Each party consents to personal jurisdiction over such party in the state and/or federal courts of Minnesota and hereby waives any defense of lack of personal jurisdiction.  Venue, for the purpose of all such suits, will be in Hennepin County, State of Minnesota.

 



 

(c)           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to Executive’s employment with the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation the Prior Agreement, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement is intended to supersede, replace or modify the terms of the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award agreements issued to Executive under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, each of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

(d)           Code Section 409A .            This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, including current and future guidance and regulations interpreting such provisions, and should be interpreted accordingly.   To the extent such potential payments or benefits could become subject to additional tax under such Code Section 409A, the parties shall cooperate to amend this Agreement with the goal of giving Executive the economic benefits described herein in a manner that does not result in such tax being imposed.  Each payment or benefit made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.  In addition, payments or benefits pursuant to Section 11(a) shall be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A to the maximum extent possible as “short-term deferrals” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), as involuntary separation pay pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and/or under any other exemption that may be applicable, and this Agreement shall be construed accordingly.  To the extent that any amounts payable under this Agreement are required to be delayed under Code Section 409A, such amounts are intended to be and should be considered for purposes of Code Section 409A as separate payments from the amounts that are not required to be delayed.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive is considered a “specified employee” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) as of the Termination Date, then no payments of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A and payable due to Executive’s separation from service shall be made under this Agreement before the first business day that is six (6) months after the Termination Date (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier) (the “ Specified Period ”).  Any deferred compensation payments that would otherwise be required to be made to Executive during the Specified Period will be accumulated by the Company and paid to Executive on the first day after the end of the Specified Period.  The foregoing restriction on the payment of amounts to Executive during the Specified Period will not apply to the payment of employment taxes.  In the event that the interpretation or requirements of Code Section 409A change during the Term, the parties agree to amend this Agreement, only as necessary, to comply with any such change, if and to the extent such an amendment is permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

(e)           Code Section 280G .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or other benefit hereunder, together with any other payments or benefits that Executive has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” (as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Code) of which the Company is a member, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then, such payments and benefits will be reduced to

 



 

the largest amount as, in the sole judgment of the Company, will result in no portion of such payments or benefits being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

(f)            Amendments .  No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be deemed effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(g)           No Waiver .  No term or condition of this Agreement will be deemed to have been waived, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought.  Any written waiver will not be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, will operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and will not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

(h)           Assignment .  This Agreement will not be assignable, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (1) to an Affiliate or (2) to any corporation or other person or business entity to which the Company may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; provided, however, that the Company’s  assignment of rights may only take place if the assignee accepts and agrees to all of the obligations to Executive  under this Agreement.   After any such assignment by the Company, the Company will be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee will thereafter be deemed to be “the Company” for purposes of all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 12. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of Executive’s death, all payments and obligations to Executive shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

 

(i)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and in any number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, will constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

(j)            Severability .  Subject to Section 7(f) hereof, to the extent that any portion of any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, it will be considered deleted herefrom and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement will be unaffected and will continue in full force and effect.

 

(k)           Captions and Headings .  The captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

 



 

Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date set forth in the first paragraph.

 

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[NAME]

 




Exhibit 10.21

GRAPHIC

*002800000014248* CORPORATE RESOLUTION TO BORROW / GRANT COLLATERAL Principal $2,000,000.00 Loan Date 05-11-2016 Maturity 05-11-2017 Loan No 14248 Call / Coll 5200 Account 102727-1 Officer 120 Initials References in the boxes above are for Lender's use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing "'" has been omitted due to text length limitations. Lender: Venture Bank Corporation: Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. Bloomington Office 1331 Tyler Street Northeast, Suite 200 4470 W. 78th Street Circle, Suite #100 Minneapolis, MN 55413 Bloomington, MN 55435 I, THE UNDERSIGNED, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT: THE CORPORATION'S EXISTENCE. The complete and correct name of the Corporation is Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. ("Corporation"). The Corporation is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware. The Corporation is duly authorized to transact business in the State of Minnesota and all other states in which the Corporation is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which the Corporation is doing business. Specifically, the Corporation is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign corporation in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. The Corporation has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. The Corporation maintains an office at 1331 Tyler Street Northeast, Suite 200, Minneapolis, MN 55413. Unless the Corporation has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which the Corporation keeps its books and records. The Corporation will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of the Corporation's state of organization or any change in the Corporation's name. The Corporation shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to the Corporation and the Corporation's business activities. RESOLUTIONS ADOPTED. At a meeting of the Directors of the Corporation, or if the Corporation is a close corporation having no Board of Directors then at a meeting of the Corporation's shareholders, duly called and held on May 11, 2016, at which a quorum was present and voting, or by other duly authorized action in lieu of a meeting, the resolutions set forth in this Resolution were adopted. OFFICER. The following named person is an officer of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc.: NAMES TITLES AUTHORIZED ACTUAL SIGNATURES Robert Folkes COO Y X (Seal) ACTIONS AUTHORIZED. The authorized person listed above may enter into any agreements of any nature with Lender, and those agreements will bind the Corporation. Specifically, but without limitation, the authorized person is authorized, empowered, and directed to do the following for and on behalf of the Corporation: Borrow Money. To borrow, as a cosigner or otherwise, from time to time from Lender, on such terms as may be agreed upon between the Corporation and Lender, such sum or sums of money as in his or her judgment should be borrowed, without limitation. Execute Notes. To execute and deliver to Lender the promissory note or notes, or other evidence of the Corporation's credit accommodations, on Lender's forms, at such rates of interest and on such terms as may be agreed upon, evidencing the sums of money so borrowed or any of the Corporation's indebtedness to Lender, and also to execute and deliver to Lender one or more renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings, consolidations, or substitutions for one or more of the notes, any portion of the notes, or any other evidence of credit accommodations. Grant Security. To mortgage, pledge, transfer, endorse, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber and deliver to Lender any property now or hereafter belonging to the Corporation or in which the Corporation now or hereafter may have an interest, including without limitation all of the Corporation's real property and all of the Corporation's personal property (tangible or intangible), as security for the payment of any loans or credit accommodations so obtained, any promissory notes so executed (including any amendments to or modifications, renewals, and extensions of such promissory notes), or any other or further indebtedness of the Corporation to Lender at any time owing, however the same may be evidenced. Such property may be mortgaged, pledged, transferred, endorsed, hypothecated or encumbered at the time such loans are obtained or such indebtedness is incurred, or at any other time or times, and may be either in addition to or in lieu of any property theretofore mortgaged, pledged, transferred, endorsed, hypothecated or encumbered. Execute Security Documents. To execute and deliver to Lender the forms of mortgage, deed of trust, pledge agreement, hypothecation agreement, and other security agreements and financing statements which Lender may require and which shall evidence the terms and conditions under and pursuant to which such liens and encumbrances, or any of them, are given; and also to execute and deliver to Lender any other written instruments, any chattel paper, or any other collateral, of any kind or nature, which Lender may deem necessary or proper in connection with or pertaining to the giving of the liens and encumbrances. Negotiate Items. To draw, endorse, and discount with Lender all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other evidences of indebtedness payable to or belonging to the Corporation or in which the Corporation may have an interest, and either to receive cash for the same or to cause such proceeds to be credited to the Corporation's account with Lender, or to cause such other disposition of the proceeds derived therefrom as he or she may deem advisable. Further Acts. In the case of lines of credit, to designate additional or alternate individuals as being authorized to request advances under such lines, and in all cases, to do and perform such other acts and things, to pay any and all fees and costs, and to execute and deliver such other documents and agreements as the officer may in his or her discretion deem reasonably necessary or proper in order to carry into effect the provisions of this Resolution.

 


GRAPHIC

CORPORATE RESOLUTION TO BORROW / GRANT COLLATERAL Loan No: 14248 (Continued) Page 2 ASSUMED BUSINESS NAMES. The Corporation has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by the Corporation. Excluding the name of the Corporation, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which the Corporation does business: Assumed Business Name Filing Location Date Tactile Systems MN Secretary of State 01-30-1995 NOTICES TO LENDER. The Corporation will promptly notify Lender in writing at Lender's address shown above (or such other addresses as Lender may designate from time to time) prior to any (A) change in the Corporation's name; (B) change in the Corporation's assumed business name(s); (C) change in the management of the Corporation; (D) change in the authorized signer(s); (E) change in the Corporation's principal office address; (F) change in the Corporation's state of organization; (G) conversion of the Corporation to a new or different type of business entity; or (H) change in any other aspect of the Corporation that directly or indirectly relates to any agreements between the Corporation and Lender. No change in the Corporation's name or state of organization will take effect until after Lender has received notice. CERTIFICATION CONCERNING OFFICERS AND RESOLUTIONS. The officer named above is duly elected, appointed, or employed by or for the Corporation, as the case may be, and occupies the position set opposite his or her respective name. This Resolution now stands of record on the books of the Corporation, is in full force and effect, and has not been modified or revoked in any manner whatsoever. NO CORPORATE SEAL. The Corporation has no corporate seal, and therefore, no seal is affixed to this Resolution. CONTINUING VALIDITY. Any and all acts authorized pursuant to this Resolution and performed prior to the passage of this Resolution are hereby ratified and approved. This Resolution shall be continuing, shall remain in full force and effect and Lender may rely on it until written notice of its revocation shall have been delivered to and received by Lender at Lender's address shown above (or such addresses as Lender may designate from time to time). Any such notice shall not affect any of the Corporation's agreements or commitments in effect at the time notice is given. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and attest that the signature set opposite the name listed above is his or her genuine signature. I have read all the provisions of this Resolution, and I personally and on behalf of the Corporation certify that all statements and representations made in this Resolution are true and correct. This Corporate Resolution to Borrow / Grant Collateral is dated May 11, 2016. THIS RESOLUTION IS DELIVERED UNDER SEAL AND IT IS INTENDED THAT THIS RESOLUTION IS AND SHALL CONSTITUTE AND HAVE THE EFFECT OF A SEALED INSTRUMENT ACCORDING TO LAW. CERTIFIED TO AND ATTESTED BY: X Robert Folkes, COO of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. (Seal) NOTE: If the officer signing this Resolution is designated by the foregoing document as one of the officers authorized to act on the Corporation's behalf, it is advisable to have this Resolution signed by at least one non-authorized officer of the Corporation. LaserPro, Ver. 16.1.10.003 Cop, D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2016. All Rights Reserved. - DE/MN C:\APPS\CFI\CFI\LPL\C10.FC TR-7313 PR-72

 

GRAPHIC

*09600000014248* CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT Principal $2,000,000.00 Loan Date 05-11-2016 Maturity 05-11-2017 Loan No 14248 Call / Coll 5200 Account 102727-1 Officer 120 Initials References in the boxes above are for Lender's use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing "m" has been omitted due to text length limitations. Borrower: Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. 1331 Tyler Street Northeast, Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55413 Lender: Venture Bank Bloomington Office 4470 W. 78th Street Circle, Suite #100 Bloomington, MN 55435 Principal Amount: $2,000,000.00 Date of Agreement: May 11, 2016 DESCRIPTION OF EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS. Promissory Note #14248 dated 5/11/2014 in the original amount of $2,000,000.00 from Borrower to Lender. DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL. All Business Assets per Commercial Security Agreement dated 5/11/2014. DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN TERMS. Extend maturity date to 5/11/2017. PROMISE TO PAY. Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. ("Borrower") promises to pay to Venture Bank ("Lender"), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Two Million & 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from the date of each advance until repayment of each advance. PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in one payment of all outstanding principal plus all accrued unpaid interest on May 11, 2017. In addition, Borrower will pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date, beginning June 11, 2016, with all subsequent interest payments to be due on the same day of each month after that. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any unpaid collection costs; and then to any late charges. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender's address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing. VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this loan is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the Prime rate of interest as published each business day by the Wall Street Journal (the "Index"). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. If the Index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower's request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each day. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The Index currently is 3.500% per annum. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this loan will be calculated as described in the "INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD" paragraph using a rate equal to the Index, rounded to the nearest percent, adjusted if necessary for any minimum and maximum rate limitations described below, resulting in an initial rate of 3.500% per annum based on a year of 360 days. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this loan be less than 3.250% per annum or more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law. INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this loan is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this loan is computed using this method. This calculation method results in a higher effective interest rate than the numeric interest rate stated in the loan documents. PREPAYMENT. Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether voluntary or as a result of default), except as otherwise required by law. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower's obligation to continue to make payments of accrued unpaid interest. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked "paid in full", "without recourse", or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender's rights under this Agreement, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes "payment in full" of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: Venture Bank, P.O. Box 9180 Minneapolis, MN 55480-9180. LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment or $50.00, whichever is greater. INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, including failure to pay upon final maturity, the interest rate on this loan shall be increased by adding an additional 6.000 percentage point margin ("Default Rate Margin"). The Default Rate Margin shall also apply to each succeeding interest rate change that would have applied had there been no default. However, in no event will the interest rate exceed the maximum interest rate limitations under applicable law. DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement: Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Indebtedness. Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower. False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower's behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter. Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower's existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower's property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

 


GRAPHIC

CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT Loan No: 14248 (Continued) Page 2 Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Indebtedness. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower's accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute. Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party of any of the Indebtedness or any guarantor, endorser, surety, or accommodation party dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness evidenced by this Note. Change In Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower. Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower's financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired. Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure. Cure Provisions. If any default, other than a default in payment, is curable and if Borrower has not been given a notice of a breach of the same provision of this Agreement within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower, after Lender sends written notice to Borrower demanding cure of such default: (1) cures the default within fifteen (15) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than fifteen (15) days, immediately initiates steps which Lender deems in Lender's sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continues and completes all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical. LENDER'S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Agreement and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount. ATTORNEYS' FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Agreement if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender's reasonable attorneys' fees and Lender's legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. If not prohibited by applicable law, Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of Minnesota. DISHONORED ITEM FEE. Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $32.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower's loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored. RIGHT OF SETOFF. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower's accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh accounts, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the indebtedness against any and all such accounts, and, at Lender's option, to administratively freeze all such accounts to allow Lender to protect Lender's charge and setoff rights provided in this paragraph. COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Agreement is secured by All Business Assets per Commercial Security Agreement dated 5/11/2014. LINE OF CREDIT. This Agreement evidences a revolving line of credit. Advances under this Agreement, as well as directions for payment from Borrower's accounts, may be requested orally or in writing by Borrower or by an authorized person. Lender may, but need not, require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing. Borrower agrees to be liable for all sums either: (A) advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person or (B) credited to any of Borrower's accounts with Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Agreement at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Agreement or by Lender's internal records, including daily computer print-outs. Lender will have no obligation to advance funds under this Agreement if: (A) Borrower or any guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any agreement that Borrower or any guarantor has with Lender, including any agreement made in connection with the signing of this Agreement; (B) Borrower or any guarantor ceases doing business or is insolvent; (C) any guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such guarantor's guarantee of this Agreement or any other loan with Lender; (D) Borrower has applied funds provided pursuant to this Agreement for purposes other than those authorized by Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith believes itself insecure. CONTINUING VALIDITY. Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect. Consent by Lender to this Agreement does not waive Lender's right to strict performance of the obligation(s) as changed, nor obligate Lender to make any future change in terms. Nothing in this Agreement will constitute a satisfaction of the obligation(s). It is the intention of Lender to retain as liable parties all makers and endorsers of the original obligation(s), including accommodation parties, unless a party is expressly released by Lender in writing. Any maker or endorser, including accommodation makers, will not be released by virtue of this Agreement. If any person who signed the original obligation does not sign this Agreement below, then all persons signing below acknowledge that this Agreement is given conditionally, based on the representation to Lender that the non-signing party consents to the changes and provisions of this Agreement or otherwise will not be released by it. This waiver applies not only to any initial extension, modification or release, but also to all such subsequent actions. LOAN AGREEMENT. A document titled, "Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based)", is attached to this Promissory Note. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to any limitations stated in this Agreement on transfer of Borrower's interest, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Collateral becomes vested in a person other than Borrower, Lender, without notice to Borrower, may deal with Borrower's successors with reference to this Agreement and the Indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Borrower from the obligations of this Agreement or liability under the Indebtedness. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. If any part of this Agreement cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Agreement. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement without losing them. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the related documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender's rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower shall not affect Lender's right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or

 


GRAPHIC

CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT Loan No: 14248 (Continued) Page 3 endorses this Agreement, to the extent allowed by law, waive presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Agreement, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Agreement, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender's security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Agreement are joint and several. SECTION DISCLOSURE. To the extent not preempted by federal law, this loan is made under Minnesota Statutes, Section 334.01. PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT. BORROWER: TACTILE SYSTEM TECHNOLOGY, INC. By: Robert Folkes, COO of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. LENDER: VENTURE BANK X Authorized Signer LaserPro, Ver. 16.1.10.003 Copr, D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2016. All Rights Reserved. - MN C:\APPS\CFI\CFI\LPL\D20C.FC TR-7313 PR-72

 

 

GRAPHIC

*003450000014248* DISBURSEMENT REQUEST AND AUTHORIZATION Principal $2,000,000.00 Loan Date 05-11-2016 Maturity 05-11-2017 Loan No 14248 Call / Coll 5200 Account 102727-1 Officer 120 Initials References in the boxes above are for Lender's use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing "***" has been omitted due to text length limitations. Borrower: Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. 1331 Tyler Street Northeast, Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55413 Lender: Venture Bank Bloomington Office 4470 W. 78th Street Circle, Suite #100 Bloomington, MN 55435 LOAN TYPE. This is a Variable Rate Nondisclosable Revolving Line of Credit Loan to a Corporation for $2,000,000.00 due on May 11, 2017. This is a secured renewal loan. PRIMARY PURPOSE OF LOAN. The primary purpose of this loan is for: Maintenance of Borrower's Primary Residence. Personal, Family or Household Purposes or Personal Investment. Agricultural Purposes. Business Purposes. SPECIFIC PURPOSE. The specific purpose of this loan is: Working Capital. DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS. Borrower understands that no loan proceeds will be disbursed until all of Lender's conditions for making the loan have been satisfied. Please disburse the loan proceeds of $2,000,000.00 as follows: Undisbursed Funds: $2,000,000.00 Note Principal: $2,000,000.00 CHARGES PAID IN CASH. Borrower has paid or will pay in cash as agreed the following charges: Prepaid Finance Charges Paid in Cash: $7,500.00 Loan Origination Fee $7,500.00 Other Charges Paid in Cash: $921.00 $521.00 Capital Lien Fee $400.00 Loan Documentation Fee Total Charges Paid in Cash: $8,421.00 AUTOMATIC PAYMENTS. Borrower hereby authorizes Lender automatically to deduct from Borrower's Demand Deposit - Checking account, numbered 013193, the amount of any loan payment. If the funds in the account are insufficient to cover any payment, Lender shall not be obligated to advance funds to cover the payment. At any time and for any reason, Borrower or Lender may voluntarily terminate Automatic Payments. FINANCIAL CONDITION. BY SIGNING THIS AUTHORIZATION, BORROWER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS TO LENDER THAT THE INFORMATION PROVIDED ABOVE IS TRUE AND CORRECT AND THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE IN BORROWER'S FINANCIAL CONDITION AS DISCLOSED IN BORROWER'S MOST RECENT FINANCIAL STATEMENT TO LENDER. THIS AUTHORIZATION IS DATED MAY 11, 2016. BORROWER: TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC. By: Robert Folkes, COO of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. LaserPro, Ver. 16.1.10.003 Copr, D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2016. All Rights Reserved. - MN C:\APPS\CFI\CFI\LPL\120.FC TR-7313 PR-72

 

 

GRAPHIC

*012550000014248* ERRORS AND OMISSIONS AGREEMENT Principal $2,000,000.00 Loan Date 05-11-2016 Maturity 05-11-2017 Loan No 14248 Call / Coll 5200 Account 102727-1 Officer 120 Initials References in the boxes above are for Lender's use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing """"" has been omitted due to text length limitations. Borrower: Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. 1331 Tyler Street Northeast, Suite 200 Minneapolis, MN 55413 Lender: Venture Bank Bloomington Office 4470 W. 78th Street Circle, Suite #100 Bloomington, MN 55435 LOAN NO.: 14248 The undersigned Borrower for and in consideration of the above-referenced Lender funding the closing of this loan agrees, if requested by Lender or Closing Agent for Lender, to fully cooperate and adjust for clerical errors, any or all loan closing documentation if deemed necessary or desirable in the reasonable discretion of Lender to enable Lender to sell, convey, seek guaranty or market said loan to any entity, including but not limited to an investor, Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Government National Mortgage Association, Federal Housing Authority or the Department of Veterans Affairs. The undersigned Borrower does hereby so agree and covenant in order to assure that this loan documentation executed this date will conform and be acceptable in the marketplace in the instance of transfer, sale or conveyance by Lender of its interest in and to said loan documentation. DATED effective this May 11, 2016 BORROWER: TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC. By: Robert Folkes, COO of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. Sworn to and subscribed before me this 5th day of May, 2016 Misty Exkert Notary Public Minnesota My commission Expires January 31, 2017 X (Notary Public) My Commission Expires January 31, 2017 LaserPro, Ver. 16.1.10.003 Copr, D+H USA Corporation 1997, 2016. All Rights Reserved. - MN c:\APPS\CFI\CFI\LPL\126.FC TR-7313 PR-72

 



Exhibit 10.22

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective              , 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and GERALD MATTYS , a resident of Minnesota (“ Executive ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company and Executive have been parties to an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into effective March 1, 2008 (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

 

B.                                     The Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

D.                                     This Agreement shall govern the employment relationship between the Executive and the Company from and after the Effective Date hereof, and supersedes and negates any previous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to such relationship, including without limitation the Prior Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective agreements of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       EMPLOYMENT . The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until terminated in accordance with Section 10 hereof (the “ Term ”).

 

2.                                       POSITION AND DUTIES .

 

(a)                                  Position with the Company .  During the Term, Executive will serve as the Company’s CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER and will perform such duties and responsibilities as the Company’s Board of Directors will assign to Executive from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Performance of Duties and Responsibilities .  Executive will serve the Company faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company during Executive’s employment with the Company.  Executive will report to the Company’s Board of Directors.  During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive will not accept other employment or engage in other material business activity, except as approved in writing by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 

3.                                       COMPENSATION .  While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, and in exchange for Executive fulfilling Executive’s duties and responsibilities as set forth in this

 



 

Agreement, the Company will provide Executive the compensation and benefits set forth in this Section 3.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  The Company will pay to Executive an annual base salary of $390,000 , less deductions and withholdings, which base salary will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and procedures.  During each year after the first year of Executive’s employment hereunder, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”) may review and increase Executive’s base salary in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                  Bonus.   For each calendar year Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall be eligible for an annual target bonus in an amount of 75% of Executive’s base salary earned during such calendar year, based upon and subject to criteria set by the Committee from time to time.  In order to earn and receive payment of an annual bonus, Executive must be an employee of the Company on the date the bonus is paid by the Company, provided, however, that if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as herein defined) or by Executive for Good Reason (as herein defined) and the Termination Date (as defined herein) is after the completion of a calendar year but before the annual bonus for such calendar year has been paid to Executive, then Executive will earn and receive payment of an annual bonus for such prior calendar year in accordance with the bonus plan in effect for such year. In any case, any annual bonus earned under this Section 3(b) will be paid not later than March 15 immediately following the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

 

(c)                                   Equity Awards .  During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive one or more equity-based incentive awards at the discretion of the Committee.  The terms of such awards, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, including the types of awards, the number of securities covered by each award, the vesting conditions applicable to each award, and the manner in which awards are to be paid or settled.  Nothing herein shall obligate the Company to make an equity award to Executive at any time.

 

(d)                                  Employee Benefits .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs of the Company to the extent that Executive meets the eligibility requirements for each individual plan or program.  The Company provides no assurance as to the adoption or continuance of any particular employee benefit plan or program, and Executive’s participation in any such plan or program will be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

 

(e)                                   Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of the duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to the Company’s normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

 

(f)                                    Paid Time Off .  Executive shall be entitled to paid time off (“ PTO ”) of 27 days per year.  PTO days shall be taken at such times so as not to disrupt the operations of the Company.  Any accrued and unused PTO upon termination of employment will not be paid out pursuant to the Company’s standard policies addressing PTO.

 



 

4.                                       AFFILIATED ENTITIES .  As used in this Agreement, “ Affiliates ” includes the Company and each corporation, partnership, or other entity which controls the Company, is controlled by the Company, OR is under common control with the Company (in each case “ control ” meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of all outstanding equity interests).

 

5.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .  Except as permitted by the Company, Executive will not at any time divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone or use in any way other than in the ordinary course of the business of the Company or its Affiliates, any confidential, proprietary or secret knowledge or information of the Company or its Affiliates that Executive has acquired or will acquire about the Company or its Affiliates, whether developed by Executive or by others, concerning (i) any trade secrets, (ii) any confidential, proprietary or secret designs, programs, processes, formulae, plans, devices or material (whether or not patented or patentable) directly or indirectly useful in any aspect of the business of the Company or of its Affiliates, (iii) any customer or supplier lists, (iv) any confidential, proprietary or secret development or research work, (v) any strategic or other business, marketing or sales plans, (vi) any financial data or plans, or (viii) any other confidential or proprietary information or secret aspects of the business of the Company or of its Affiliates.  Executive acknowledges that the above-described knowledge and information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of the Company and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by the Company, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the sole benefit of the Company or its Affiliates would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to the Company.  Executive will refrain from intentionally committing any acts that would materially reduce the value of such knowledge or information to the Company or its Affiliates.  The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge or information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally publicly known, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement, (ii) is independently made available to Executive in good faith by a third party who has not violated a confidential relationship with the Company or its Affiliates, or (iii) is required to be disclosed by law or legal process.  Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s obligations under this Agreement to maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s confidential information are in addition to any obligations of Executive under applicable statutory or common law.

 

6.                                       VENTURES .  If, during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive is engaged in or provides input into the planning or implementing of any project, program or venture involving the Company, all rights in such project, program or venture belong to the Company.  Except as approved in writing by the Board, Executive will not be entitled to any interest in any such project, program or venture or to any commission, finder’s fee or other compensation in connection therewith.  Executive will have no interest, direct or indirect, in any customer or supplier that conducts business with the Company.

 

7.                                       NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION COVENANTS .

 

(a)                                  Agreement Not to Compete .  During the Restricted Period (defined below), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage in any business, in the United States or in any other location in which the Company is then doing business, for the development, sale, service, or distribution of medical devices to treat lymphedema patients or any other business that is competitive with the then-current businesses of the Company or its Affiliates, including without

 



 

limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise.  Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than 2.5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s direct or indirect engagement in a business whose sole purpose is the development, sale, service, or distribution of compression garments (but not pumps or other devices) to treat lymphedema patients or other patients shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7(a).

 

(b)                                  Agreement Not to Solicit or Hire Employees or Contractors . During Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment, whether such termination is with or without cause, or whether such termination is at the instance of Executive or the Company, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, hire or engage any person who is then an employee or contractor of the Company or who was an employee of the Company at any time during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Executive’s termination of employment, in any manner or capacity, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise, or otherwise directly or indirectly request, advise or induce any then current employee or contractor of the Company to terminate or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company.

 

(c)                                   Agreement Not to Solicit Others . During Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment, whether such termination is with or without cause, or whether such termination is at the instance of Executive or the Company, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, request, advise or induce any then current customer, supplier or other business contact of the Company to cancel, curtail or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company, in any manner or capacity, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Restricted Period .  For purposes of this Agreement “ Restricted Period ” is defined as follows.

 

(i)                                      If (x) Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (defined below), by Executive for Good Reason (defined below), by Executive for CIC Reason (as defined below), or if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to Disability (as defined below) and (y) Executive signs a release of claims as provided for in Section 11(i), then the Restricted Period shall be the period during Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of fifteen (15) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion elect to extend the Restricted Period by an additional six (6) months by providing Executive at least thirty (30) days’ notice of such

 



 

extension and the payments and reimbursements provided for in Section 11(a)(vi) or 11(b)(iv) of this Agreement (as applicable).

 

(ii)                                   If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or by Executive under any conditions other than as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Restricted Period shall be the period during Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

(e)                                   Acknowledgment .  Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of this Section 7 by Executive will cause substantial and irreparable harm to the Company to such an extent that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy therefor.  Executive represents and warrants that Executive is not subject to any other agreements prohibiting the performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including any non-competition agreement.

 

(f)                                    Blue Pencil Doctrine .  If the duration of, the scope of or any business activity covered by any provision of this Section 7 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision will be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable.  Executive hereby acknowledges that this Section 7 will be given the construction which renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent, not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

 

8.                                       PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS AND RELATED MATTERS .

 

(a)                                  Disclosure and Assignment .  Executive must immediately disclose to the Company any and all improvements and inventions that Executive may conceive and/or reduce to practice individually or jointly or commonly with others while Executive is employed with the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to (i) any methods, processes or apparatus concerned with the development, use or production of any type of products, goods or services sold or used by the Company or its Affiliates, and (ii) any type of products, goods or services sold or used by the Company or its Affiliates.  Any such improvements and inventions will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and Executive hereby immediately assigns, transfers and sets over to the Company Executive’s entire right, title and interest in and to any and all of such improvement and inventions as are specified in this Section 8(a), and in and to any and all applications for letters patent that may be filed on such inventions, and in and to any and all letters patent that may issue, or be issued, upon such applications.  In connection therewith and for no additional compensation therefor, but at no expense to Executive, Executive will sign any and all instruments deemed necessary by the Company for:

 

(i)                                      the filing and prosecution of any applications for letters patent of the United States or of any foreign country that the Company may desire to file upon such inventions as are specified in this Section 8(a);

 



 

(ii)                                   the filing and prosecution of any divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part or reissue applications that the Company may desire to file upon such applications for letters patent; and

 

(iii)                                the reviving, re-examining or renewing of any of such applications for letters patent.

 

This Section 8(a) will not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, confidential, proprietary or secret knowledge or information, or other trade secret information of the Company was used and that was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, and (i) that does not relate (A) directly to the business of the Company, or (B) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) that does not result from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

 

(b)                                  Copyrightable Material .  All right, title and interest in all copyrightable material that Executive shall conceive or originate individually or jointly or commonly with others, and that arise in connection with Executive’s services hereunder or knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, will be the property of the Company and are hereby assigned by Executive to the Company of its Affiliates, along with ownership of any and all copyrights in the copyrightable material. Where applicable, works of authorship created by Executive relating to the Company or its Affiliates and arising out of Executive’s knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of the Company shall be considered “works made for hire,” as defined in the U.S. Copyright Act, as amended.

 

(c)                                   Remedies .                                         Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for monetary damages resulting from any breach by Executive of this Section 8.  Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any such provisions, the Company will, in addition to any other remedies it may have, be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to enforce such provisions, and such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual monetary damages.

 

9.                                       RETURN OF RECORDS AND PROPERTY .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment or at any time upon the Company’s request, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company any and all Company and Affiliate records and any and all Company and Affiliate property in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control, including without limitation manuals, books, blank forms, documents, letters, memoranda, notes, notebooks, reports, printouts, computer disks, computer tapes, source codes, data, tables or calculations and all copies thereof, documents that in whole or in part contain any trade secrets or confidential, proprietary or other secret information of the Company or its Affiliates and all copies thereof, and keys, access cards, access codes, passwords, credit cards, personal computers, telephones and other electronic equipment belonging to the Company or its Affiliates.

 

10.                                TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Executive’s employment with the Company will terminate immediately upon:

 



 

(i)                                      Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company of the termination of Executive’s employment, effective as of the date indicated in such notice;

 

(ii)                                   the Company’s receipt of Executive’s written resignation from the Company, effective as of the date indicated in such resignation;

 

(iii)                                Executive’s Disability (as defined below); or

 

(iv)                               Executive’s death.

 

(b)                                  The date upon which Executive’s termination of employment with the Company occurs is the “ Termination Date .” For purposes of Section 11(a) and 11(b) of this Agreement only, the Termination Date shall mean the date on which a “separation from service” has occurred for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance thereunder (the “ Code .”)

 

(c)                                   Immediately upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall resign all positions then held as an Executive of the Company and any Affiliates of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall cooperate with the Company in the transition of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder to the extent reasonably requested by the Board; provided that Executive will be fairly compensated to the extent such cooperation requires more than an incidental amount of time and effort on Executive’s part, and further that Executive will not be required to incur any out-of-pocket expenses in doing so.

 

11.                                PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 11(i) of this Agreement, if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, then, in addition to paying Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date, the Company will provide to Executive the following payments:

 

(i)                                      Separation Pay .  The Company will pay to Executive an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s annualized base salary as of the Termination Date plus an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s target bonus as of the Termination Date , with such sum, less applicable withholdings, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing with the first normal payroll date of the Company following the Termination Date and continuing for six (6) months thereafter, provided that any installments that would have been paid during the sixty (60) day period immediately following the Termination Date shall be held by the Company until the first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date; but in no event shall such amount paid under this Section 11(a)(i)

 



 

exceed the lesser of: (A) two (2) times Executive ‘s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay for services to the Company for the calendar year prior to the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs (adjusted for any increase during that year that was expected to continue indefinitely if Executive had not separated from service); or (B) two (2) times the limit of compensation set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17) as in effect for the year in which the Termination Date occurs.  The Company and Executive intend the payments under this Section 11(a)(i) to be a “separation pay plan due to involuntary separation from service” under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii).

 

(ii)                                   Make-up Payment .  If Executive’s separation pay under Section 11(a)(i) above is limited by application of clause (A) or (B) thereof, then the Company shall make an additional lump sum payment to Executive equal to the difference between (x) the amount that equals the amount calculated under Section 11(a)(i) above prior to application of clause (A) or (B) thereof, minus (y) the amount to be paid to Executive under Section 11(a)(i) above as a result of the application of clause (A) or (B) thereof, less applicable withholdings.  Such amount will paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first regular payroll date of the Company to occur following the date that is six (6) months after the Termination Date.

 

(iii)                                Supplemental Separation Pay .  The Company will pay to Executive an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of Executive’s annualized base salary as of the Termination Date plus an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of Executive’s target bonus as of the Termination Date , with such sum, less applicable withholdings, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing with the first normal payroll date of the Company following the six (6) month anniversary of the Termination Date and continuing for 9 months thereafter.

 

(iv)                               Value of Accrued and Unused PTO .  The Company will pay to Executive the value of Executive’s accrued and unused PTO as of the Termination Date (based on Executive’s base salary as of the Termination Date), less applicable withholdings, payable in a lump sum on the Company’s first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 

(v)                                  Continued Benefits . If Executive is eligible for and takes all steps necessary to continue Executive’s group health insurance coverage with the Company following the Termination Date, the Company will pay for the portion of the premium costs for such coverage that the Company would pay if Executive remained employed by the Company, at the same level of coverage that was in effect as of the Termination Date, for a period of 15 consecutive months after the Termination Date (or until

 



 

Executive receives group health or dental coverage from another employer, if earlier).

 

(vi)                               Restricted Period Extension Payments .  If the Company elects to extend the Restricted Period for six (6) additional months as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Company will (A) pay to Executive an amount equal to that payable under Section 11(a)(i) (prior to any application of clause (A) or (B) thereof), with such additional amount payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing on the first normal payroll date of the Company following the 15 month anniversary of the Termination Date and continuing for six (6) months thereafter, and (B) extend for three (3) additional months (after the end of the 15 month period identified in Section 11(a)(v)) the period during which it will pay a portion of the premium costs for group health insurance coverage as provided in, and subject to the same conditions of, Section 11(a)(v).

 

(vii)                            Accelerated Vesting of Equity .  In addition to the payments identified above in Sections 11(a)(i)-(vi), if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 11(i) of this Agreement and notwithstanding any language in any equity plan or applicable equity award agreement to the contrary, upon the expiration of the all rescission periods provided by law with respect to the release of claims described in Section 11(i), any equity awards issued to Executive that have any portion of such award unvested as of the Termination Date (each an “ Award ”) will vest as to the number of shares, options or other securities (the “ Securities ”)  calculated as follows (rounded up to the nearest whole share):

 

Additional Securities Vested = (Number of Securities Issued Under Award x ((Number of Days between Date of Grant of Award and Termination Date) / (Number of Days between Date of Grant of Award and Final Vesting Date of Award))) — Number of Securities Vested Under Award as of the Termination Date.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 11(i) of this Agreement, if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by Executive for CIC Reason, or if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to death or Disability, then, in addition to paying Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date, the Company will provide to Executive the following payments:

 

(i)                                      Separation Pay .  The Company will pay to Executive an amount equal to Executive’s 125% of Executive’s annualized base salary as of the Termination Date plus an amount equal to 125% of Executive’s target bonus as of the Termination Date, with such sum, less applicable withholdings, payable in equal installments in accordance with the

 


 

Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing with the first normal payroll date of the Company following the Termination Date and continuing for 15 months thereafter, provided that any installments that would have been paid during the sixty (60) day period immediately following the Termination Date shall be held by the Company until the first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   Value of Accrued and Unused PTO .  The Company will pay to Executive the value of Executive’s accrued and unused PTO as of the Termination Date (based on Executive’s base salary as of the Termination Date), less applicable withholdings, payable in a lump sum on the Company’s first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 

(iii)                                Continued Benefits . If Executive is eligible for and takes all steps necessary to continue Executive’s group health insurance coverage with the Company following the Termination Date, pay for the portion of the premium costs for such coverage that the Company would pay if Executive remained employed by the Company, at the same level of coverage that was in effect as of the Termination Date, for a period of 15 consecutive months after the Termination Date (or until Executive receives group health or dental coverage from another employer, if earlier).

 

(iv)                               Restricted Period Extension Payments .  If the Company elects to extend the Restricted Period for six (6) additional months as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Company will (A) pay to Executive an amount equal to that payable under Section 11(a)(i) (prior to any application of clause (A) or (B) thereof), with such additional amount payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing on the first normal payroll date of the Company following the 15-month anniversary of the Termination Date and continuing for six (6) months thereafter, and (B) extend for three (3) additional months (after the end of the 15-month period identified in Section 11(b)(iii)) the period during which it will pay a portion of the premium costs for group health insurance coverage as provided in, and subject to the same conditions of, Section 11(b)(iii).

 

(c)                                   If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any of the following reasons:

 

(i)                                      Executive’s abandonment of Executive’s employment or Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason or CIC Reason; or

 

(ii)                                   termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause;

 



 

then the Company will pay Executive or Executive’s estate, as the case may be, Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date.

 

(d)                                  Cause ” hereunder means:

 

(i)                                      an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by Executive and intended to result in personal gain or enrichment of Executive or others at the expense of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   unlawful conduct or gross misconduct by Executive that, in either event, is injurious to the Company;

 

(iii)                                the conviction of Executive of a felony; or

 

(iv)                               material breach of any terms or conditions of this Agreement by Executive which breach has not been cured by Executive within 15 days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company.

 

For the purposes of Sections 11(d)(ii) and (iv), no act or failure to act on Executive’s part shall be considered “Cause” if done by Executive pursuant to specific authorization evidenced by a resolution duly adopted by the Board or pursuant to specific advice given by counsel for the Company, unless such specific authorization or advice results in whole or in part from material misrepresentations or omissions of Executive.

 

(e)                                   CIC Reason ” hereunder means Executive’s separation from service after a Change in Control (as defined in the Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan) occurs, provided that, if requested by the Company or any successor of the Company, Executive remains employed by the Company or any successor of the Company for a transition period not to exceed sixty (60) days following such Change in Control and Executive’s Termination Date occurs no later than ten (10) days after the end of any transition period requested by the Company or any successor of the Company.

 

(f)                                    Disability ” hereunder means the inability of Executive to perform on a full-time basis the duties and responsibilities of Executive’s employment with the Company by reason of Executive’s illness or other physical or mental impairment or condition, if such inability continues for an uninterrupted period of 90 days or more during any 180-day period.  A period of inability is “uninterrupted” unless and until Executive returns to full-time work for a continuous period of at least 30 days.

 

(g)                                   Good Reason ” hereunder means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent:

 

(i)                                      the assignment of Executive to a position with responsibilities or duties of a materially lesser status or degree than the position specified in Section 2(a);

 



 

(ii)                                   material breach of any terms or conditions of this Agreement by the Company not caused by Executive;

 

(iii)                                the requirement by the Company that Executive relocate out of the Minneapolis/St. Paul Metropolitan area.

 

For the purposes of Section 11(g), “ Good Reason ” shall not exist unless Executive has first provided written notice to the Company of the occurrence of one or more of the conditions under clauses (i) through (iii) above within ninety (90) days of the condition’s initial occurrence,  such condition is not fully remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of written notice from Executive, and the Termination Date occurs no later than one hundred and thirty (130) days after the condition’s initial occurrence.

 

(h)                                  In the event of termination of Executive’s employment, the sole obligation of the Company to pay post-termination severance and benefits under this Agreement will be its obligation to make the payments called for by Sections 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c) hereof, as the case may be, and the Company will have no other obligation to Executive, except as otherwise provided by law, under the terms of any other applicable agreement between Executive and the Company or under the terms of any employee benefit plans or programs then maintained by the Company in which Executive participates.

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, the Company will not be obligated to make any payments under Section 11(a) or 11(b) hereof unless Executive has signed a release of claims in favor of the Company and its Affiliates in a form to be prescribed by the Company, all applicable consideration and rescission periods provided by law shall have expired, and Executive is in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement as of the dates of such payments.

 

12.                                MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .  All matters relating to the interpretation, construction, application, validity and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule, whether of the State of Minnesota or any other jurisdiction, that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Minnesota.

 

(b)                                  Jurisdiction and Venue .  Executive and the Company consent to jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Minnesota and/or the federal courts, District of Minnesota, for the purpose of resolving all issues of law, equity, or fact, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.  Any action involving claims of a breach of this Agreement must be brought in such courts.  Each party consents to personal jurisdiction over such party in the state and/or federal courts of Minnesota and hereby waives any defense of lack of personal jurisdiction.  Venue, for the purpose of all such suits, will be in Hennepin County, State of Minnesota.

 

(c)                                   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to Executive’s employment with the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation the Prior Agreement, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations or warranties

 



 

relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement is intended to supersede, replace or modify the terms of the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award agreements issued to Executive under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, each of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

(d)                                  Code Section 409A .  This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, including current and future guidance and regulations interpreting such provisions, and should be interpreted accordingly.  To the extent such potential payments or benefits could become subject to additional tax under such Code Section 409A, the parties shall cooperate to amend this Agreement with the goal of giving Executive the economic benefits described herein in a manner that does not result in such tax being imposed.  Each payment or benefit made pursuant to Section 11(a) or 11(b) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.  In addition, payments or benefits pursuant to Section 11(a) or 11(b) shall be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A to the maximum extent possible as “short-term deferrals” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), as involuntary separation pay pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and/or under any other exemption that may be applicable, and this Agreement shall be construed accordingly.  To the extent that any amounts payable under this Agreement are required to be delayed under Code Section 409A, such amounts are intended to be and should be considered for purposes of Code Section 409A as separate payments from the amounts that are not required to be delayed.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive is considered a “specified employee” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) as of the Termination Date, then no payments of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A and payable due to Executive’s separation from service shall be made under this Agreement before the first business day that is six (6) months after the Termination Date (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier) (the “ Specified Period ”).  Any deferred compensation payments that would otherwise be required to be made to Executive during the Specified Period will be accumulated by the Company and paid to Executive on the first day after the end of the Specified Period.  The foregoing restriction on the payment of amounts to Executive during the Specified Period will not apply to the payment of employment taxes.  In the event that the interpretation or requirements of Code Section 409A change during the Term, the parties agree to amend this Agreement, only as necessary, to comply with any such change, if and to the extent such an amendment is permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

(e)                                   Code Section 280G .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or other benefit hereunder, together with any other payments or benefits that Executive has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” (as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Code) of which the Company is a member, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then, such payments and benefits will be reduced to the largest amount as, in the sole judgment of the Company, will result in no portion of such payments or benefits being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

(f)                                    Amendments .  No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be deemed effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 



 

(g)                                   No Waiver .  No term or condition of this Agreement will be deemed to have been waived, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought.  Any written waiver will not be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, will operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and will not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

(h)                                  Assignment .  This Agreement will not be assignable, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (1) to an Affiliate or (2) to any corporation or other person or business entity to which the Company may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; provided, however, that the Company’s assignment of rights may only take place if the assignee accepts and agrees to all of the obligations to Executive under this Agreement.  After any such assignment by the Company, the Company will be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee will thereafter be deemed to be “the Company” for purposes of all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 12. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of Executive’s death, all payments and obligations to Executive shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

 

(i)                                      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and in any number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, will constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

(j)                                     Severability .  Subject to Section 7(f) hereof, to the extent that any portion of any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, it will be considered deleted herefrom and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement will be unaffected and will continue in full force and effect.

 

(k)                                  Captions and Headings .  The captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

 



 

Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date set forth in the first paragraph.

 

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

ROBERT FOLKES

 

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

GERALD R. MATTYS

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective April 27, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and LYNN BLAKE , a resident of Minnesota (“ Executive ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

B.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

C.                                     This Agreement shall govern the employment relationship between the Executive and the Company from and after the Effective Date hereof, and supersedes and negates any previous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to such relationship.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective agreements of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       EMPLOYMENT . The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until terminated in accordance with Section 10 hereof (the “ Term ”).

 

2.                                       POSITION AND DUTIES .

 

(a)                                  Position with the Company .  During the Term, Executive will serve as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and will perform such duties and responsibilities as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer will assign to Executive from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Performance of Duties and Responsibilities .  Executive will serve the Company faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company during Executive’s employment with the Company.  Executive will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors if requested by the Board of Directors.  During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive will not accept other employment or engage in other material business activity, except as approved in writing by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 

3.                                       COMPENSATION .  While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, and in exchange for Executive fulfilling Executive’s duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Agreement, the Company will provide Executive the compensation and benefits set forth in this Section 3.

 

1



 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  The Company will pay to Executive an annual base salary of $300,000, less deductions and withholdings, which base salary will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and procedures.  During each year after the first year of Executive’s employment hereunder, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”) may review and increase Executive’s base salary in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                  Bonus.   For each calendar year Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall be eligible for an annual target bonus in an amount of 50% of Executive’s base salary earned during such calendar year, based upon and subject to criteria set by the Committee from time to time. In order to earn and receive payment of an annual bonus, Executive must be an employee of the Company on the date the bonus is paid by the Company; provided, however, that if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as herein defined) or by Executive for Good Reason (as herein defined) and the Termination Date (as defined herein) is after the completion of a calendar year but before the annual bonus for such calendar year has been paid to Executive, then Executive will earn and receive payment of an annual bonus for such prior calendar year in accordance with the bonus plan in effect for such year. In any case, any annual bonus earned under this Section 3(b) will be paid not later than March 15 immediately following the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

 

(c)                                   Equity Awards .  During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive one or more equity-based incentive awards at the discretion of the Committee.  The terms of such awards, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, including the types of awards, the number of securities covered by each award, the vesting conditions applicable to each award, and the manner in which awards are to be paid or settled.  Nothing herein shall obligate the Company to make an equity award to Executive at any time.

 

(d)                                  Employee Benefits .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs of the Company to the extent that Executive meets the eligibility requirements for each individual plan or program.  The Company provides no assurance as to the adoption or continuance of any particular employee benefit plan or program, and Executive’s participation in any such plan or program will be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

 

(e)                                   Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of the duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to the Company’s normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

 

(f)                                    Paid Time Off .  Executive shall be entitled to paid time off (“ PTO ”) of 20 days per year.  PTO days shall be taken at such times so as not to disrupt the operations of the Company, as approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

4.                                       AFFILIATED ENTITIES .  As used in this Agreement, “ Affiliates ” includes the Company and each corporation, partnership, or other entity which controls the Company, is controlled by the Company, OR is under common control with the Company (in each case “ control ” meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of all outstanding equity interests).

 

2



 

5.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .  Except as permitted by the Company, Executive will not at any time divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone or use in any way other than in the ordinary course of the business of the Company or its Affiliates, any confidential, proprietary or secret knowledge or information of the Company or its Affiliates that Executive has acquired or will acquire about the Company or its Affiliates, whether developed by Executive or by others, concerning (i) any trade secrets, (ii) any confidential, proprietary or secret designs, programs, processes, formulae, plans, devices or material (whether or not patented or patentable) directly or indirectly useful in any aspect of the business of the Company or of its Affiliates, (iii) any customer or supplier lists, (iv) any confidential, proprietary or secret development or research work, (v) any strategic or other business, marketing or sales plans, (vi) any financial data or plans, or (viii) any other confidential or proprietary information or secret aspects of the business of the Company or of its Affiliates.  Executive acknowledges that the above-described knowledge and information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of the Company and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by the Company, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the sole benefit of the Company or its Affiliates would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to the Company.  Executive will refrain from intentionally committing any acts that would materially reduce the value of such knowledge or information to the Company or its Affiliates.  The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge or information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally publicly known, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement, (ii) is independently made available to Executive in good faith by a third party who has not violated a confidential relationship with the Company or its Affiliates, or (iii) is required to be disclosed by law or legal process.  Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s obligations under this Agreement to maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s confidential information are in addition to any obligations of Executive under applicable statutory or common law.

 

6.                                       VENTURES .  If, during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive is engaged in or provides input into the planning or implementing of any project, program or venture involving the Company, all rights in such project, program or venture belong to the Company.  Except as approved in writing by the Board, Executive will not be entitled to any interest in any such project, program or venture or to any commission, finder’s fee or other compensation in connection therewith.  Executive will have no interest, direct or indirect, in any customer or supplier that conducts business with the Company.

 

7.                                       NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION COVENANTS .

 

(a)                                  Agreement Not to Compete .  During the Restricted Period (defined below), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage in any business, in the United States or in any other location in which the Company is then doing business, for the development, sale, service, or distribution of medical devices to treat lymphedema patients or any other business that is competitive with the then-current businesses of the Company or its Affiliates, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise.  Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than 2.5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s direct or

 

3



 

indirect engagement in a business whose sole purpose is the development, sale, service, or distribution of compression garments (but not pumps or other devices) to treat lymphedema patients or other patients shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7(a).

 

(b)                                  Agreement Not to Solicit or Hire Employees or Contractors . During Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment, whether such termination is with or without cause, or whether such termination is at the instance of Executive or the Company, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, hire or engage any person who is then an employee or contractor of the Company or who was an employee of the Company at any time during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Executive’s termination of employment, in any manner or capacity, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise, or otherwise directly or indirectly request, advise or induce any then current employee or contractor of the Company to terminate or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company.

 

(c)                                   Agreement Not to Solicit Others . During Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment, whether such termination is with or without cause, or whether such termination is at the instance of Executive or the Company, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, request, advise or induce any then current customer, supplier or other business contact of the Company to cancel, curtail or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company, in any manner or capacity, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Restricted Period .  For purposes of this Agreement “ Restricted Period ” is defined as follows.

 

(i)                                      If (x) Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (defined below) or by Executive for Good Reason (defined below), and (y) Executive signs a release of claims as provided for in Section 11(g), then the Restricted Period shall be the period during Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of nine (9) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion elect to extend the Restricted Period by an additional six (6) months by providing Executive at least thirty (30) days’ notice of such extension and the payments and reimbursements provided for in Section 11(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or by Executive under any conditions other than as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Restricted Period shall be the period during Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

4



 

(e)                                   Acknowledgment .  Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of this Section 7 by Executive will cause substantial and irreparable harm to the Company to such an extent that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy therefor.  Executive represents and warrants that Executive is not subject to any other agreements prohibiting the performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including any non-competition agreement.

 

(f)                                    Blue Pencil Doctrine .  If the duration of, the scope of or any business activity covered by any provision of this Section 7 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision will be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable.  Executive hereby acknowledges that this Section 7 will be given the construction which renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent, not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

 

8.                                       PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS AND RELATED MATTERS .

 

(a)                                  Disclosure and Assignment .  Executive must immediately disclose to the Company any and all improvements and inventions that Executive may conceive and/or reduce to practice individually or jointly or commonly with others while Executive is employed with the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to (i) any methods, processes or apparatus concerned with the development, use or production of any type of products, goods or services sold or used by the Company or its Affiliates, and (ii) any type of products, goods or services sold or used by the Company or its Affiliates.  Any such improvements and inventions will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and Executive hereby immediately assigns, transfers and sets over to the Company Executive’s entire right, title and interest in and to any and all of such improvement and inventions as are specified in this Section 8(a), and in and to any and all applications for letters patent that may be filed on such inventions, and in and to any and all letters patent that may issue, or be issued, upon such applications.  In connection therewith and for no additional compensation therefor, but at no expense to Executive, Executive will sign any and all instruments deemed necessary by the Company for:

 

(i)                                      the filing and prosecution of any applications for letters patent of the United States or of any foreign country that the Company may desire to file upon such inventions as are specified in this Section 8(a);

 

(ii)                                   the filing and prosecution of any divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part or reissue applications that the Company may desire to file upon such applications for letters patent; and

 

(iii)                                the reviving, re-examining or renewing of any of such applications for letters patent.

 

This Section 8(a) will not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, confidential, proprietary or secret knowledge or information, or other trade secret information of the Company was used and that was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, and (i) that

 

5



 

does not relate (A) directly to the business of the Company, or (B) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) that does not result from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

 

(b)                                  Copyrightable Material .  All right, title and interest in all copyrightable material that Executive shall conceive or originate individually or jointly or commonly with others, and that arise in connection with Executive’s services hereunder or knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, will be the property of the Company and are hereby assigned by Executive to the Company of its Affiliates, along with ownership of any and all copyrights in the copyrightable material. Where applicable, works of authorship created by Executive relating to the Company or its Affiliates and arising out of Executive’s knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of the Company shall be considered “works made for hire,” as defined in the U.S. Copyright Act, as amended.

 

(c)                                   Remedies .                                         Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for monetary damages resulting from any breach by Executive of this Section 8.  Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any such provisions, the Company will, in addition to any other remedies it may have, be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to enforce such provisions, and such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual monetary damages.

 

9.                                       RETURN OF RECORDS AND PROPERTY .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment or at any time upon the Company’s request, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company any and all Company and Affiliate records and any and all Company and Affiliate property in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control, including without limitation manuals, books, blank forms, documents, letters, memoranda, notes, notebooks, reports, printouts, computer disks, computer tapes, source codes, data, tables or calculations and all copies thereof, documents that in whole or in part contain any trade secrets or confidential, proprietary or other secret information of the Company or its Affiliates and all copies thereof, and keys, access cards, access codes, passwords, credit cards, personal computers, telephones and other electronic equipment belonging to the Company or its Affiliates.

 

10.                                TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Executive’s employment with the Company will terminate immediately upon:

 

(i)                                      Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company of the termination of Executive’s employment, effective as of the date indicated in such notice;

 

(ii)                                   the Company’s receipt of Executive’s written resignation from the Company, effective as of the date indicated in such resignation;

 

(iii)                                Executive’s Disability (as defined below); or

 

(iv)                               Executive’s death.

 

6



 

(b)                                  The date upon which Executive’s termination of employment with the Company occurs is the “ Termination Date .” For purposes of Section 11(a) of this Agreement only, the Termination Date shall mean the date on which a “separation from service” has occurred for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance thereunder (the “ Code .”)

 

(c)                                   Immediately upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall resign all positions then held as an Executive of the Company and any Affiliates of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall cooperate with the Company in the transition of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder to the extent reasonably requested by the Board, provided that Executive will be fairly compensated to the extent such cooperation requires more than an incidental amount of time and effort on Executive’s part, and further that Executive will not be required to incur any out-of-pocket expenses in doing so.

 

11.                                PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 11(g) of this Agreement, if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), then, in addition to paying Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date, the Company will:

 

(i)                                      pay to Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current base salary for a period of nine (9) months plus an amount equal to 75% of Executive’s then current target bonus, with such sum, less applicable withholdings, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing with the first normal payroll date of the Company following the Termination Date and continuing for nine (9) months thereafter, provided that any installments that would have been paid during the sixty (60) day period immediately following the Termination Date shall be held by the Company until the first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date;

 

(ii)                                   if Executive is eligible for and takes all steps necessary to continue Executive’s group health insurance coverage with the Company following the Termination Date, pay for the portion of the premium costs for such coverage that the Company would pay if Executive remained employed by the Company, at the same level of coverage that was in effect as of the Termination Date, for a period of nine (9) consecutive months after the Termination Date (or until Executive receives group health or dental coverage from another employer, if earlier); and

 

7


 

(iii)                                if the Company elects to extend the Restricted Period by six (6) months as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Company will (A) pay to Executive an additional amount equal to that two-thirds of that payable under Section 11(a)(i), with such additional amount payable to Executive in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing on the first normal payroll date of the Company following the nine-month anniversary of the Termination Date and continuing for six (6) months thereafter, and (B) extend for an additional six (6) months the period during which it will pay a portion of the premium costs for group health insurance coverage as provided in, and subject to the conditions of, Section 11(a)(ii).

 

(b)                                  If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any of the following reasons:

 

(i)                                      Executive’s abandonment of Executive’s employment or Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason (as defined below);

 

(ii)                                   termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below); or

 

(iii)                                Executive’s death or Disability.

 

then the Company will pay Executive or Executive’s estate, as the case may be, Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date.

 

(c)                                   Cause ” hereunder means:

 

(i)                                      an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by Executive and intended to result in personal gain or enrichment of Executive or others at the expense of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   unlawful conduct or gross misconduct by Executive that, in either event, is injurious to the Company;

 

(iii)                                the conviction of Executive of a felony; or

 

(iv)                               material breach of any terms or conditions of this Agreement by Executive which breach has not been cured by Executive within 15 days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company.

 

For the purposes of Sections 11(c)(ii) and (iv), no act or failure to act on Executive’s part shall be considered “Cause” if done by Executive pursuant to specific authorization evidenced by a resolution duly adopted by the Board or pursuant to specific advice given by counsel for the Company, unless such specific authorization or advice results in whole or in part from material misrepresentations or omissions of Executive.

 

8



 

(d)                                  Disability ” hereunder means the inability of Executive to perform on a full-time basis the duties and responsibilities of Executive’s employment with the Company by reason of Executive’s illness or other physical or mental impairment or condition, if such inability continues for an uninterrupted period of 90 days or more during any 180-day period.  A period of inability is “uninterrupted” unless and until Executive returns to full-time work for a continuous period of at least 30 days.

 

(e)                                   Good Reason ” hereunder means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent:

 

(i)                                      the assignment of Executive to a position with responsibilities or duties of a materially lesser status or degree than the position specified in Section 2(a);

 

(ii)                                   material breach of any terms or conditions of this Agreement by the Company not caused by Executive;

 

(iii)                                the requirement by the Company that Executive relocate out of the Minneapolis/St. Paul Metropolitan area.

 

For the purposes of Section 11(e), “Good Reason” shall not exist unless Executive has first provided written notice to the Company of the occurrence of one or more of the conditions under clauses (i) through (iii) above within ninety (90) days of the condition’s initial occurrence, such condition is not fully remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of written notice from Executive, and the Termination Date occurs no later than one hundred and thirty (130) days after the condition’s initial occurrence.

 

(f)                                    In the event of termination of Executive’s employment, the sole obligation of the Company to pay post-termination severance and benefits under this Agreement will be its obligation to make the payments called for by Sections 11(a) or 11(b) hereof, as the case may be, and the Company will have no other obligation to Executive, except as otherwise provided by law, under the terms of any other applicable agreement between Executive and the Company or under the terms of any employee benefit plans or programs then maintained by the Company in which Executive participates.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, the Company will not be obligated to make any payments under Section 11(a) hereof unless Executive has signed a release of claims in favor of the Company and its Affiliates in substantially the form attached hereto, with such changes as may be necessary to account for changes in circumstances or law following the date hereof, all applicable consideration and rescission periods provided by law shall have expired, and Executive is in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement as of the dates of such payments.

 

12.                                MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .  All matters relating to the interpretation, construction, application, validity and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule, whether of

 

9



 

the State of Minnesota or any other jurisdiction, that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Minnesota.

 

(b)                                  Jurisdiction and Venue .  Executive and the Company consent to jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Minnesota and/or the federal courts, District of Minnesota, for the purpose of resolving all issues of law, equity, or fact, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.  Any action involving claims of a breach of this Agreement must be brought in such courts.  Each party consents to personal jurisdiction over such party in the state and/or federal courts of Minnesota and hereby waives any defense of lack of personal jurisdiction.  Venue, for the purpose of all such suits, will be in Hennepin County, State of Minnesota.

 

(c)                                   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to Executive’s employment with the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement is intended to supersede, replace or modify the terms of the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award agreements issued to Executive under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, each of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

(d)                                  Code Section 409A .  This Agreement is intended to be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, including current and future guidance and regulations interpreting such provisions, and should be interpreted accordingly.  To the extent such potential payments or benefits could become subject to additional tax under such Code Section 409A, the parties shall cooperate to amend this Agreement with the goal of giving Executive the economic benefits described herein in a manner that does not result in such tax being imposed and as close as possible to the timing of such benefits proscribed herein.  Each payment or benefit made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.  In addition, payments or benefits pursuant to Section 11(a) shall be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A to the maximum extent possible as “short-term deferrals” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), as involuntary separation pay pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and/or under any other exemption that may be applicable, and this Agreement shall be construed accordingly.  To the extent that any amounts payable under this Agreement are required to be delayed under Code Section 409A, such amounts are intended to be and should be considered for purposes of Code Section 409A as separate payments from the amounts that are not required to be delayed.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive is considered a “specified employee” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) as of the Termination Date, then no payments of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A and payable due to Executive’s separation from service shall be made under this Agreement before the first business day that is six (6) months after the Termination Date (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier) (the “ Specified Period ”).  Any deferred compensation payments that would otherwise be required to be made to Executive during the Specified Period will be accumulated by the Company and paid to Executive on the first day after the end of the Specified Period.  The foregoing restriction on the payment of amounts to Executive during the Specified Period will not apply to the payment of employment taxes.  In the event that the interpretation or requirements of Code Section 409A change during the Term, the parties agree to amend this

 

10



 

Agreement, only as necessary, to comply with any such change, if and to the extent such an amendment is permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

(e)                                   Amendments .  No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be deemed effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(f)                                    No Waiver .  No term or condition of this Agreement will be deemed to have been waived, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought.  Any written waiver will not be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, will operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and will not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

(g)                                   Assignment .  This Agreement will not be assignable, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any corporation or other person or business entity to which the Company may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; provided, however, that the Company’s assignment of rights may only take place if the assignee accepts and agrees to all of the obligations to Executive under this Agreement.  After any such assignment by the Company, the Company will be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee will thereafter be deemed to be “the Company” for purposes of all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 12. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of Executive’s death, all payments and obligations to Executive shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

 

(h)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and in any number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, will constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

(i)                                      Severability .  Subject to Section 7(f) hereof, to the extent that any portion of any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, it will be considered deleted herefrom and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement will be unaffected and will continue in full force and effect.

 

(j)                                     Captions and Headings .  The captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

 

(k)                                  Notices .  All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder (i) shall be in writing, (ii) shall be effective upon receipt, and (iii) shall be sufficient if delivered personally, electronically or by mail, in each case addressed to the Company at its principal executive officer and to Executive at Executive’s most recent residential address known by the Company or any other address Executive may provide to the Company in writing.

 

11



 

Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date set forth in the first paragraph.

 

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gerald R. Mattys

 

 

Gerald R. Mattys

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn Blake

 

LYNN BLAKE

 

12




Exhibit 10.24

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective              , 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and BRYAN RISHE , a resident of North Carolina (“ Executive ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company and Executive have been parties to an Employment Agreement, dated December 15, 2008 (the “ Prior Agreement ”).

 

B.                                     The Company desires to employ Executive on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

D.                                     This Agreement shall govern the employment relationship between the Executive and the Company from and after the Effective Date hereof, and supersedes and negates any previous agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to such relationship, including without limitation the Prior Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective agreements of the Company and Executive set forth below, the Company and Executive, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       EMPLOYMENT . The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until terminated in accordance with Section 10 hereof (the “ Term ”).

 

2.                                       POSITION AND DUTIES .

 

(a)                                  Position with the Company .  During the Term, Executive will serve as the Company’s VICE PRESIDENT, SALES and will perform such duties and responsibilities as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer will assign to Executive from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Performance of Duties and Responsibilities .  Executive will serve the Company faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company during Executive’s employment with the Company.  Executive will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or such other individual or individuals designated by the Chief Executive Officer.  During Executive’s employment hereunder, Executive will not accept other employment or engage in other material business activity, except as approved in writing by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 



 

3.                                       COMPENSATION .  While Executive is employed by the Company during the Term, and in exchange for Executive fulfilling Executive’s duties and responsibilities as set forth in this Agreement, the Company will provide Executive the compensation and benefits set forth in this Section 3.

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  The Company will pay to Executive an annual base salary of $257,500 , less deductions and withholdings, which base salary will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies and procedures.  During each year after the first year of Executive’s employment hereunder, the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “ Committee ”) may review and increase Executive’s base salary in its sole discretion.

 

(b)                                  Bonus.   For each calendar year Executive is employed by the Company, Executive shall be eligible for an annual target bonus in an amount of 45% of Executive’s base salary earned during such calendar year, based upon and subject to criteria set by the Committee from time to time.  In order to earn and receive payment of an annual bonus, Executive must be an employee of the Company on the date the bonus is paid by the Company, provided, however, that if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause (as herein defined) or by Executive for Good Reason (as herein defined) and the Termination Date (as defined herein) is after the completion of a calendar year but before the annual bonus for such calendar year has been paid to Executive, then Executive will earn and receive payment of an annual bonus for such prior calendar year in accordance with the bonus plan in effect for such year. In any case, any annual bonus earned under this Section 3(b) will be paid not later than March 15 immediately following the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

 

(c)                                   Equity Awards .  During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to receive one or more equity-based incentive awards at the discretion of the Committee.  The terms of such awards, if any, shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, including the types of awards, the number of securities covered by each award, the vesting conditions applicable to each award, and the manner in which awards are to be paid or settled.  Nothing herein shall obligate the Company to make an equity award to Executive at any time.

 

(d)                                  Employee Benefits .  Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans and programs of the Company to the extent that Executive meets the eligibility requirements for each individual plan or program.  The Company provides no assurance as to the adoption or continuance of any particular employee benefit plan or program, and Executive’s participation in any such plan or program will be subject to the provisions, rules and regulations applicable thereto.

 

(e)                                   Expenses .  The Company will reimburse Executive for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, travel and entertainment expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of the duties and responsibilities hereunder, subject to the Company’s normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

 

(f)                                    Paid Time Off .  Executive shall be entitled to paid time off (“ PTO ”) of 27 days per year.  PTO days shall be taken at such times so as not to disrupt the operations of the Company, as approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  Any accrued and unused

 



 

PTO upon termination of employment will not be paid out pursuant to the Company’s standard policies addressing PTO.

 

4.                                       AFFILIATED ENTITIES .  As used in this Agreement, “ Affiliates ” includes the Company and each corporation, partnership, or other entity which controls the Company, is controlled by the Company, OR is under common control with the Company (in each case “ control ” meaning the direct or indirect ownership of 50% or more of all outstanding equity interests).

 

5.                                       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION .  Except as permitted by the Company, Executive will not at any time divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone or use in any way other than in the ordinary course of the business of the Company or its Affiliates, any confidential, proprietary or secret knowledge or information of the Company or its Affiliates that Executive has acquired or will acquire about the Company or its Affiliates, whether developed by Executive or by others, concerning (i) any trade secrets, (ii) any confidential, proprietary or secret designs, programs, processes, formulae, plans, devices or material (whether or not patented or patentable) directly or indirectly useful in any aspect of the business of the Company or of its Affiliates, (iii) any customer or supplier lists, (iv) any confidential, proprietary or secret development or research work, (v) any strategic or other business, marketing or sales plans, (vi) any financial data or plans, or (viii) any other confidential or proprietary information or secret aspects of the business of the Company or of its Affiliates.  Executive acknowledges that the above-described knowledge and information constitutes a unique and valuable asset of the Company and represents a substantial investment of time and expense by the Company, and that any disclosure or other use of such knowledge or information other than for the sole benefit of the Company or its Affiliates would be wrongful and would cause irreparable harm to the Company.  Executive will refrain from intentionally committing any acts that would materially reduce the value of such knowledge or information to the Company or its Affiliates.  The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any knowledge or information that (i) is now or subsequently becomes generally publicly known, other than as a direct or indirect result of the breach of this Agreement, (ii) is independently made available to Executive in good faith by a third party who has not violated a confidential relationship with the Company or its Affiliates, or (iii) is required to be disclosed by law or legal process.  Executive understands and agrees that Executive’s obligations under this Agreement to maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s confidential information are in addition to any obligations of Executive under applicable statutory or common law.

 

6.                                       VENTURES .  If, during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive is engaged in or provides input into the planning or implementing of any project, program or venture involving the Company, all rights in such project, program or venture belong to the Company.  Except as approved in writing by the Board, Executive will not be entitled to any interest in any such project, program or venture or to any commission, finder’s fee or other compensation in connection therewith.  Executive will have no interest, direct or indirect, in any customer or supplier that conducts business with the Company.

 

7.                                       NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION COVENANTS .

 

(a)                                  Agreement Not to Compete .  During the Restricted Period (defined below), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage in any business, in the United States or in any

 



 

other location in which the Company is then doing business, for the development, sale, service, or distribution of medical devices to treat lymphedema patients or any other business that is competitive with the then-current businesses of the Company or its Affiliates, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise.  Ownership by Executive, as a passive investment, of less than 2.5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7(a).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s direct or indirect engagement in a business whose sole purpose is the development, sale, service, or distribution of compression garments (but not pumps or other devices) to treat lymphedema patients or other patients shall not constitute a breach of this Section 7(a).

 

(b)                                  Agreement Not to Solicit or Hire Employees or Contractors . During Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment, whether such termination is with or without cause, or whether such termination is at the instance of Executive or the Company, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, hire or engage any person who is then an employee or contractor of the Company or who was an employee of the Company at any time during the six (6) month period immediately preceding Executive’s termination of employment, in any manner or capacity, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise, or otherwise directly or indirectly request, advise or induce any then current employee or contractor of the Company to terminate or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company.

 

(c)                                   Agreement Not to Solicit Others . During Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment, whether such termination is with or without cause, or whether such termination is at the instance of Executive or the Company, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, request, advise or induce any then current customer, supplier or other business contact of the Company to cancel, curtail or otherwise adversely change its relationship with the Company, in any manner or capacity, including without limitation as a proprietor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, member of any association, consultant or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Restricted Period .  For purposes of this Agreement “ Restricted Period ” is defined as follows.

 

(i)                                      If (x) Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below), by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), by Executive for CIC Reason (as defined below), or if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to Disability (as defined below) and (y) Executive signs a release of claims as provided for in Section 11(i), then the Restricted Period shall be the period during Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of nine (9)  consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment; provided that the Company may in its sole

 



 

discretion elect to extend the Restricted Period by an additional six (6) months by providing Executive at least thirty (30) days’ notice of such extension and the payments and reimbursements provided for in Section 11(a)(iv) or 11(b)(iv) of this Agreement (as applicable).

 

(ii)                                   If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company or by Executive under any conditions other than as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Restricted Period shall be the period during Executive’s employment with the Company or any Affiliates and for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from and after the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

(e)                                   Acknowledgment .  Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that any violation of this Section 7 by Executive will cause substantial and irreparable harm to the Company to such an extent that monetary damages alone would be an inadequate remedy therefor.  Executive represents and warrants that Executive is not subject to any other agreements prohibiting the performance of Executive’s obligations under this Agreement, including any non-competition agreement.

 

(f)                                    Blue Pencil Doctrine .  If the duration of, the scope of or any business activity covered by any provision of this Section 7 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision will be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable.  Executive hereby acknowledges that this Section 7 will be given the construction which renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent, not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

 

8.                                       PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS AND RELATED MATTERS .

 

(a)                                  Disclosure and Assignment .  Executive must immediately disclose to the Company any and all improvements and inventions that Executive may conceive and/or reduce to practice individually or jointly or commonly with others while Executive is employed with the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to (i) any methods, processes or apparatus concerned with the development, use or production of any type of products, goods or services sold or used by the Company or its Affiliates, and (ii) any type of products, goods or services sold or used by the Company or its Affiliates.  Any such improvements and inventions will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and Executive hereby immediately assigns, transfers and sets over to the Company Executive’s entire right, title and interest in and to any and all of such improvement and inventions as are specified in this Section 8(a), and in and to any and all applications for letters patent that may be filed on such inventions, and in and to any and all letters patent that may issue, or be issued, upon such applications.  In connection therewith and for no additional compensation therefor, but at no expense to Executive, Executive will sign any and all instruments deemed necessary by the Company for:

 

(i)                                      the filing and prosecution of any applications for letters patent of the United States or of any foreign country that the Company may desire to file upon such inventions as are specified in this Section 8(a);

 



 

(ii)                                   the filing and prosecution of any divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part or reissue applications that the Company may desire to file upon such applications for letters patent; and

 

(iii)                                the reviving, re-examining or renewing of any of such applications for letters patent.

 

This Section 8(a) will not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, confidential, proprietary or secret knowledge or information, or other trade secret information of the Company was used and that was developed entirely on Executive’s own time, and (i) that does not relate (A) directly to the business of the Company, or (B) to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) that does not result from any work performed by Executive for the Company.

 

(b)                                  Copyrightable Material .  All right, title and interest in all copyrightable material that Executive shall conceive or originate individually or jointly or commonly with others, and that arise in connection with Executive’s services hereunder or knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, will be the property of the Company and are hereby assigned by Executive to the Company of its Affiliates, along with ownership of any and all copyrights in the copyrightable material. Where applicable, works of authorship created by Executive relating to the Company or its Affiliates and arising out of Executive’s knowledge of confidential and proprietary information of the Company shall be considered “works made for hire,” as defined in the U.S. Copyright Act, as amended.

 

(c)                                   Remedies .  Executive acknowledges that it would be difficult to fully compensate the Company for monetary damages resulting from any breach by Executive of this Section 8.  Accordingly, in the event of any actual or threatened breach of any such provisions, the Company will, in addition to any other remedies it may have, be entitled to injunctive and other equitable relief to enforce such provisions, and such relief may be granted without the necessity of proving actual monetary damages.

 

9.                                       RETURN OF RECORDS AND PROPERTY .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment or at any time upon the Company’s request, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company any and all Company and Affiliate records and any and all Company and Affiliate property in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control, including without limitation manuals, books, blank forms, documents, letters, memoranda, notes, notebooks, reports, printouts, computer disks, computer tapes, source codes, data, tables or calculations and all copies thereof, documents that in whole or in part contain any trade secrets or confidential, proprietary or other secret information of the Company or its Affiliates and all copies thereof, and keys, access cards, access codes, passwords, credit cards, personal computers, telephones and other electronic equipment belonging to the Company or its Affiliates.

 

10.                                TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Executive’s employment with the Company will terminate immediately upon:

 



 

(i)                                      Executive’s receipt of written notice from the Company of the termination of Executive’s employment, effective as of the date indicated in such notice;

 

(ii)                                   the Company’s receipt of Executive’s written resignation from the Company, effective as of the date indicated in such resignation;

 

(iii)                                Executive’s Disability (as defined below); or

 

(iv)                               Executive’s death.

 

(b)                                  The date upon which Executive’s termination of employment with the Company occurs is the “ Termination Date .” For purposes of Section 11(a) and 11(b) of this Agreement only, the Termination Date shall mean the date on which a “separation from service” has occurred for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance thereunder (the “ Code .”)

 

(c)                                   Immediately upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall resign all positions then held as an Executive of the Company and any Affiliates of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Following termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall cooperate with the Company in the transition of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder to the extent reasonably requested by the Board; provided that Executive will be fairly compensated to the extent such cooperation requires more than an incidental amount of time and effort on Executive’s part, and further that Executive will not be required to incur any out-of-pocket expenses in doing so.

 

11.                                PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 11(i) of this Agreement, if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, then, in addition to paying Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date, the Company will provide to Executive the following payments:

 

(i)                                      Separation Pay .  The Company will pay to Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then current base salary for a period of nine (9)  months plus an amount equal to 75% of Executive’s then current target bonus, with such sum, less applicable withholdings, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing with the first normal payroll date of the Company following the Termination Date and continuing for nine (9)  months thereafter, provided that any installments that would have been paid during the sixty (60) day period immediately following the Termination Date shall be held by the Company until the first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 



 

(ii)                                   Value of Accrued and Unused PTO .  The Company will pay to Executive the value of Executive’s accrued and unused PTO as of the Termination Date (based on Executive’s base salary as of the Termination Date), less applicable withholdings, payable in a lump sum on the Company’s first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 

(iii)                                Continued Benefits . If Executive is eligible for and takes all steps necessary to continue Executive’s group health insurance coverage with the Company following the Termination Date, the Company will pay for the portion of the premium costs for such coverage that the Company would pay if Executive remained employed by the Company, at the same level of coverage that was in effect as of the Termination Date, for a period of nine (9)  consecutive months after the Termination Date (or until Executive receives group health or dental coverage from another employer, if earlier).

 

(iv)                               Restricted Period Extension Payments .  If the Company elects to extend the Restricted Period for six (6) additional months as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Company will (A) pay to Executive an amount equal to the monthly amount payable to Executive under Section 11(a)(i), with such additional amounts payable to Executive in installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing on the first normal payroll date of the Company following the nine (9) month anniversary of the Termination Date and continuing for six (6) months thereafter, and (B) extend for six (6) additional months (after the end of the nine (9) month period identified in Section 11(a)(iii)) the period during which it will pay a portion of the premium costs for group health insurance coverage as provided in, and subject to the same conditions of, Section 11(a)(iii).

 

(v)                                  Accelerated Vesting of Equity .  In addition to the payments identified above in Sections 11(a)(i)-(iv), if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 11(i) of this Agreement and notwithstanding any language in any equity plan or applicable equity award agreement to the contrary, upon the expiration of the all rescission periods provided by law with respect to the release of claims described in Section 11(i), any equity awards issued to Executive that have any portion of such award unvested as of the Termination Date (each an “ Award ”) will vest as to the number of shares, options or other securities (the “ Securities ”)  calculated as follows (rounded up to the nearest whole share):

 

Additional Securities Vested = (Number of Securities Issued Under Award x ((Number of Days between Date of Grant of Award and Termination Date) / (Number of Days between Date of Grant of Award and Final

 



 

Vesting Date of Award))) — Number of Securities Vested Under Award as of the Termination Date.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 11(i) of this Agreement, if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by Executive for CIC Reason, or if Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated due to death or Disability, then, in addition to paying Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date, the Company will provide to Executive the following payments:

 

(i)                                      Separation Pay .  The Company will pay an amount equal to Executive’s then current base salary for a period of nine (9)  months plus an amount equal to 75% of Executive’s then current target bonus, with such sum, less applicable withholdings, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing with the first normal payroll date of the Company following the Termination Date and continuing for nine (9)  months thereafter, provided that any installments that would have been paid during the sixty (60) day period immediately following the Termination Date shall be held by the Company until the first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   Value of Accrued and Unused PTO .  The Company will pay to Executive the value of Executive’s accrued and unused PTO as of the Termination Date (based on Executive’s base salary as of the Termination Date), less applicable withholdings, payable in a lump sum on the Company’s first payroll date occurring more than sixty (60) days after the Termination Date.

 

(iii)                                Continued Benefits . If Executive is eligible for and takes all steps necessary to continue Executive’s group health insurance coverage with the Company following the Termination Date, the Company will pay for the portion of the premium costs for such coverage that the Company would pay if Executive remained employed by the Company, at the same level of coverage that was in effect as of the Termination Date, for a period of nine (9)  consecutive months after the Termination Date (or until Executive receives group health or dental coverage from another employer, if earlier).

 

(iv)                               Restricted Period Extension Payments .  If the Company elects to extend the Restricted Period for six (6) additional months as provided for in Section 7(d)(i), then the Company will (A) pay to Executive an amount equal to the monthly amount payable to Executive under Section 11(b)(i), with such additional amounts payable to Executive in installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing on the first normal payroll date of the Company following the nine (9) month anniversary of the Termination Date and continuing for six (6) months thereafter, and (B) extend for six (6) additional months (after the end of

 


 

the nine month period identified in Section 11(b)(iii)) the period during which it will pay a portion of the premium costs for group health insurance coverage as provided in, and subject to the same conditions of, Section 11(b)(iii).

 

(c)                                   If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any of the following reasons:

 

(i)                                      Executive’s abandonment of Executive’s employment or Executive’s resignation for any reason other than Good Reason or CIC Reason; or

 

(ii)                                   termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause;

 

then the Company will pay Executive or Executive’s estate, as the case may be, Executive’s earned and accrued base salary, accrued but unpaid expense reimbursements and benefits through the Termination Date.

 

(d)                                  Cause ” hereunder means:

 

(i)                                      an act or acts of dishonesty undertaken by Executive and intended to result in personal gain or enrichment of Executive or others at the expense of the Company;

 

(ii)                                   unlawful conduct or gross misconduct by Executive that, in either event, is injurious to the Company;

 

(iii)                                the conviction of Executive of a felony; or

 

(iv)                               material breach of any terms or conditions of this Agreement by Executive which breach has not been cured by Executive within 15 days after written notice thereof to Executive from the Company.

 

For the purposes of Sections 11(d)(ii) and (iv), no act or failure to act on Executive’s part shall be considered “Cause” if done by Executive pursuant to specific authorization evidenced by a resolution duly adopted by the Board or pursuant to specific advice given by counsel for the Company, unless such specific authorization or advice results in whole or in part from material misrepresentations or omissions of Executive.

 

(e)                                   Disability ” hereunder means the inability of Executive to perform on a full-time basis the duties and responsibilities of Executive’s employment with the Company by reason of Executive’s illness or other physical or mental impairment or condition, if such inability continues for an uninterrupted period of 90 days or more during any 180-day period.  A period of inability is “uninterrupted” unless and until Executive returns to full-time work for a continuous period of at least 30 days.

 

(f)                                    CIC Reason ” hereunder means Executive’s separation from service after a Change in Control (as defined in the Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan) occurs, provided that, if requested by the Company or any successor of the Company,

 



 

Executive remains employed by the Company or any successor of the Company for a transition period not to exceed sixty (60) days following such Change in Control and Executive’s Termination Date occurs no later than ten (10) days after the end of any transition period requested by the Company or any successor of the Company.

 

(g)                                Good Reason ” hereunder means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent:

 

(i)                                      the assignment of Executive to a position with responsibilities or duties of a materially lesser status or degree than the position specified in Section 2(a);

 

(ii)                                   material breach of any terms or conditions of this Agreement by the Company not caused by Executive;

 

(iii)                                the requirement by the Company that Executive relocate out of the Charlotte, North Carolina Metropolitan area.

 

For the purposes of Section 11(g), “Good Reason” shall not exist unless Executive has first provided written notice to the Company of the occurrence of one or more of the conditions under clauses (i) through (iii) above within ninety (90) days of the condition’s initial occurrence, such condition is not fully remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days after the Company’s receipt of written notice from Executive, and the Termination Date occurs no later than one hundred and thirty (130) days after the condition’s initial occurrence.

 

(h)                                  In the event of termination of Executive’s employment, the sole obligation of the Company to pay post-termination severance and benefits under this Agreement will be its obligation to make the payments called for by Sections 11(a), 11(b) or 11(c) hereof, as the case may be, and the Company will have no other obligation to Executive, except as otherwise provided by law, under the terms of any other applicable agreement between Executive and the Company or under the terms of any employee benefit plans or programs then maintained by the Company in which Executive participates.

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, the Company will not be obligated to make any payments under Section 11(a) or 11(b) hereof unless Executive has signed a release of claims in favor of the Company and its Affiliates in a form to be prescribed by the Company, all applicable consideration and rescission periods provided by law shall have expired, and Executive is in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement as of the dates of such payments.

 

12.                                MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .  All matters relating to the interpretation, construction, application, validity and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule, whether of the State of Minnesota or any other jurisdiction, that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Minnesota.

 



 

(b)                                  Jurisdiction and Venue .  Executive and the Company consent to jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Minnesota and/or the federal courts, District of Minnesota, for the purpose of resolving all issues of law, equity, or fact, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.  Any action involving claims of a breach of this Agreement must be brought in such courts.  Each party consents to personal jurisdiction over such party in the state and/or federal courts of Minnesota and hereby waives any defense of lack of personal jurisdiction.  Venue, for the purpose of all such suits, will be in Hennepin County, State of Minnesota.

 

(c)                                   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to Executive’s employment with the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation the Prior Agreement, and the parties hereto have made no agreements, representations or warranties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth herein; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement is intended to supersede, replace or modify the terms of the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan or any equity award agreements issued to Executive under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, each of which shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

(d)                                  Code Section 409A .  This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code, including current and future guidance and regulations interpreting such provisions, and should be interpreted accordingly.  To the extent such potential payments or benefits could become subject to additional tax under such Code Section 409A, the parties shall cooperate to amend this Agreement with the goal of giving Executive the economic benefits described herein in a manner that does not result in such tax being imposed.  Each payment or benefit made pursuant to Section 11(a) or 11(b) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.  In addition, payments or benefits pursuant to Section 11(a) or 11(b) shall be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A to the maximum extent possible as “short-term deferrals” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), as involuntary separation pay pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii), and/or under any other exemption that may be applicable, and this Agreement shall be construed accordingly.  To the extent that any amounts payable under this Agreement are required to be delayed under Code Section 409A, such amounts are intended to be and should be considered for purposes of Code Section 409A as separate payments from the amounts that are not required to be delayed.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive is considered a “specified employee” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)) as of the Termination Date, then no payments of deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A and payable due to Executive’s separation from service shall be made under this Agreement before the first business day that is six (6) months after the Termination Date (or upon Executive’s death, if earlier) (the “ Specified Period ”).  Any deferred compensation payments that would otherwise be required to be made to Executive during the Specified Period will be accumulated by the Company and paid to Executive on the first day after the end of the Specified Period.  The foregoing restriction on the payment of amounts to Executive during the Specified Period will not apply to the payment of employment taxes.  In the event that the interpretation or requirements of Code Section 409A change during the Term, the parties agree to amend this Agreement, only as necessary, to comply with any such change, if and to the extent such an amendment is permitted by Code Section 409A.

 



 

(e)                                   Code Section 280G .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if any payment or other benefit hereunder, together with any other payments or benefits that Executive has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” (as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Code) of which the Company is a member, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then, such payments and benefits will be reduced to the largest amount as, in the sole judgment of the Company, will result in no portion of such payments or benefits being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

(f)                                    Amendments .  No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be deemed effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(g)                                   No Waiver .  No term or condition of this Agreement will be deemed to have been waived, except by a statement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought.  Any written waiver will not be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated, will operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and will not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

(h)                                  Assignment .  This Agreement will not be assignable, in whole or in part, by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that the Company may, without the consent of Executive, assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (1) to an Affiliate or (2) to any corporation or other person or business entity to which the Company may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; provided, however, that the Company’s assignment of rights may only take place if the assignee accepts and agrees to all of the obligations to Executive under this Agreement.  After any such assignment by the Company, the Company will be discharged from all further liability hereunder and such assignee will thereafter be deemed to be “the Company” for purposes of all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 12. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of Executive’s death, all payments and obligations to Executive shall be paid to Executive’s estate.

 

(i)                                      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature and in any number of counterparts, and such counterparts executed and delivered, each as an original, will constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

(j)                                     Severability .  Subject to Section 7(f) hereof, to the extent that any portion of any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, it will be considered deleted herefrom and the remainder of such provision and of this Agreement will be unaffected and will continue in full force and effect.

 

(k)                                  Captions and Headings .  The captions and paragraph headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

 



 

Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date set forth in the first paragraph.

 

 

TACTILE SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Gerald Mattys

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BRYAN RISHE

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We have issued our report dated March 25, 2016 (except for Note 13, and the effects thereof, which is as of June 8, 2016) with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Tactile Systems Technology, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota

June 8, 2016